CRIMINAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PROCEDURE

CRIMINAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PROCEDURE
Scope: Elements of the legal provisions and the extent of its

application regarding offenses and penalties, knowledge of
court jurisdiction, venue in criminal cases and the admissibility
of evidences which are of probative value to the courts. (20 %)
1
I. CRIMINAL LAW (RPC BOOK I)
1. Which among the following is not a source of Philippine criminal law?

a. Act No. 3815 and its amendments
b. Special penal laws passed by the Phil. Commission, Phil. Legislature,
National Assembly, Batasang Pambansa, Phil. Assembly and the Congress
of the Philippines.
c. Penal Presidential Decrees issued during Martial Law.
d. None of the above
2. They are bodies of usages, principles and rules of action which do not
rest for their authority upon any declarative will of the legislature. It is
recognized in the United States and England but not recognized under
Philippine jurisdiction.
a. Penal laws c. Common Laws
b. Special penal laws d. None of the foregoing
3. This deprives the accused of a crime some lawful protection to which

he has become entitled.
a. Common law c. Ex-post facto law
b. Special law d. Bill of attainder
4. The constitution expressly prohibits the passage of a bill of attainder

primarily because:
a. It is a substitute, a legislative act for a judicial determination of guilt
b. It is unconstitutional
c. It is a violation of human rights
d. It encroaches upon the power of the. Judiciary by the Congress
5. They are not considered as a source of criminal law due to the fact
that they merely explain the meaning of and apply the law as enacted by
the legislature.
a. Revised Penal Code c. Court decisions
b. Special Penal laws d. Executive orders
6. It cannot be recovered as a matter of right; and is discretionary upon

the court to be part of the civil liability when a crime was committed with
one or more aggravating circumstances.
a. Actual damages c. Moral damages
b. Nominal damages d. Exemplary damages
7. Civil indemnity for death caused by crime.

a. 30,000 c. 100,000
b. 50,000 d. 500,000
8. When rape is committed and the victim was killed, the mandatory
civil indemnification shall be.
a. 30,000 c. 100,000
b. 50,000 d. 500,000
9. In case of physical injuries it would consist in the payment of

hospital bills and doctor’s fee of the offended party.
a. Restitution c. Indemnification
b. Reparation d. Civil liability
10. Which among the following may totally extinguish criminal liability?
a. Absolute pardon c. Amnesty
b. Service of sentence d. All of these
2
11. It consists in the successive execution by the same individual of
different criminal acts upon any of which no conviction has yet been made.
a. Plurality of crimes c. Complex crimes
b. Formal crimes d. None of the above
12. Jemma who induced Eric a friend to kill her husband’s mistress is
criminally liable as:
a. Principal c. Accomplice
b. Accessory d. None of the above
13. In crimes against chastity this would be always aggravating.

a. Degree of education c. Alcoholism
b. Mental condition d. Relationship
14. Its basis is the greater perversity of the offender as manifested by

personal circumstance of the offender and also by the means used to
secure the commission of the crime.
a. That advantage be taken by the offender of his public position.
b. That crime be committed in contempt of or with insult to the public
authorities.
c. That act be committed with abuse of confidence or obvious
ungratefulness
d. All of the above
15. It means adequate to excite a person to commit a wrong and must

accordingly be proportionate to its gravity.
a. Self defense c. Unlawful aggression
b. Sufficient provocation d. Necessity to prevent a wrong
16. Under this, crimes are not triable in that country unless they merely
affect things within the vessel or they refer to the internal management
thereof.
a. French rule c. Law of preferential application
b. English rule d. Spanish rule
17. It refers to inaction, by which a person may be considered criminally

liable when the law requires the performance of a certain act, e.g. failure to
assist one’s own victim.
a. Act c. Fraud
b. Intent d. Omission
18. It indicates a deficiency of action.

a. Negligence c. Lack of skill
b. Imprudence d. Lack of foresight
19. It refers to deficiency of perception.

a. Negligence c. Lack of skill
b. Imprudence d. Lack of foresight
20. For an act to be considered to be done with Malice or dolo, which

among the following must be present?
a. Freedom c. Intent
b. Intelligence d. All of the foregoing
21. Refers to that cause which in natural is a continuous sequence,

unbroken by any efficient superseding ground, produces the injury and
without which the result would not have occurred.
a. Proximate cause c. Overt acts
3
b. Intervening cause d. Active force
22. It is the portion of the acts constituting the felony, starting from the
point where the offender begins the commission of the crime to the point
where he has control over his acts.
a. Objective phase c. Overt acts
b. Subjective phase d. Attempted felony
23. Generally they are punishable only when they have been
consummated, with the exemption of those crimes committed against
persons or property.
a. Light felonies c. Grave felonies
b. Less grave felonies d. All of the foregoing
24. Self defense or one’s natural instinct to repel, protect and save his
person or right from impending peril or danger is an example of what
circumstance which affects criminal liability?
a. Justifying c. Aggravating
b. Exempting d. Mitigating
25. A inflicted slight physical injuries to B without intention to inflict

other injuries, B then attacked A is an example of?
a. Self defense c. Retaliation
b. Intervening cause d. Proximate cause
26. The basis of this circumstance affecting criminal liability is the

complete absence of freedom of action, intelligence, intent or negligence on
the part of the accused.
a. Justifying c. Aggravating
b. Exempting d. Mitigating
27. Under our laws, what is the age of full responsibility?

a. 9 years and below of infancy
b. Between 9 and 15 years
c. 18 to 70 years of age ( adolescence to maturity)
d. Over 9 under 15 acting with discernment, 15 or over but less than 18;
over 70 years of age
28. Age of absolute irresponsibility.

a. 9 years and below of infancy
b. Between 9 and 15 years
c. 18 to 70 years of age (adolescence to maturity)
d. Over 9 under 15 acting with discernment, 15 or over but less than 18;
over 70 years of age
29. Which among the following may be considered as an alternative

circumstance?
a. Relationship
b. Intoxication
c. Degree of instruction and education of the offender
d. All of the foregoing
30. X and Y stabbed Z, injuring the Z in the process, X and Y are

considered as;
a. Principal by direct participation
b. Principal by induction
c. Principal by indispensable cooperation
d. Co- principals
4
31. Boy forcibly took Maria to a vacant lot and allowed his friends Lando
and Tinoy to rape Maria Boy is liable as;
d. Co- principals
32. It refers to those penalties expressly imposed by the court in the

judgment of conviction.
a. Principal penalties c. Subsidiary penalties
b. Accessory penalties d. Fine
33. In the crime of theft, the culprit is duty-bound to return the stolen
property.
a. Restitution
b. Reparation
c. Indemnification for consequential damages
d. Civil liability
34. Crimes punishable by correctional penalties, except those punishable

by arresto mayor shall prescribe in how many years?
a. 20 years c. 10 years
b. 15 years d. 5 years
35. It includes rivers, creeks, bays, gulfs, lakes, straits, coves lying
wholly within the three mile limit of any nation.
a. Maritime zone c. Low water mark
b. Interior waters d. High seas
36. It makes criminal an act done before the passage of the law which
was innocent when done, and punishes it.
a. Ex post facto law c. Law on preferential application
b. Bill of attainder d. Self repealing laws
37. Refers to one of three equal portions, called minimum, medium and
maximum of a divisible penalty.
a. Degree c. Prescription
b. Period d. Duration
38. Which among the foregoing is considered as the primary source of

criminal law?
a. Act No. 3815 c. Penal Presidential Decrees
b. Special Penal Laws d. Constitution
39. Those punishable by arresto mayor penalties shall prescribe in how

many years?
40. It is the forfeiture of the right of the state to execute the final
sentence after a certain lapse of time.
a. Prescription of the crime c. Degree of the penalty
b. Prescription of the penalty d. Period of the penalty
41. It is that branch or division of law which defines crimes treats of their
nature, and provide for their punishment.
a. Civil law c. Procedural law
b. Criminal law d. Substantive law
5
42. Refers to a sentence of imprisonment for the maximum period
defined by law subject to the termination by the parole board at any time
after service of the sentence.
a. Suspension c. Prescription
b. Indeterminate sentence d. Period of penalty
43. Refers to the purpose to use a particular means to effect such result.
a. Intent c. Deceit
b. Motive d. Fault
44. John commences with the execution of a felony but fails to perform
all acts which should produce it, the development or stage refers to:
a. Consummated c. Frustrated
b. Attempted d. Negligence
45. Any bodily movement that tends to produce some effect in the
external world.
a. Act c. Dolo
b. Omission d. Culpa
46. Libel and other similar offenses shall prescribe in how many years?
b. 10 years d. 1 year
47. An entire penalty enumerated in the graduated scale of penalties.

a. Degree c. Prescription
b. Period d. Duration
48. Refers generally to acts made criminal by special laws.

a. Felony c. Mala inse
b. Mala ince d. Mala prohibita
49. Under RA 7659, the death penalty may be suspended when the
accused is among the foregoing: except:
a. A woman while pregnant
b. Persons over 70 years old
c. Woman within one year after delivery
d. Persons over 18 but under 21 years of age
50. Which among the foregoing is not a requisite for Dolo?

a. Intelligence c. Intent
b. Freedom d. Deceit
51. Refers to the loss of the right of the state to prosecute the offender
after a certain lapse of time.
a. Prescription of the crime c. Degree of the penalty
b. Prescription of the penalty d. Period of the penalty
52. Things which are wrongful in their nature.

a. Evil c. Mala inse
b. Mala ince d. Mala prohibita
53. Felonies punishable by death, reclusion perpetua and reclusion

temporal shall prescribe in:
54. Acts and omissions punishable by law.

6
a. Dolo c. Felonies
b. Culpa d. Crime
55. Ariel intending to kill Jiggs to avenged lost honor stabbed the latter
three times in the chest, however due to prompt medical attention Jiggs
was able to survive the attack, Ariel is liable for:
a. Physical Injuries c. Frustrated Homicide
b. Attempted Homicide d. Frustrated Murder
56. When all the elements necessary for the execution and
accomplishment of a felony are present it is said to be:
b. Attempted d. Negligence
57. It is a physical activity or deed, indicating the intention to commit a

particular crime.
a. Act c. Fault
b. Omission d. Overt act
58. Abberatio ictus refers to:

a. Mistake of the facts c. Mistake in the blow
b. Mistake in the identity d. Ignorance of the law
59. What must be considered in determining whether the crime

committed is only attempted, frustrated or consummated?
a. Nature of the offense c. Manner of commission
b. Elements constituting the felony d. All of these
60. Refers to crimes consummated in one instant or by a single act.

a. Formal crimes c. Rational crimes
b. Informal crimes d. Irrational crimes
61. Refers to the obligation or suffering the consequences of crime.

a. Imputability c. Liability
b. Culpability d. Responsibility
62. A quality in which an act may be ascribed to a person as the author

or owner.
a. Imputability c. Liability
b. Culpability d. Responsibility
63. Refers to felonies which the law imposes penalties which are
correctional in nature.
a. Grave c. Light
b. Less grave d. Serious
64. When the law attaches capital punishment or afflictive penalties the
felony is said to be?
a. Grave c. Light
b. Less grave d. Slight
65. Infractions to the law punishable by arresto menor or a fine not

exceeding 200 pesos or both.
a. Grave c. Light
b. Less grave d. Slight
66. Light felonies are made punishable only when they are:
7
b. Attempted d. Intended
67. Exemption to the general rule in cases of light felonies.

a. When committed against persons
b. When committed against chastity
c. When committed against honor
d. When committed against liberty
68. It exists when two or more persons come to an agreement to commit

a felony.
a. Plan c. Piracy
b. Conspiracy d. Proposal
69. What occurs when a person who has decided to commit a felony
recommends its execution to some other person?
a. Conspiracy c. Proposal
b. Piracy d. None of the above
70. Acts of a person which are said to be in accordance with the law, so
that such person is deemed not to have transgressed the law and is free
from both criminal and civil liability except for state of necessity.
a. Justifying circumstances c. Exempting circumstances
b. Mitigating circumstances d. Aggravating circumstances
71. Equivalent to assault or at least threatened assault of an immediate

nature.
a. Intent c. Dolo
b. Culpa d. Unlawful aggression
72. The following are the requisites for self defense, except:
a. Unlawful aggression
b. Reasonable necessity of the means employed to prevent or repel it
c. Lack of sufficient provocation on the part of the person defending
himself
d. Lack of intent on the part of the person defending himself
73. What crime exists when a single act constitutes two or more grave or
less grave felonies?
a. Complex c. Composite
b. Continuing d. Compound
74. Who among the following are not exempted from criminal liability?
a. Children under 9 years of age
b. Insane persons
c. Children over 9 under 15 years of age acting with discernment
d. Imbecile persons
75. Refers to desired acts of a person to commit a crime.

a. Motive c. Fault
b. Intent d. Deceit
76. Those circumstances which if attendant to the commission of the

crime would serve to lower the penalty to a lesser degree.
a. Justifying c. Mitigating
b. Exempting d. Aggravating
77. An aggravating circumstance which generally apply to all crimes such

as dwelling, nighttime or recidivism.
8
a. Generic c. Qualifying
b. Specific d. Inherent
78. Refers to occurrences which happen beyond the sway of man’s will.
a. Nature c. Events
b. Accidents d. Phenomenon
79. Boy a policeman persuades Allan to commit a felony, he arrested the

latter after its execution is committing.
a. Instigation c. Conspiracy
b. Entrapment d. Proposal
80. Refers to circumstances which if attendant in the commission of a

crime serve to increase the penalty, without however exceeding the
maximum of the penalty provided by law for the offense.
b. Exempting d. Aggravating
81. They are aggravating circumstances which change the nature of the
crime, e.g. homicide to murder in case of treachery.
82. Refers to aggravating circumstance which applies only to particular

crimes.
83. An aggravating circumstance which come in the commission of the

crime.
84. Refers to a building or structure exclusively used for rest or comfort.

a. House c. Dwelling
b. Home d. All of the above
85. Whenever more than three armed malefactors shall have acted
together in the commission of an offense it is deemed to have been
committed by:
a. Group c. Band
b. Brigands d. Team
86. Refers to a person who at the time of his trial for one crime shall have
been previously convicted by final judgment of another crime embraced in
the same title of the RPC.
a. Delinquent c. Recidivist
b. Habitual delinquent d. Offender
87. A person who has within a period of 10 years from the date of release
or last conviction is said to have been found guilty of the same offense
particularly those of physical injuries, estafa, theft and robbery is
considered as a:
a. Recidivist c. Habitual delinquent
b. Delinquent d. Quasi-recidivist
88. Any person who shall commit a felony while serving his sentence with
a previous conviction is classified as a :
9
a. Recidivist c. Habitual delinquent
b. Delinquent d. Quasi-recidivist
89. Which among the following is not among the requisites of evident
premeditation?
a. Sufficient lapse of time
b. Time when the offender decided to commit the felony
c. Act indicating the has clung to his determination
d. Deliberate intent
90. It involves trickery and cunning on the part of the offender.

a. Craft c. Fault
b. Deceit d. Intent
91. Gloria lends Nany a bolo which was used in the murder of Mike is
liable as an:
b. Accessory d. Conspirator
92. Persons who aide the felons to hide away evidences or profit from the
fruits of the crime are said to be:
a. Principals c. Accomplices
b. Accessories d. Conspirators
93. The following are exempt from criminal liability as accessories in

cases that the principal should be the foregoing relatives except:
a. Spouse c. Descendant
b. Ascendant d. Cousins
94. Capital punishment or maximum penalty imposed by law.

a. Reclusion Perpetua c. Arresto mayor
b. Reclusion temporal d. Death by lethal injection
95. Refers to alevosia, or means and methods employed to insure its

execution.
a. Craft c. Intent
b. Deceit d. Treachery
96. It pertains to moral order, adding disgrace to the material injury

caused by the crime.
a. Craft c. Ignominy
b. Treachery d. Evident premeditation
97. The following circumstances are always mitigated in terms of

alternative circumstances, except:
a. Low degree of education
b. Intoxication wherein the drunk person has not intended it or not a
habitual drunkard
c. Relationship in crimes against property
d. Relationship in crimes against persons
98. Poly stabbing Army is considered as a:

b. Accessory d. Instigator
99. Emil persuades Jude to steal from his boss is a principal by:
a. Direct participation c. Indispensable cooperation
b. Induction d. Instigation
10
100. Which in the following enumeration is an example of an afflictive
penalty?
a. Fine c. Distierro
b. Arresto mayor d. Prision mayor
101. What would be the nature of action for a person over nine years of
age and under fifteen to incur criminal liability?
a. Act with discernment c. Show criminal intent
b. Show malice d. Act negligently
102. It shall serve to deprive the offender rights of parental authority or

guardianship.
a. Subsidiary penalty c. Suspension
b. Penalty d. Civil interdiction
103. Personal liability to be suffered by the convict who has no property to

meet the fine.
b. Distierro d. Civil interdiction
104. A form of protection rather than a penalty in cases of Art 247 of the
RPC.
b. Distierro d. Civil interdiction
105. The moving power which impels one to action for a definite result.
a. Intent c. Deceit
b. Motive d. Fault
106. It refers to an act committed or omitted in violation of a public law

forbidding or commanding it.
a. Dolo c. Felony
b. Culpa d. Crime
107. In cases wherein the commission of an offense is necessary in the

commission of another it is said that the crime is:
a. Formal crime c. Compound crime
b. Informal crime d. Complex crime
108. When did Act no. 3815 take effect?

a. January 1,1931 c. January 1, 1933
b. January 1,1932 d. January 1, 1934
109. Ignorantia Facti Excusat means:

a. Ignorance of the law c. Mistake of the blow
b. Mistake of facts d. Mistake in identity
110. Under this rule, crimes are not triable in the courts of that country,
unless their commission affects the peace and security of the territory or
the safety of the state is endangered.
a. French Rule c. Spanish Rule
b. American Rule d. English Rule
111. Failure to perform a positive duty which one is bound to do.

a. Act c. Dolo
b. Omission d. Culpa
112. Light offenses prescribe in:

11
a. 12 months c. 4 months
b. 6 months d. 2 months
113. The foregoing are persons exempt from the operation of criminal law
by virtue of the principles of public international law, except;
a. Heads of states c. Consul
b. Ambassadors d. Charges d’ affaires
114. It is a characteristic of criminal law stating that the law is binding on

all persons who live and sojourn in Philippine territory.
a. General c. Retrospective
b. Territorial d. Universal
115. It refers to a legislative act which inflicts punishment without a trial.

a. Ex post facto law c. Law on preferential application
b. Bill of attainder d. Self-repealing laws
116. Based on the diminution of intent, intelligence or freedom of action or

the lesser perversity of the offender.
a. Mitigating circumstances c. Exempting circumstances
b. Aggravating circumstances d. Alternative circumstances
117. In malicious mischief, this may be considered as a complete defense,

due to it being covered as an absolutory cause
a. It be committed against a relative
b. It be committed while being influenced by liquor
c. Degree of education of the offender
d. All of the above
118. Presumption is always in favor of sanity, hence to use this as a

defense in criminal cases, who has the burden of proof?
a. Defense c. Courts
b. Prosecution d. Psychologists and psychiatrist
119. When is an insane person not exempted from criminal liability?

a. When he acted with lucid interval while committing the crime
b. When he acted due to impulse
c. When he acted due to inducement
120. Which among the following elements is necessary to plead self

defense?
a. Lack of sufficient provocation on the part of the person defending
himself.
b. Reasonable necessity of the means employed to prevent or repel it.
c. Unlawful aggression
d. All of the above
121. Which among the following circumstance where the right of the
accused may not be waived?
a. Right to cross examination
b. Right to confrontation
c. Right to be informed of the nature and cause of the charge against him.
122. Felonies contained in Book II of the Revised Penal Code covering Art.
114 to 365 are classified under how many different titles?
a. 12 c. 14
12
b. 13 d. 15
123. It is the controlling factor to obtain jurisdiction over the vessel or

aircraft.
a. Nationality of the owner c. Location of the vessel
b. Registration of the vessel d. All of the above
124. A Philippine vessel or aircraft must be understood as that and is to be

registered in what particular government agency.
a. Philippine Bureau of Customs
b. Department of Transportation and Communication
c. Philippine Ports Authority
d. Any of the above mentioned agencies
125. It retains original and exclusive jurisdiction over all offenses

committed on high seas of any registered Philippine vessel.
a. International courts c. Court of Appeals
b. Regional Trial Courts d. Supreme Court
126. Which among the subsequent statement is untrue?

a. In exempting circumstance, there is a crime but there is no criminal.
b. In justifying circumstance, there is no civil liability except in causing
damage to another in avoidance of greater evil or injury.
c. A person who acts by virtue of a justifying circumstance does not
transgress the law because there is nothing unlawful in the acts as well as
in the intention of the perpetrator.
127. Which among the foregoing is a justifying circumstance?

a. Obedience to an order issued for some lawful purpose.
b. Insanity
c. Imbecility
d. Accident
128. The age of conditional responsibility;

a. 9 years and below
b. between 9 and 15 years
c. 18 or over to 70
d. Over 9 under 15 acting with discernment, or over 70 years old
129. Criminal law is binding to all persons who and stay in Philippine
territory, this characteristic is;
a. Territoriality c. Prospectivity
b. Generality d. Equality
130. Who among the following may not benefit from a retroactive effect of
criminal law where the new law establishes condition more lenient or
favorable to the accused?
a. A person convicted of committing rebellion
b. Habitual criminal
c. First time offender
d. A person convicted of a felony punished by death
131. Which among the following are considered mitigating circumstances?

a. Jose a 71 year old man shot and killed his brother in law.
b. An incomplete self defense by Jimmy killing his aggressor.
c. Wally had no intention to commit so grave a wrong as that committed.
d. All of the above
13
132. Which among the following is not a common requisite in justifying
circumstance of self-defense, defense of a relative and defense of a
stranger?
a. Unlawful aggression
b. Reasonable necessity of the means employed to prevent or repel it.
c. The person defending be not induced by revenge, resentment or other
evil motive.
133. Which among the following circumstance is not exempted from

criminal liability?
a. Imbecility c. Feeble-minded person
b. Insanity d. The offense was accidentally committed
134. The following are not efficient intervening causes, except;

a. The assault took place in a remote location where proper medical service
is not available.
b. Refusal by the injured or the victim of medical attention.
c. The weak physical condition of the victim due to heart disease.
d. Slight physical injury inflicted by the assailant but the victim died due
to infection of the wound by tetanus as determined by medical findings.
135. Which among the following does not belong to this group?
a. Negligence c. Lack of foresight
b. Imprudence d. Intent
136. Crimes are punished under the law in effect or in force at the time of
their commission.
a. General c. Prospective
b. Territorial d. Preferential
137. Which among the following rights may be legitimately defended by a

person?
a. Right to life c. Right to honor
b. Right to property d. All of the foregoing
138. Which among the following constitutes unlawful aggression?

a. Slap on the face c. Slap on the face
b. Light push d. Foot-king greeting
139. Mental capacity to fully appreciate the consequences of an unlawful

act.
a. Understanding c. Discernment
b. Lucid interval d. Perception
140. Which among the following is not considered as an absolutory cause?

a. Entrapment
b. Instigation
c. Spontaneous desistance of the person who commenced the commission
of the crime but could not perform all the acts of execution.
d. Accessories who are exempt from criminal liability.
141. Refers to those grounds where the acts committed is a crime but for
reasons of public policy and sentiment there is no penalty imposed.
a. Proximate cause c. Absolutory cause
b. Intervening cause d. Exempting circumstances
142. The following are basis for exempting circumstances, except;

14
a. Complete absence of intelligence
b. Complete absence of freedom of action
c. Complete absence of intent
d. Lesser perversity of the offender
143. Accessories are not liable for;

a. Grave felonies c. Light felonies
b. Less grave felonies d. Complex crimes
144. Which among the following is a compound crime?

a. The victim who was a barangay captain was killed while discharging his
duties to protect life and property and enforce the law in his jurisdiction.
b. The act of raping a girl and causing her physical injuries which required
medical attention for 20 days.
c. The single act of Mark in firing a shot, the same bullet causing the
death of two persons who were standing on the same line of the direction of
the bullet.
d. A man fired his revolver twice in succession directed against two
different persons, killing one person and the injuring the other.
145. Which among the following is a complex crime?

a. Theft of firearm and illegal possession of same firearm.
b. Arson with homicide
c. Rebellion with murder
d. Multiple murder and destruction of property.
146. A was convicted of attempted homicide for having shot B without

inflicting mortal wound, under the Revised Penal Code he is punished by;
a. Reclusion perpetua c. Prision mayor
b. Reclusion temporal d. Prision correccional
147. Crimes punished by afflictive penalties shall prescribe in;

148. In complex crimes, the penalty imposed by law is;

a. The penalty for the most serious crime.
b. The penalty of the less serious crime
c. The penalty lower in degree of the most serious crime
d. The penalty higher in degree of the less serious crime
149. In order to commit the crime of rape, Dencio drunk several bottles of
San Miguel Beer Light, this circumstance is;
a. Mitigating c. Aggravating
b. Exempting d. Alternative
150. The following aggravate criminal responsibility, except:

a. That the advantage be taken by the offender of his public position.
b. That the act be committed with abuse of confidence or obvious
ungratefulness.
c. That the accused is a recidivist
d. Any person who acts under the impulse of an uncontrollable fear of an
equal or greater injury.
15
II. CRIMINAL LAW (RPC BOOK 2)
1. Jimmy attempting to overtake another vehicle hit another car

damaging the same, he is liable for?
a. Damage to property through negligence
b. Malicious Mischief
c. Gross negligence
2. Miriam left her .45 caliber at the table after cleaning it, her maid’s
son was able to get hold of it and played with it, the accidental discharged
killed the boy, Miriam may be held legally responsible for:
a. Homicide through reckless imprudence c. Homicide
b. Homicide through reckless negligence d. None of the foregoing
3. Dennis went out hunting with some friends, while hunting at night
he shot dead his companion Mike in the belief that he was a boar. What is
his criminal liability?
b. Homicide through gross negligence d. Murder
4. Jong was not aware that his car brakes were defective, while cruising
along Tomas Morato Avenue, a boy crossed the street, Jong was unable to
stop his car in time, hitting the child and causing serious physical injuries.
Jong is liable for:
a. Physical injuries through imprudence c. Frustrated homicide
b. Physical injuries through negligence d. None of the foregoing
5. PO2 San Jose while engaged in hot pursuit, fired his pistol in the air
as a warning shot but instead killing a bystander is liable for:
b. Homicide through reckless negligence d. None of the foregoing
6. SPO4 Jaen arrested Mr. Tucay due to attempted homicide committed

while in his presence, he is to deliver the apprehended person to proper
judicial authorities within a period not exceeding?
a. 12 hours c. 36 hours
b. 24 hours d. 48 hours
7. While conducting their nightly patrol, a PNP member arrested 6

persons involved in a brawl, Art. 125 would prescribe that they should
deliver those detained within hour many hours to proper judicial
authorities?
8. While armed with a valid search warrant legally obtained, P/Insp.

Chicano conducted the search by themselves in the location specified but
without the owner of the domicile or any other person. What crime was
committed?
a. Illegal search c. Searching domicile without witnesses
b. Violation of domicile d. None of the foregoing
9. After losing in a hotly contested election, Mr. X ordered his men to

use arms to assault and prevent the elected official from the discharge of
his duties, Mr. X may be liable for:
a. Rebellion c. Coup d’ etat
b. Sedition d. Insurgency
16
10. Mr. A killed Mayor Y while the latter is in the discharge of his official
duty, Mr. A may be charged with:
a. Murder c. Direct assault
b. Homicide d. Direct assault with murder
11. Jamboy a public school teacher, while eating in a local restaurant

was at the same time encoding the grades of his students, Carling a former
student who was given a failing grade by Jamboy saw him and punched
him in the stomach. Carling may be held for:
a. Physical injuries c. Direct assault
b. Unjust vexation d. Indirect assault
12. A local sheriff while trying to enforce an eviction order was stabbed at
the back Mr. H killing him in the process, the former is liable for:
a. Homicide c. Direct assault
b. Murder d. Direct assault with murder
13. Who among the following may is not considered as a person in

authority?
a. Teacher c. Nurse
b. Municipal Mayor d. Policeman
14. Allan together with his friends scattered human excrements on the
stairs and doors of their school may be held liable for:
a. Malicious mischief c. Other mischief under Art. 329
b. Grave scandal d. Unjust vexation
15. Zoilo punched his friend Pol while arguing with the latter; as a result
of the blow three incisors were lost. Zoilo may be held answerable for:
a. Physical injuries c. Less serious physical injuries
b. Slight physical injuries d. Serious physical injuries
16. An accused while raping a 21 year old lady stabbed her to death in
order to silence the latter, he may be guilty for:
a. Rape c. Rape and homicide
b. Murder d. Rape with homicide
17. A and B after robbing a local 7-11 store killed the store clerk to
dispose of any witness. They may be held liable for:
a. Robbery c. Homicide
b. Robbery and homicide d. Robbery with homicide
18. Benny lent his house to be used by his friends as a place of

detention may be liable as an:
19. Teofila in the effort of trying to convince her co-employees to sell her
t-shirts told them that if they would not sell the goods, they will be
suspended from work, she may be liable for:
a. Grave threat c. Grave coercion
b. Light threat d. Light coercion
20. Renato was able to get hold of a ladies bag while walking in the
crowded street in Quiapo, however before absconding the crime scene he
was caught by an undercover cop, the crime of theft is:
a. Attempted c. Consummated
b. Frustrated d. None of the foregoing
17
21. Totie shot Jose his brother in the abdomen, penetrating the latter’s
chest and liver, by reason of prompt medical attention the offended party
survived, what particular crime has been committed by Totie?
a. Attempted homicide c. Consummated serious physical injuries
b. Frustrated homicide d. Frustrated parricide
22. Jules aimed his pistol at his wife Alexandra with the intention to
shoot her, he then pressed the trigger but it jammed and no bullet was
fired, he is liable for what offense?
a. Attempted parricide c. Attempted murder
b. Frustrated parricide d. Attempted homicide
23. A truck loaded with stolen boxes of Lacoste T-shirts was on way out
of the guard station at the bodega surrounded by tall fence and high walls
when the guard discovered the boxes on the truck. What crime was
committed?
a. Attempted robbery c. Attempted theft
b. Frustrated robbery d. Frustrated theft
24. Ramil intended to kill Dennis by shooting the latter; however the
wound inflicted did not affect vital organs and only hit the victim’s right
arm due to Ramil’s warning before shooting him, what crime was
committed?
a. Attempted homicide c. Attempted murder
b. Frustrated homicide d. Frustrated murder
25. Refers to the obligation of obedience and fidelity which a person owes
the government under which they live, in return for protection they receive.
a. Loyalty c. Sovereignty
b. Allegiance d. Adherence
26. It means confinement or restraint upon persons.

a. Arrest c. Abduction
b. Detention d. Kidnapping
27. A policeman who arrests a person who was caught in act of punching
another slightly injuring the offended party must deliver the detained
person to proper judicial authority within how many hours?
28. SPO4 Antazo entered the dwelling of Ms. Recto against the latter’s
will to search for unlicensed firearms is liable for;
a. Violation of domicile c. Expulsion
b. Trespass to dwelling d. Abuse of authority
29. In Bulacan, Rev. Villanueva with intention to perform a religious

ceremony, was prevented by police officers by making actual threats from
going to church, as a result the ceremony was not celebrated, the
policemen are liable for:
a. Interruption of religious worship c. Grave coercion
b. Offending religious feelings d. Grave threats
30. Eddie remarked that the Pope was Satan and that those who believe
in him are demons is liable for:
a. Interruption of religious worship c. Slander
b. Offending religious feelings d. Libel
18
31. Ping a senator punched Joe a congressman, the latter filed criminal
charges against Ping for physical injuries; Ping was arrested by General
Berroya while going to congress for a special session, what crime was
committed by the arresting officer?
a. Violation of domicile c. Unlawful arrest
b. Violation on parliamentary immunity d. None
32. Refers to a person directly vested with jurisdiction.

a. Person in authority c. Elected official
b. Public official d. Agents of persons in authority
33. PO2 Candelaria asked for assistance while being mobbed for
arresting a popular criminal, three persons assisted him but they were
injured in the process, what crime was committed against the three
persons?
a. Direct assault c. Physical injuries
b. Indirect assault d. None of the foregoing
34. A in resistance to a body search laid hands upon a police officer, no

apparent legal basis for the search was given, what crime was committed
by A?
a. Resistance and disobedience to a person in authority or the agents of
that person.
b. Direct assault
c. Indirect assault
d. None of the foregoing
35. Refers to the act of passing counterfeited coins.

a. Forgery c. Utter
b. Import d. Counterfeiting
36. Nanette wrote Ricky’s name on the back of the treasury warrant
payable to the latter, as if Ricky has endorsed the check to her, then
presented it for payment, what crime was committed?
a. Forgery c. Utter
b. Import d. Counterfeiting
37. Mr. X a government prosecutor accepted a Rolex watch as a birthday

gift from Mr. T a person accused of homicide; Mr. X is liable for:
a. Direct bribery c. Corruption
b. Indirect bribery d. None of the foregoing
38. P/Insp. Boy Habagat who refrains from arresting Anjo for committing
murder in exchange for 88,000 pesos is guilty of;
a. Direct bribery c. Qualified bribery
b. Indirect bribery d. Corruption
39. Cathy offered a diamond ring to John a certified public accountant

under the employ of the Bureau of Internal Revenue in exchange for a
lower tax. She is liable for;
a. Direct bribery c. Qualified bribery
b. Indirect bribery d. Corruption of public officials
40. Pres. Marcoyo diverted funds allocated for the construction of a

national highway to serve as cash incentives for public school teachers
during the elections, may be guilty of?
a. Malversation c. Corruption
19
b. Illegal use of public funds d. Illegal use of public property
41. SPO3 Ponce inflicted physical injuries on a detainee to obtain

relevant information in the commission of the crime, he may be liable for;
a. Physical injuries c. Misfeasance
b. Maltreatment of prisoners d. Malfeasance
42. Refers to physical ugliness or permanent and definite abnormality.

a. Injury c. Deformity
b. Scar d. All of the foregoing
43. Andy punched Max on the eye which produced a contusion, what
crime was committed?
a. Slight physical injuries c. Serious physical injuries
b. Less serious physical injuries d. Maltreatment
44. It is a building or structure devoted for comfort or rest.

a. House c. Dwelling place
b. Residence d. Abode
45. Mario hunted and shot down a wild boar while inside a private farm
owned by Mr. Amoranto, the former may be liable for;
a. Theft c. Trespass
b. Robbery d. Qualified theft
46. Mr. J agreed to sell Mr. G first class rice and received from Mr. G the
purchase price thereof, but Mr. J delivered poor quality rice, Mr. J
committed;
a. Theft c. Abuse of confidence
b. Qualified theft d. Estafa
47. Pedro gave Eddie 3,500 pesos for payment of a Ralph Blue perfume,
however Eddie did not gave Pedro the perfume and instead absconded,
what crime was committed?
a. Estafa c. Robbery
b. Theft d. Malversation
48. X pawned his car to W, later pretending to have money for redeeming
the car X asked for it and rode away without paying the loan, X is liable
for:
a. Estafa c. Robbery
b. Theft d. Malversation
49. Refers to a home of the husband and his wife.

a. Conjugal dwelling c. Dwelling place
b. Residence d. Abode
50. H who was very fond of M, kissed and embraced the latter and
touching the girl’s breast as a mere incident of the embraced is liable for;
a. Attempted rape c. Unjust vexation
b. Acts of lasciviousness d. Lewd conduct
20
51. It requires the concurrence of two things, that there being an actual
assembly of men and for such purpose of executing a treasonable design
by force.
a. Aid or comfort c. Adherence to the enemy
b. Levying war d. All of the foregoing
52. What crime is committed against mankind, and whose jurisdiction

consequently recognizes no territorial limits?
a. Mutiny c. Piracy
b. Espionage d. Sedition
53. A person who executes a false affidavit may be held liable for:
a. Forgery c. Falsification
b. Perjury d. False testimony
54. A threatened to kill B if the latter will not give him 2,000 pesos. What
crime has been committed by A?
a. Grave threat c. Kidnapping for ransom
b. Grave coercion d. Attempted murder
55. The degree of proof required to convict a person accused of treason.

a. Dangerous tendency rule c. Proof beyond reasonable doubt
b. Two witness rule d. Substantial evidence
56. PO1 Mendoza, who without legal grounds detains Ms Sagun for being
ugly is liable for:
a. Illegal detention c. Kidnapping
b. Arbitrary detention d. Expulsion
57. It is committed by a person, who being under oath is required to

testify as to the truth of a certain matter at a hearing before a competent
authority, shall deny the truth or say something contrary to it.
a. Forgery c. Falsification
b. Perjury d. False testimony
58. A detained prisoner was allowed to eat and drink in a nearby

restaurant on several occasions; he was at all times duly guarded.
Assuming that it was done with the warden’s permission, the warden may
be charged with what particular offense?
a. Infidelity c. Laxity
b. Negligence of duty d. Dereliction of duty
59. Refers to the omission of some acts which ought to be performed.

a. Misfeasance c. Nonfeasance
b. Malfeasance d. Dereliction of duty
60. Consists of acts which are offensive to decency and good customs,
which having been committed publicly, have given rise to public scandal to
persons who have witness the same.
a. Immoral doctrines c. Grave scandal
b. Slander d. Libel
61. A person arrested for the commission of an offense punishable by

afflictive penalties must be delivered to the proper judicial authority within
how many hours?
a. 12 c. 36 hours
b. 18 d. 48 hours
21
62. It is the unauthorized act of a public officer who compels a person to
change his residence.
a. Violation of domicile c. Trespass to dwelling
63. A person having knowledge of the plans to commit treason and fails
to disclose such information to the governor, fiscal or mayor is guilty of
what crime?
a. Treason c. Conspiracy to commit treason
b. Espionage d. Misprision of treason
64. It is a felony which in its general sense is raising of commotions or

disturbances in the state outside of the legal method.
a. Treason c. Coup d’ etat
b. Rebellion d. Sedition
65. A police officer who arrested a member of congress while going to

attend a senate session for a traffic violation is liable for.
a. Crime against popular representation
b. Acts tending to prevent the meeting of the National assembly
c. Violation of parliamentary immunity
66. Exemption to violation of parliamentary immunity, when a member of

congress while in regular session :
a. Committed a crime punishable by the Revised penal code
b. Committed a crime punishable by prision mayor
c. Committed a crime punishable by a penalty higher than prision
mayor
67. Refers to persons having no apparent means of subsistence but has

the physical ability to work and neglects to apply himself or herself to
lawful calling.
a. Bum c. Prostitute
b. Vagrant d. Destitute
68. This crime is committed by raising publicly and taking arms against
government to completely overthrow and supersede said existing
government.
69. The nature of the crime of treason and espionage.

a. War crime
b. Crime against national security and the law of nations
c. Crime against public order
d. Crimes against the state
70. A swift attack accompanied by violence, intimidation, stealth,

directed against duly constituted authorities, public utilities, military
camps and installation with or without civilian support, for the purpose of
diminishing state power.
71. Groups which are organized for the purpose of committing any crime
against the RPC or for other purposes contrary to public morals.
22
a. Illegal assembly c. Sedition
b. Illegal association d. Rebellion
72. When a gathering of persons is held with the presence of armed men
and the purpose of the meeting is to commit any crime punishable under
the RPC, what crime is committed?
a. Illegal assembly c. Sedition
b. Illegal association d. Rebellion
73. Implies anything which includes offensive or antagonistic movement

or action of any kind.
a. Overt acts c. Attack
b. Employ force d. Stealth
74. Mass uprising has been undertaken by supporters of Gloria Pandaka

wherein they resort to violence to stop the holding of the forthcoming
elections, what crime was committed?
a. Illegal assembly c. Rebellion
b. Violation of parliamentary immunity d. Sedition
75. X a PCCr student assisted SPO1 Anico who was being assaulted by
Mr. A while resisting arrest, Mr. A then kicked Mr. X. What was the crime
committed by Mr. A with respect to X?
a. Direct assault c. Resistance
b. Indirect assault d. Disobedience
76. Jason, a college student punched his gay teacher while on class may
be held liable for:
a. Direct assault c. Resistance
b. Indirect assault d. Subversion
77. Includes medley of discordant voices, a mock serenade of discordant

noises designed to annoy and insult.
a. Outcry c. Assault
b. Tumultuous d. Charivari
78. Mr. K fired his pistol towards the sky during the celebration of his
birthday is liable for:
a. Illegal possession of firearms c. Alarm and scandal
b. Illegal discharge d. All of the foregoing
79. Poly who frequently introduces himself as an NBI agent under false
pretense may be held liable for:
a. Usurpation of authority c. Disobedience
b. Estafa d. Resistance
80. Lex having been convicted of estafa escaped from BJMP personnel,
what felony was committed ?
a. Delivering prisoners from jail c. Resistance
b. Evasion of service of sentence d. Disobedience
81. To settle his debt, Lucas imitated 500 peso, he is liable for:
a. Falsification of documents c. Forgery
b. Intercalation d. Rubric
82. Breach of allegiance to a government, committed by a person who

owes allegiance to it.
a. Treason c. Adherence to the enemy
23
b. Espionage d. Levying war
83. Any other name of a person which publicly applies to himself without
authority of the law.
a. Alias c. Fictitious name
b. AKA d. True name
84. To avoid being charged with delay in the delivery of persons to proper
judicial authorities, a person caught in the act of committing a felony
punishable by penalties which are correctional in nature must be delivered
to said authorities within how many hours?
a. 12 c. 36
b. 18 d. 48
85. Refers to the gathering, transmitting or losing information relative to

national defense with intent to be used to the injury of the Republic of the
Philippines.
a. Treason c. Conspiracy to commit treason
b. Espionage d. Misprision of treason
86. PO2 Paras, forcibly entered the dwelling of Benjie who is a suspected
drug pusher, what crime was committed by the public officer?
a. Violation of domicile c. Trespass to dwelling
87. Refers to the resistance to a superior officer, and or raising of

commotions and disturbance on board a ship against the authority of the
commander.
a. Mutiny c. Piracy
b. Espionage d. Sedition
88. The following are legal grounds for detention, except:

a. Commission of a crime
b. Violent insanity
c. Ailment requiring compulsory confinement
d. Suspected of committing a felony under the Revised Penal Code
89. It means intent to betray a person’s country of origin.

a. Aid or comfort c. Adherence to the enemy
b. Levying war d. All of these
90. To expedite the processing of benefit claims from the GSIS a clerk
accepted 1,000 pesos from the Mr. H. , the clerk is liable for:
a. Bribery c. Indirect bribery
b. Qualified bribery d. Direct bribery
91. B wanted to kill A, he then executed his plan by ramming over the
latter with his automobile killing B instantly, what was the crime
committed?
a. Parricide c. Homicide
b. Murder d. Infanticide
92. Anne killed her husband Jojo by means of poison, she is liable for:
c. Murder d. Infanticide
93. Pedro due to his addiction killed his child less than 3 days old, he is
guilty of what crime?
24
94. It is the violent expulsion of a human fetus from the maternal womb
of birth which results in death.
a. Infanticide c. Murder
b. Abortion d. Parricide
95. Takes place whenever a person is killed during a confusion attendant

to a quarrel among several persons not constituting a group and the
perpetuators cannot be ascertained.
a. Homicide c. Death caused by tumultuous affray
b. Murder d. Riots
96. A public officer who refrains from arresting a person who has
committed a crime punishable by reclusion perpetua in exchange for
money.
a. Bribery c. Indirect bribery
b. Qualified bribery d. Direct bribery
97. It is embezzlement by means of appropriating funds or taking and

misappropriating the same.
a. Malversation c. Malfeasance
b. Misfeasance d. Nonfeasance
98. A person who shall kill his father, mother or child shall be guilty of
what felony?
99. The unlawful killing of a child less than three years old.
100. A person fired his pistol while paramour of his father was walking
farther away from him killing the latter instantly is guilty of?
101. Romeo, having carnal knowledge with a prostitute less than 12 years
old is liable for:
a. Rape c. Seduction
b. Acts of lasciviousness d. Abduction
102. A private individual who detains another for the purpose of depriving
the latter of his liberty for more than three days is guilty of:
a. Illegal detention c. Serious illegal detention
b. Arbitrary detention d. Slight illegal detention
103. Jun who got into a dispute with Jeff, assaulted the latter for the
purpose of delivering his victim to the jailer is guilty of what crime?
a. Illegal detention c. Unlawful arrest
b. Illegal arrest d. Physical injuries
25
104. Refers to a crime committed by any person who threatens another
with the infliction upon the person, honor, or property of the latter or of his
family of any wrong amounting to a crime.
105. When a warning to commit a wrong not constituting a crime is made

by another, what crime is committed?
106. A husband punched his pregnant wife due to constant nagging,

caused the death of their unborn child is guilty of:
a. Parricide c. Intentional abortion
b. Abortion d. Unintentional abortion
107. A formal and regular combat previously concerted between two

parties in the presence of two or more seconds of lawful age on each side,
who make the selection of arms and fix all other conditions.
a. Riot c. Tumultuous affray
b. Duel d. Mutilation
108. A woman cutting the penis of a male lover to deprive the latter of its
use, is committing what crime?
a. Physical Injury c. Tumultuous affray
b. Duel d. Mutilation
109. What crime was committed by a Mike who bit off the ear of his
opponent while in a boxing match?
a. Mutilation c. Less serious physical injuries
b. Serious physical injury d. Slight physical injuries
110. What crime is committed by a person who assaulted another, causing

the latter to be absent from work for two weeks?
a. Mutilation c. Less serious physical injury
b. Serious physical injury d. Slight physical injury
111. It is a felony wherein a person compels another by means of force,

violence or intimidation to do something against his will, whether right or
wrong.
112. Any person who, by means of violence shall seize anything belonging
to his debtor for the purpose of applying the same to the payment of a
debt, is committing:
113. It includes human conduct which, although not productive of some

physical or material harm would annoy an innocent person.
a. Light threat c. Unjust vexation
b. Light coercion d. None of these
114. Issuing a check without sufficient fund constitute what offense?

a. Swindling c. Violation of BP 22
b. Estafa d. All of these
26
115. What crime was committed when a person burned the house of his
dead victim to hide the body of the crime?
a. Complex crime c. Arson with homicide
b. Murder d. Homicide and arson
116. PO3 Diokno was stabbed while walking along a dark alley, he died
on the spot and the perpetrator took his service pistol?
a. Murder c. Homicide and robbery
b. Robbery d. Robbery with homicide
117. It is the willful damaging of another’s property for the sake of causing
damage due to hate, revenge or other evil motive.
a. Swindling c. Malicious mischief
b. Destruction of property d. Chattel mortgage
118. What crime was committed by Tess a married person, having sexual
intercourse with Ody who is not her husband?
a. Adultery c. Acts of lasciviousness
b. Concubinage d. Seduction
119. Boy, a married man who allowed his paramour to live in their
conjugal dwelling is liable for what crime?
120. Lewd acts committed upon persons of either sex not amounting to
rape by using force or intimidation.
121. A person who ripped the dress of a woman and rubbed his penis over
the woman’s genital without taking off the panty is liable for what crime?
a. Rape c. Forcible abduction
b. Seduction d. Acts of lasciviousness
122. Pedro was able to have carnal knowledge with his girlfriend by
promising the latter with marriage, what crime was committed?
a. Seduction c. Abduction
b. Acts of lasciviousness d. None of these
123. Is the taking of personal property belonging to another, with intent to

gain, by means of violence against, or intimidation upon things of any
person, or using force upon anything.
a. Robbery c. Brigandage
b. Theft d. Estafa
124. Allan took several jewelry from a room in which he entered through
the window committed what crime?
b. Theft d. Estafa
125. A genuine key stolen from the owner is considered as a:

a. False key c. Stolen item
b. Hot item d. Pick lock
126. G stole a Rolex watch from a locker by means of the key of the owner,
what crime was committed?
a. Theft c. Possession of pick locks
27
b. Robbery d. Possession of false keys
127. A crime committed by more than three armed malefactors who form a
band for the purpose of committing robbery in the highway or kidnapping
persons for the purpose of extortion or to obtain ransom, or for any other
purpose to be attained by means of force and violence.
b. Kidnapping d. Theft
128. Committed by any person who, with intent to gain but without
violence or intimidation of persons nor force upon things, shall take
personal property of another without the latter’s consent.
b. Kidnapping d. Theft
129. Jolina a housemaid who was caught in the act of carting away the
furniture of her employer would be charged of what crime?
a. Theft c. Qualified theft
b. Robbery d. Estafa
130. Altering the place of a mojon in the lot to insure that the property
would be larger when surveyed is a crime of:
a. Estafa c. Usurpation
b. Chattel mortgage d. Altering boundaries or landmarks
131. It is estafa or defrauding another by abuse of confidence, false

pretenses or any other similar means.
a. Swindling c. Usurpation
b. Brigandage d. All of these
132. A college professor having sexual intercourse with his student is

guilty of what crime?
a. Seduction c. Abduction
b. Qualified seduction d. None of these
133. Joe recruited several barrio mates to engage in the sex trade, what
crime was committed?
a. Prostitution c. Slavery
b. White slave trade d. None of the foregoing
134. A person who forced his girlfriend to elope with him is guilty of what
crime?
a. Forcible abduction c. Seduction
b. Consented abduction d. Qualified seduction
135. Dingoy was able to have carnal knowledge with Maria his girlfriend
while the latter was drunk, what crime was committed?
a. Acts of lasciviousness c. Qualified seduction
b. Rape d. None of these
136. Having carnal knowledge with a 16 year old girl with the use of deceit
constitutes what crime?
a. Seduction c. Acts of lasciviousness
b. Abduction d. Rape
28
137. A public and malicious imputation of a crime, vice or defect.
a. Libel c. Slander
b. Slander by deed d. Incriminatory machination
138. Police officers to ensure conviction of the suspects were caught

planting evidence, may be held liable for what offense?
a. Libel c. Slander by deed
b. Slander d. Incriminatory machination
139. Unlawful extortion of money by threats of accusation or exposure.

a. Slander c. Coercion
b. Libel d. Blackmail
140. Voluntary but without malice failing to do an act from which material
damage results by reason of inexcusable lack of precaution on the part of
the person performing the act.
a. Negligence c. Reckless imprudence
b. Imprudence d. Reckless negligence
141. The following are crimes over which Philippine Laws have jurisdiction
even if committed outside the country, except:
a. Espionage c. Treason
b. Piracy and Mutiny d. Rebellion
142. A suspected arsonist was caught. Evidence revealed that he poured

gasoline under the house of another and lit a candle to set the house on
fire, fortunately a deluge of rained poured and the conflagration was
averted, but the wall of the house was slightly burned. What crime was
committed?
a. Malicious mischief c. Frustrated arson
b. Attempted arson d. Consummated arson
143. Elsa slapped Fely’s face in front of their co-employees, what crime was
committed by Elsa?
a. Slander by deed c. Malicious mischief
b. Unjust vexation d. Physical injury
144. A municipal treasurer appropriating public funds and

misappropriating public property is committing;
a. Malversation c. Fraud
b. Estafa d. Theft
145. Killing of a child less than three days old.

a. Murder c. Homicide
b. Parricide d. Infanticide
146. In a fit of jealousy, Maria set fire on the “La Coste” shirt of her
boyfriend, Pedro. What crime did Maria commit?
a. Arson c. Destruction of private property
b. Physical injuries d. Malicious mischief
147. A with intention to kill B went to the house of the latter. B was found
lying in bed and A shot B three times in the head, without knowing that an
hour before, B died of a heart attack, what crime was committed?
a. Murder c. Impossible crime
b. Homicide d. Trespass to dwelling
29
148. Crimes against religious worship are of two kinds, one is offending
religious feelings and the other is_______.
a. Interruption of religious worship c. Revelation of religious secret
b. Usurpation of powers d. None of these
149. A suspended city mayor who continues to exercise his powers and
duties of office may be liable for;
a. Sedition c. Abandonment of office or position
b. Prolonging performance of duties and powers d. Disobedience
150. Gloria, appointed her niece a law graduate as a public prosecutor,

may be held liable for:
a. Unlawful appointment c. Unjust appointment
b. Illegal appointment d. None of these
151. A municipal employee who openly refuses to deliver to the mayor,

after repeated instructions from the latter, the keys to the municipal
building and the seal under her custody is liable for:
a. Disobedience c. Open Disobedience
b. Grave abuse of discretion d. Nonfeasance
152. The act of a person who shall orally threaten to do another any harm
not constituting a felony is committing;
153. X picked the pocket of Y, took Y’s wallet and walked away. Y
discovered that his wallet was taken ran after X, who was casually walking
a few meters ahead. Y confronted X to return his wallet, but X punched Y
and ran away. What crime was committed?
a. Theft c. Frustrated theft
b. Robbery d. Frustrated robbery
154. A woman who pretends to be regnant and simulates a birth to belie

rumors that she is a lesbian but introduces no strange child to her family,
causes no child to lose civil status and in fact occasions no damage,
whether remote or immediate is liable for;
a. Falsification of a public document c. Usurpation of civil status
b. Simulation of Birth d. None of these
155. Ariel impersonates himself to be Allan, the son of another and

assumes the rights of the latter is liable for;
a. Falsification of a public document c. Simulation of Birth
b. Fraud d. Usurpation of civil status
Case study 1:
Akong, a cook in a local restaurant always fearing of bad elements is a very

cautious man. One night before going to bed, he locked himself in his room
placing a chair against the door. Hours later, he was awakened by someone
trying to open the door. He called out twice, “who is there?”, but received
no reply. Fearing that the intruder was a robber; he leaped from his bed
and shouted”if you enter the room I will kill you!” At that moment, he was
struck by the chair that has been placed against the door, and in the belief
that he was being attacked, he seized a kitchen knife and struck and
fatally wounded the intruder who turned out to be his roommate Alex.
30
Questions:
156. Assuming that Akong is liable under the following circumstances,

what crime has he committed?
a. Frustrated murder c. Serious physical injuries
b. Frustrated homicide d. Attempted homicide
157. Which of the following evidence is least material to the case?

a. Chair c. Knife
b. Bed d. the warning
158. Which among the following specific circumstance may be invoked by

Akong?
a. Treachery c. Accident
b. Mistake of fact d. Mistake of identity
159. Which among the following circumstance affecting criminal liability,

in general applies in this situation?
b. Aggravating d. Exempting
Case Study 2:
X and Y are neighbors, during a drinking session, X punched Y without

any provocation. Y’s injuries required medical attendance for a period of 5
days.
Questions:
160. What was the crime committed by X?

a. Slight physical injuries c. Serious physical injuries
b. Ill treatment d. Less serious physical injuries
161. Considering the facts, the policeman on the case should?

a. File the case directly with the court
b. File the case before the prosecutor’s office
c. File the case himself before the Barangay Court
d. Instruct Y to refer the matter first before the Barangay Court
162. Assuming that X was drunk at the time of the committed the offense;
his drunkenness would be considered as:
a. Mitigating circumstance c. Alternative circumstance
b. Exempting circumstance d. Aggravating circumstance
163. Should the result of the blow of X was death to Y, the investigator on
case should concentrate and stress on:
a. Whether or not X was drunk
b. Whether or not there was really no intent to kill
c. Whether or not Y was also drunk
d. The Barangay court has no jurisdiction
Case Study 3:
31
Dr. Cantada had frequently quarreled with his wife Veronica due to his
illicit relation with his secretary, he decided at the spur of the moment to
kill his wife after the latter slapped him. He mixed poison in her milk, but
when his wife drunk it, He employed his medical skills in extracting the
substance from her stomach thereby preventing her death.
Questions:
164. What crime/stage has been committed/reached by the acts of Dr.

Cantada?
a. Attempted parricide c. Consummated parricide
b. Frustrated parricide d. Consummated physical injuries
165. Should there be no marriage between Dr. Cantada and Veronica, what
crime was committed by Dr. Cantada?
a. Physical injuries c. Murder
b. Homicide d. Parricide
Case study 4:
C and B are brothers; by promise of price C induced A to kill B, who was

living on a remote island. D the owner of the only motor boat in that area
and knowing of the criminal designs of A and C offered his services and
transported A to the island. Once there, A alone killed B by shooting the
latter while sleeping.
Questions:
166. What crime has been committed A?

a. Homicide c. Infanticide
b. Parricide d. Murder
167. What was the criminal participation of C in the killing of his brother?
d. Accomplice
168. The owner of the motor banca D is liable as a:

d. Accomplice
169. What was the crime did C committed?

a. Homicide c. Infanticide
b. Parricide d. Murder
170. Assuming that A took several jewelry from B, and gave it to his wife
who knew where it came from and the latter sold it for profit, what was the
criminal participation of the wife of A?
III. CRIMINAL PROCEDURE
32
1. Which among the foregoing may not be filed by the accused before
arraignment?
a. Motion to quash c. Bill of lading
b. Motion to suspend proceedings d. Bill of particulars
2. Demurrer to evidence may be filed:

a. After the prosecution has rested its case
b. After arraignment
c. After trial
d. After the defense has rested its case
3. Arraignment may be suspended in the following situations; except:

a. A petition for review of the resolution of the prosecutor is pending with
the Department of Justice.
b. There exists a prejudicial question.
c. The accused has been found to be of an unsound mental condition.
d. There is probable cause to hold the accused for trial.
4. Which among the following may not be undertaken during the pre-
trial?
a. Marking of evidence c. Stipulation of facts
b. Examination of witnesses d. Plea bargaining
5. For offenses punishable by prision mayor of higher, a provisional

dismissal shall become permanent ______ after the issuance of order
without the case having been revived.
a. Six months c. Two years
b. One year d. Three years
6. Refers to the party appealing the case.

a. Accused c. Adverse party
b. Appellee d. Appellant
7. The rules allow the proceeding in the instant case to be re-opened to

avoid miscarriage of justice:
a. After the promulgation of judgment
b. Before promulgation of judgment
c. After finality of the judgment for conviction
d. Before the finality of judgment of conviction
8. The following are valid venue for the application for search warrant,
except:
a. Any regional trial court
b. Any court within whose territorial jurisdiction the crime was committed
c. Any court within the judicial region where the crime was committed
d. Any court within the judicial region where the warrant may be
enforceable.
9. Decisions of the Regional Trial Court may be appealed to the Court of

Appeals by:
a. Petition for certiorari c. Petition for review on certiorari
b. Petition for review d. Notice of appeal
10. Within how many days after the prosecution has rested its case, may a
motion for leave to file demurrer to evidence be filed?
a. 5 days c. 15 days
b. 10 days d. 30 days
33
11. Preliminary investigation is required before the filing of information or
complaint where the penalty for the offense is:
a. At least 4 years, 2 months and 1 day c. Exceeding 6 years
b. At least 6 years d. Exceeding 4 years, 2 months
12. Which among the foregoing pleadings may be filed in a criminal case?
a. Cross claim c. Third party complainant
b. Counterclaim d. Counter-affidavit
13. When may the reservation of the right to institute a separate civil
action shall be made?
a. Before the presentation of evidence of the prosecution
b. Before the prosecution rests
c. Before arraignment
d. During the pre-trial conference
14. The following except one, are valid venues, where may petition for
suspension of criminal action by reason of a pending prejudicial question
in a civil proceeding:
a. Office of the prosecutor
b. The court where the criminal case is pending
c. The court where the civil case is pending
d. The court conducting preliminary investigation
15. The foregoing offenses shall only be prosecuted upon a complaint of the
offended party, her parents or grandparents except:
a. Rape c. Seduction
b. Abduction d. Acts of lasciviousness
16. In designating the offense, which among the following is not included in
the complaint or information?
a. Name of the offense c. Acts which constitute the offense
b. Mitigating circumstances d. Aggravating circumstances
17. Civil action for the recovery of civil damages arising from a criminal
offense is deemed instituted with the criminal action. This rule does not
apply in the following cases, except:
a. When the offended party institutes the criminal action
b. When the offended party waives the civil action
c. When the offended party institutes the civil action before the criminal
action.
d. When the offended party reserves the right to institute a separate civil
action.
18. Amendment without court permission may be allowed in the following

instances, except:
a. Amendment as to form
b. Amendment that downgrades the nature of the offense
c. Amendment as to substance
d. Amendment that reflects typographical errors.
19. In a preliminary investigation, which among the following may not be

submitted by the respondent?
a. Motion to dismiss c. Supporting documents
b. Counter affidavit d. Witnesses’ counter affidavit
20. Where a preliminary investigation has been undertaken, warrant of

arrest is not necessary in the following circumstances, except:
34
a. When the penalty for the offense is a fine
b. When there is probable cause
c. When warrant of arrest has already been issued
d. When the information or complaint has been filed under section 7, rule
112.
21. Refers to the authority of the court to hear and decide cases.
a. Venue c. Jurisdiction
b. Criminal Procedure d. Jurisprudence
22. Summary procedures may be applied in the following cases. Except;

a. Violation of rental laws
b. Violation of traffic laws, rules and regulations
c. Violation of city or municipal ordinances
d. Criminal cases where the penalty prescribed for by law is imprisonment
not exceeding six years
23. Court which exercises jurisdiction over cases involving RA 3019.

a. Supreme Curt c. Regional Trial Courts
b. Court of Appeals d. Sandiganbayan
24. In the Metropolitan Trial Courts, the complaint may be filed with:
a. Office of the prosecutor c. Office of the judge
b. Office of the clerk of court d. Office of the Ombudsman
25. Which among the following is not an essential requisite of a complaint

or an information?
a. It must be filed in court
b. It must be in writing
c. It must be in the name of the People of the Philippines
d. It must be filed with the office of the prosecutor
26. Generally, the following are requisites for an information, except:

a. The offended party
b. Any peace officer
c. Any public officer charged with the enforcement of the law violated
d. Any Fiscal
27. In crimes involving adultery and concubinage, who may file the
compliant?
a. The prosecutor
b. Any peace officer charged with enforcement of the law violated
c. The offended spouse
28. The information or complaint should state the following except:

a. Name of the accused c. Name of the court
b. Name of the offended party d. Designation of the offense by statute
29. When may the offended party be allowed to intervene in criminal cases?
a. When he has not waived the civil action
b. When he has waived the civil action
c. When he has filed the civil action before filing the criminal case
d. When he has expressly reserved the right to institute a separate civil
action.
30. When may bail be considered as a matter of discretion?

a. In capital offenses
35
b. In cases involving graft and corrupt practices of government officials.
c. In cases punishable by penalties which are not afflictive
d. In capital offenses when the evidence of guilt is strong
31. When may bail bond be cancelled?

a. Acquittal of the accused
b. Dismissal of the case
c. Execution of the final judgment of conviction
32. In fixing the amount of bail, which among the following is not
essential?
a. Age and health of the accused
b. Character and reputation of the accused
c. Probability that the accused will appear in the trial
33. If the crime charged is unclear, what motion may be filed before the
arraignment?
a. Bill of particular c. Motion to quash
b. Motion for new trial d. Motion to dismiss
34. When an accused is discharged as a state witness, it is comparable to:

a. Reprieve c. Conviction
b. Acquittal d. Commutation
35. Arraignment may be suspended when the accused appears to be of

unsound mental condition or the court finds the existence of a _________.
a. Valid prejudicial question c. Motion to dismiss
b. Motion to quash d. Bill of particulars
36. In cases punishable by destierro, how many days or preventive

detention is prescribed for by law?
37. Where may the application for bail be filed?

a. Office of the prosecutor c. Court where the case is pending
b. Office of the Ombudsman d. All of the foregoing
38. Ground for demurrer to evidence:

a. Insufficiency of evidence c. Motion to quash
b. Irrelevant evidence d. Prejudicial question
39. Refers to an undertaking constituted as a lien on real property given as

a security for the amount of bail.
a. Surety bond c. Recognizance
b. Property bond d. Bail
40. A counsel de officio is generally given how many days to prepare for
trial?
a. 2 days c. 5 days
41. What determines the jurisdiction in criminal cases?

a. Subject matter c. Person accused
b. Territory d. Extent of the penalty
36
42. This system of criminal justice is conducted either at the initiative of
the public prosecutor or the offended party and the right to appeal is
limited to the defense.
a. Fixed c. Inquisitorial
b. Mixed d. Accusatorial
43. Defined as a method fixed by law for the apprehension and prosecution
of persons alleged to have committed a crime, and for their punishment in
case of conviction.
a. Criminal justice system c. Criminal procedure
b. Rules of court d. Rules of procedure
44. A system characterized by the right to confrontation, to a public trial

and be heard by competent counsel.
45. Refers to a territorial unit where the power of the court is to be

exercised.
a. Venue c. Jurisprudence
b. Jurisdiction d. Trial courts
46. The procedure in witness examination is:

a. Direct, cross, re-direct, re-cross examination
b. Direct, re-direct, cross, re-cross examination
c. Cross, direct, re-direct, re-cross examination
d. Cross, direct, re-cross, re-direct examination
47. In the Philippines, the system of criminal procedure is:

48. A sworn statement charging a person with an offense subscribed by the

offended party, any peace officer or other peace officer charged with the
enforcement of the law violated.
a. Complaint c. Blotter
b. Charge sheet d. information
49. Authority to hear and decide a case.

b. Jurisdiction d. Hearing
50. Jurisdiction of the court is said to be__________ when the law

organizing a court does not expressly enumerate the cause of which it may
take cognizance.
a. Limited c. Appellate
b. General d. Original
51. Which among the following may not be filed before the judgment
becomes final?
a. Motion to quash c. Motion for new trial
b. Motion for reconsideration d. Notice of appeal
52. Validity of the warrant of arrest expires:

a. After 10 days c. After 365 days
b. After 30 days d. No fixed duration
53. Lifetime of a search warrant:

37
54. In criminal cases, the People of the Philippines is the:

a. Plaintiff c. Offended party
b. Complainant d. Aggrieved party
55. In civil cases the person charged is called:

a. Accused c. Defendant
b. Suspect d. Respondent
56. Refers to an accusation in writing charging a person with an offense
subscribed by the fiscal and filed with the court.
a. Complaint c. Blotter
b. Charge sheet d. Information
57. Prescription of the crime commences to run:

a. Upon re-appearance of the accused
b. Upon escape of the accused
c. Upon discovery of the crime by the offended party
d. Upon filing of the complaint or information
58. The duty of the party to present evidence to establish his claim is
referred to as:
a. Burden of proof c. Bill of particulars
b. Burden of evidence d. Presentation of evidence
59. The law expanding the jurisdiction of the MTC.

a. RA 7691 c. RA 7975
b. RA 7961 d. RA 7196
60. Which among the following is not covered by the rules on summary
procedures?
a. Violation of traffic laws
b. Violation of rental laws
c. Where the penalty does not exceed 6 months imprisonment
d. Where the penalty is more than six months imprisonment
61. In criminal cases, the person charged is referred to as:

62. The part of trial wherein the civil aspect of the case may be amicably
settled.
a. Plea bargaining c. Preliminary investigation
b. Hearing d. Pre-trial
63. In administrative cases the person charged is:

64. It is usually referred to as the court of first instance.

a. Metropolitan trial court c. Court of appeals
b. Regional trial court d. Supreme court
65. In rape cases, who among the following may file a complaint?
a. Offended party
b. Peace officer
c. Public officer charged with enforcement of the law violated
38
66. Who among the following may not conduct a preliminary investigation?
a. City or provincial fiscals and their assistants
b. Judges of the MTC’s
c. National and regional prosecutors
d. DOJ personnel
67. Taking of a person into custody in order that he may be bound to

answer for the commission of an offense.
a. Detention c. Arrest
b. Restraint d. Seizure
68. Refers to persons given by law the duty and power to exercise
jurisdiction and maintenance of peace and order as well as the protection
of life liberty and property.
a. Persons in authority c. Policemen
b. Judges d. Prosecutors
69. Refers to a security given for the temporary release of a person in the
custody of the law.
a. Bond c. Surety
b. Bail d. Insurance
70. Which among the following is a non-bailable offense?

a. Rape c. Robbery
b. Homicide d. Libel
71. It is not a necessity to file a complaint or information:

a. Name of the court c. Name of the offended party
b. Name of the accused d. Designation of the offense by statute
72. The authority of the court to take cognizance of the case in the first
instance is regarded as:
a. General jurisdiction c. Delegated jurisdiction
b. Original jurisdiction d. Appellate jurisdiction
73. Judiciary Reorganization Act:

a. PD 968 c. BP 129
b. PD 1612 d. BP 22
74. In the metropolitan courts, the complaints is filed with the:

a. Office of the Secretary of justice c. Office of the Ombudsman
b. Office of the clerk of court d. Office of the prosecutor
75. Cases on appeal on judgment rendered by a Municipal Trial Court shall

be elevated where?
a. Metropolitan Trial Court c. Court of Appeals
b. Regional Trial Court d. Supreme Court
76. Decisions rendered by the Court of appeals may be further elevated to

what court?
a. Metropolitan Trial Court c. Court of Appeals
b. Regional Trial Court d. Supreme Court
77. A judicial examination and determination of the issues in an action or

proceeding, civil or criminal.
a. Plea trial c. Plea bargaining
b. Pre trial d. Trial
39
78. Period provided for by law to post an appeal after receipt of judgment of
conviction.
79. Order of trial is:

a. Prosecution, rebuttal, defense, submission for decision
b. Defense, prosecution, rebuttal, submission for decision
c. Prosecution, defense, rebuttal, submission for decision
d. Defense, rebuttal, prosecution, submission for decision
80. A geographical division in which the action is allowed to be brought.

b. Jurisdiction d. Territory
81. A person designated by the court to assist destitute litigants.

a. Counsel c. Attorney at law
b. Attorney on record d. Counsel de officio
82. It refers to the answer given by the accused to a charge or indictment.

a. Reply c. Plea
b. Motion d. Confession
83. Generally, after a plea of not guilty is entered, how many days are given
by law for the accused to prepare for his trial.
a. 2 days c. 4 days
b. 3 days d. 5 days
84. Refers to the adjudication by the court that the accused is guilty of not
guilty of the offense charged, and the imposition of proper penalty and civil
liability provided for by law on the accused.
a. Conviction c. Decision
b. Judgment d. Conclusion
85. Days mandated by law for the perfection of a decision.

86. The foregoing personal property may be considered as objects of the

search warrant, except those which are:
a. Subject of the offense
b. Stolen or embezzled and other fruits of the crime
c. Used or intended to be used as a means of committing an offense
d. Property of the accused
87. A move for the annulment of the criminal charge made by an accused
is:
a. Plea bargaining c. Motion to dismiss
b. Motion to quash d. Bill of particulars
88. When can arrest be made?

a. At any day c. At any time of the night
b. At any time of the day d. At any time of the day or night
89. Cases wherein the penalty does not exceed 6 months fall under the rule
on:
a. Civil procedure c. Summary procedure
40
b. Criminal procedure d. Special procedure
90. The existence of a prejudicial question may cause the suspension of

the:
a. Arraignment c. Trial
b. Judgment d. Preliminary investigation
91. Who among the following is not authorized to conduct a preliminary

investigation?
a. PNP chief c. MTC judges
b. City prosecutors d. Provincial prosecutors
92. Upon learning that a complaint or information has been filed without a
preliminary investigation, within how many days is allowed by the rules for
the accused to ask for a preliminary investigation?
93. If the judgment rendered by the trial court changes the nature of the
offense form a non-bailable to bailable, where can the bail application be
resolved?
a. Appellate court c. Regional Trial Court
b. Trial court d. Metropolitan Trial Court
94. In which of the following instances is bail not considered as a matter of

right?
a. Before conviction of the RTC imposing the death penalty
b. Before conviction of the RTC
c. Before conviction by the MTC
d. Before conviction of the RTC of an offense not punishable by death
95. Which among the following offense where bail may be applied?
a. Frustrated murder c. Parricide
b. Rape d. Murder
96. Refers to an offense under the law existing at the time of the
commission and application for admission to bail may be punished with
death.
a. Heinous crime c. Capital punishment
b. Special crime d. Capital offense
97. A person may be released on bail in the following forms, except:

a. Corporate surety c. Property bond
b. Recognizance d. Performance bond
98. In the following instances the accused is allowed under the rules to
plead guilty, except:
a. At the arraignment c. After arraignment but before trial
b. Upon entering his plea d. During trial
99. When may the accused admitted to bail be allowed to question the
legality of his arrest?
a. Before trial c. Before the preliminary investigation
b. Before arraignment d. Before conviction
100. An accused who pleads guilty but offers exculpatory evidence will
cause an effect of:
a. He is making a conditional plea
41
b. A plea of not guilty shall be entered for him
c. He shall be treated as guilty and will eventually be convicted
d. He will be treated as refusing his plea.
101. The following are requisites before a court can validly exercise
jurisdiction, except:
a. It must have jurisdiction over the investigation
b. It must have jurisdiction over the person of the accused
c. It must have jurisdiction over the subject matter
d. It must have jurisdiction over the territory where the offense was
committed.
102. The jurisdiction of the courts in criminal cases is determined by the

extent of the penalty which the law imposes for the offense charged with
the offense.
a. Partly true c. Partly false
b. Absolutely true d. Absolutely false
103. The Metropolitan Trial Courts shall exercise exclusive original

jurisdiction over all offenses punishable with imprisonment-
a. Not exceeding 6 years
b. Not exceeding 4 years
c. Not exceeding 4 years 2 months and 1 day
d. Not exceeding 6 months
104. The prosecution of offenses shall be commenced by filing of a

complaint or information.
a. Partly true c. True
b. Partly false d. False
105. In general, the formal requisites of a complaint or information are as

follows, except:
a. It must be filed in court
b. It must be in writing, in the name of the People of the Philippines
c. It must be filed with the office of the prosecutor
d. It must be subscribed by the prosecutor
106. Criminal cases where the penalty prescribed by law for the offense
charged does not exceed six months falls under the rule on:
a. Criminal procedure c. Civil procedure
b. Regular procedure d. Summary procedure
107. Under the Local Government Code of 1991, the Lupon of each
Barangay shall have authority to bring together the parties actually
residing in the same city or municipality for amicable settlement where the
offense committed is punished by imprisonment exceeding one year. This
is:
a. Partly true c. Absolutely true
b. Partly false d. Absolutely false
108. The following are requisites of information, except:

a. It must be in writing charging a person with an offense
b. It must be filed by the offended party
c. It must be subscribed by the fiscal
d. It must be filed in court
109. Only the offended spouse may file the complaint in the crimes of:
a. Bigamy c. Concubinage
b. Adultery d. Both B and C
42
110. All criminal actions shall be prosecuted under the direction and
control of the prosecutor, this statement is:
a. Partly true c. Wholly true
b. Partly false d. Wholly false
111. Which among the following is not considered during pre-trial?

a. Stipulation of facts c. Filing a motion for extension
b. Plea bargaining d. Marking of evidence
112. Which among the following statements is true?

a. The accuse must personally enter his plea
b. The accused may enter his plea by counsel
c. The accused may waive arraignment
d. The accused must be arraigned in a court other than where the case is
assigned.
113. The existence of a valid pre-judicial question may cause the

suspension of the:
a. Arraignment c. Preliminary investigation
b. Trial d. Judgment
114. Motion to quash an information or complaint may be made;

a. Before judgment c. Before he enters his plea
b. Before he moves to dismiss the case d. After he enters his plea
115. The right of the State to initiate criminal actions in behalf of the
incapacitated victim with no known relative is:
a. Police power c. Habeas corpus
b. Power of eminent domain d. Doctrine of parens patria
116. Even if the offended party is a minor, she can initiate the prosecution
for the crime of seduction. This statement is:
a. Partly true c. Wholly true
b. Partly false d. Wholly false
117. The wife dies before she could institute a criminal action for
concubinage against her husband and his paramour. The case may:
a. Still be prosecuted c. No longer be prosecuted
b. Be prosecuted by the State d. Be prosecuted by the wife’s parents
118. Arrests can be effected by;

a. Actual restraint of the person to be arrested
b. By his submission to the custody of the person making the arrest
c. By using reasonable force
d. Both A and B
119. When the information is filed, the Regional Trial Court:

a. Can issue a warrant of arrest c. Can conduct preliminary investigation
b. Can conduct pre-trial d. Can conduct the trial
120. The following are requisites for the issuance of a warrant of arrest,
except:
a. It must be issued upon probable cause to be determined personally by
the judge.
b. After examination under oath of the complainant and his witness
c. It must describe the person to be arrested
d. It must describe the place to be searched
43
121. Which of the foregoing fall under the exclusive original jurisdiction of
the Metropolitan Trial Court, Municipal Trial Court and Municipal Circuit
Trial Court?
a. Violations of city and municipal ordinances
b. Probationable cases
c. Offenses punishable by prision mayor
d. Offenses which are afflictive in nature
122. The waiver of the right to appear by the accused has this effect.
a. There is a waiver of the right to present evidence
b. The accused waives his right to confrontation
c. The prosecution can present evidence if the accused fails to appear
d. Both A and B
123. What personal property cannot be seized?

a. Property used or intended to be used in the commission of a crime.
b. Property stolen or embezzled and the other fruits of the crime.
c. Property subject of the offense.
d. Any property that can be used as an evidence to prosecute the offender.
124. Searches of premises, house or room should be made in the presence

of two witnesses. Who are these witnesses contemplated by the rules of
court?
a. Two local occupants thereof.
b. Witnesses of sufficient age and discretion residing in the same locality.
c. Two members of his family
125. Refers to the peril in which a person is placed when he is regularly

charged with a crime before any court properly organized and competent to
try him.
a. Imprisonment c. Jeopardy
b. Detention d. Forum shopping
126. Who shall enter a plea of guilty?

a. Defendant himself in open court c. His authorized counsel
b. His counsel de officio d. Self confessed accused
127. This is used as the primary basis to determine the real nature of the
crime charged in an information or complaint.
a. Facts recited in the complaint or information
b. Evidence to be presented
c. Title at the charge sheet
d. Law specifically violated
128. The requisite for the waiver of a person under custodial investigation
is:
a. Waiver in writing
b. Voluntarily, knowingly and intelligently
c. With the counsel’s presence and assistance
d. All of these
129. Which of the following does not justify arrest without warrant?
a. Fresh pursuit
b. Continuing crime
c. Fugitives from justice
d. Arrest based on citizen complaint and police suspicion
44
130. Condition that must be satisfied before the institution of a criminal
action in court which may be amicably settled in the Barangay court
under the Local Government Code of 1991.
a. Settlement has been repudiated
b. Confrontation between parties at the Lupon
c. Certification of no conciliation
d. Any of these
IV. CRIMINAL EVIDENCE
1. It means any waters on the sea coast which are without boundaries
of low-water mark.
a. International waters c. High seas
b. Interior waters d. Maritime zone
2. They refer to courts of justice or judges of said court vested with

power to order the temporary detention or confinement of any person
charged with committing an offense.
a. Judiciary c. Judicial authorities
b. Bench d. Persons in authority
3. In trying to use self-defense in a homicide case, who has the burden

of proof?
a. Prosecution c. Court
b. Defense d. Psychologist
4. Any form of attestation by which a person signifies that he is bound

in conscience to perform an act truthfully or faithfully.
a. Affidavit c. Testimony
b. Oath d. Confession
5. A sworn statement in writing.

a. Affidavit c. Testimony
b. Oath d. Confession
6. Any visible sign capable of distinguishing the goods or services of an

enterprise.
a. Mark c. Business mark
b. Trademark d. Service mark
7. A designation which identifies an enterprise

a. Mark c. Business mark
b. Trademark d. Service mark
8. In the crime of rape, this is usually the most common form of

evidence to prove the charge.
a. Medico legal testimony c. Testimony of the witnesses
b. Testimony of the victim d. All of these
9. After raping Josefa, Jose went on to marry the former, however a

sudden turn of events urged Josefa to file a criminal case of rape against
her husband, what evidence would be most vital to aid in Jose his defense?
a. Marriage settlement c. Testimony of the witness
b. His testimony d. Marriage contract between them
45
10. Home of the husband and wife.
a. House c. Home
b. Dwelling place d. Conjugal dwelling
11. It consists of any reprehensible deed or word that offends public

conscience.
a. Scandal c. Indignity
b. Unjust vexation d. Disgrace
12. What is needed to be proven that scandalous circumstance is an

element in the crime of concubinage?
a. If the man is legally married
b. If the mistress is kept outside the conjugal dwelling
c. If the mistress is a relative
d. If the mistress is a virgin
13. It means dwelling together as husband and wife.

a. Cohabit c. Live-in
b. Marriage d. Joint household
14. They should be objected to at the time they are being offered in court.
a. Oral evidence c. Expert evidence
b. Documentary evidence d. Testimonial evidence
15. To appreciate this evidence, it is always a question of logic and

experience.
a. Real evidence c. Relevant evidence
b. Object evidence d. material evidence
16. Evidences whose admission is prohibited by law.

a. Incompetent evidence c. Inadmissible evidence
b. Unreal evidence d. None of these
17. Which among the following may be considered as subjects requiring

expert opinion?
a. Medical science c. Undeciphered writings
b. Forensic science d. All of these
18. When it prompts the witness to give an answer the examiner wants to
hear it is said to be:
a. Leading question c. Compound question
b. Misleading question d. General question
19. What did you observe after they got married is an example of a
a. Compound question c. Misleading question
b. Leading question d. General question
20. A question which is made up of two or more queries connected by

conjunctions and or.
a. Compound question c. Misleading question
b. Leading question d. General question
21. The following are the criteria used to determine whether or not a
child regardless of age may be considered as a competent witness, except:
a. Capacity of observation c. Capacity of communication
b. Capacity of recollection d. None of these
46
22. What must be established, in addition to sexual intercourse in cases
of rape?
a. Use of force or intimidation by the offender
b. Resistance on the part of the victim
c. Sterility of the offender
23. When may evidences be considered as admissible in court?

a. When it is relevant to the issue
b. When it is not excluded by the law or the rules of court
c. When it is competent
24. Refers to statement made by the litigants in the judicial proceedings.
a. Judicial notice c. Judicial confessions
b. Judicial admissions d. Pleadings
25. Those evidences which results in the greatest certainty of the fact in
question?
a. Primary or best evidence c. Competent evidence
b. Secondary evidence d. Conclusive evidence
26. Refers to evidence which indicates that a better kind of evidence

exists.
a. Primary or best evidence c. Competent evidence
b. Secondary evidence d. Conclusive evidence
27. It forbids the addition or contradiction in terms of a written

instrument by testimony purporting to show that other or different terms
were orally agreed upon by the parties.
a. Best evidence rule c. Hearsay rule
b. Parol evidence rule d. Res Gestae rule
28. Marital disqualification may apply, except:

a. The spouses was legally married
b. The husband is a party to the case
c. The wife is a party to the case
d. It involves civil cases filed by one against the other
29. Refers to matters which are learned in confidence.

a. Private communication c. Dying declaration
b. Privilege communication d. Confidential communication
30. The following are requisites for the disqualification based on

attorney-client privilege, except:
a. Existence of an attorney client relation
b. Communication was made in the course of professional employment
c. No consent was given by the client to the attorney testifying thereon
31. When may a descendant be compelled to witness against his parents

or grand parents?
a. A crime against him
b. A criminal case by one the parent against the other
c. A criminal case by one grand parent against another
32. An agreement made between two or more parties as a settlement of

matters in question.
47
a. Compromise c. Plea bargaining
b. Stipulation d. Contract
33. In admission by third party, the rights of a party cannot be

prejudiced by an act, declaration or omission of another, except:
a. Admission by a co- partner/ joint owner or debtor
b. Admission by conspirator
c. Admission by agent or privies
34. Admission by agents shall be allowed when:

a. The agency is proved by evidence other the admission itself
b. The admission was made during the existence of the agency
c. The admission refers to a matter within the scope of his authority
35. A dying declaration may be admissible as evidence in cases, except:

a. Imminent death but the declarant is conscious of facts
b. The declaration must concern the crime regarding the declarant’s death
c. The declarant is a competent witness and the declaration is offered in a
criminal case wherein the declarant’s death is subject to the inquiry.
36. Refers to inferences which the law makes so preemptory that it will
not allow them to be overturned by any contrary proof.
a. Presumption c. Disputable presumption
b. Conclusive presumption d. Estoppel
37. A witness of the adverse party may be impeached, except:

a. A contradictory evidence
b. By evidence of his general reputation and integrity, and conviction of a
crime involving moral turpitude
c. By evidence of other statements made by the witness which are
inconsistent.
38. Refers to an official entry of the proceedings in the court of justice.

a. Judicial notice c. Blotter
b. Judicial Record d. Official record
39. When may circumstantial evidence be sufficient to obtain conviction?

a. There is more than one circumstance
b. The facts from which the inference are derived were proven
c. When combined proof beyond reasonable doubt may be established
40. Which among the following are not elements of a corpus delicti?
a. The accused need not necessarily be the doer of the act
b. Some person is criminally responsible for the act
c. That a certain result has been produced
41. Which among the following may be used as evidence in a judicial

proceeding?
a. Privileged conversation c. Filial privilege
b. Dying declaration d. Parental privilege
42. In PD 1612, the possession of the stolen goods is:

48
a. Evidence against the accused
b. Means that the accused is not the owner
c. Means that the accused is an accessory to the crime
d. Prima facie evidence of fencing
43. Occurs when the evidence adduced proves the disputed fact.
a. Cumulative c. Circumstantial
b. Corroborative d. Relevant
44. Evidence of this kind is those which are capable of perception.

a. Testimonial c. Real
b. Corroborative d. Material
45. A priest may not be able to testify on pertinent matters to the case if
said conversation or facts relates to that told in the confession made by
the:
a. Penitent c. Client
b. Patient d. Secretary
46. Who among the following are automatically disqualified to take the
witness stand?
a. Sick persons c. Homosexuals and lesbians
b. Children d. Insane persons
47. Evidence which shows that a best evidence existed as to the proof of
the fact in question.
a. Real evidence c. Secondary evidence
b. Best evidence d. Res gestae
48. Legal fitness of a witness to be heard on the trial.

a. Admissibility c. Qualification
b. Competency d. Eligibility
49. Means sanctioned by the rules of court to ascertain the truth

respecting a matter of fact.
a. Proof c. Motive
b. Intent d. Evidence
50. A duplicate receipt signed and carbon copied at the same time is in
terms of its evidentiary value is deemed as:
a. Duplicate c. Authentic
b. Original d. Genuine
51. Exemption to the hearsay rule made under the consciousness of an

impending death.
a. Parol evidence c. Dead man statute
b. Ante mortem statement d. Mi ultimo adios
52. When are children deemed not competent to qualify as a witness?

a. They understand the obligation of the oath
b. They have not reached the age of discernment
c. They must have sufficient knowledge to receive just impressions as to
the facts on which testify
d. They can relate to those facts truly to the court at the time they are
offered as witness
53. That degree of proof which produces in the mind of as unprejudiced

person, that moral certainty or moral conviction that the accused did
commit the offense charged.
49
a. Ultimate fact c. Preponderance of evidence
b. Proof beyond reasonable doubt d. Substantial evidence
54. Circumstantial facts and declarations incidental to the main fact;

means things done
a. Factum probans c. Res gestae
b. Factum prbandum d. Owes probandi
55. A person who gives testimonial evidence to a judiciary tribunal.

a. Witness c. Defense
b. Prosecution d. Clerk of court
56. In this sort of action, a person merely acknowledges certain facts but
does not admit his guilt.
a. Testimony c. Confession
b. Admission d. Extra-judicial confession
57. When a categorical statement of guilt was made before a competent

tribunal we classify it as:
a. Confession c. Judicial confession
b. Admission d. Extra-judicial confession
58. Any evidence whether oral or documentary wherein the probative

value is not based on personal knowledge of the witness but that from
another.
a. Testimonial evidence c. Res gestae
b. Dying declaration d. Hearsay
59. Refers to family history or descent .

a. Pedigree c. Inheritance
b. Tradition d. Heritage
60. Obligations imposed upon a party to establish their alleged fact by

proof are termed as “burden of proof”, what is its Latin translation?
a. Factum probans c. Owe probandi
b. Factum probandum d. Owes probandi
61. The probative value given by the court to a particular evidence.

a. Preponderance of evidence c. Ultimate fact
b. Evidentiary fact d. Weight of evidence
62. A degree of proof below that of proof beyond reasonable doubt, which
taken in its entirely is superior to that of another.
a. Best evidence c. Preponderance of evidence
b. Secondary evidence d. Weight of evidence
63. The body of a crime.

a. Corpus delicti c. Autoptic evidence
b. Real evidence d. Physical evidence
64. Which among the foregoing is not part of the judicial rule for
sufficiency of circumstantial evidence to convict an accused?
b. The facts from which the inference are derived must be proved
c. The combination of all the circumstance is such as to produce a
conviction beyond reasonable doubt.
d. It must be of judicial recognizance
50
65. Minimum number of witnesses required in rape cases to secure a
conviction.
a. 1 c. 3
b. 2 d. None
66. Presumption which the law makes so preemptory that it will not
allow them to be reversed by any contrary evidence.
a. Presumption c. Conclusion
b. Disputable presumption d. Conclusive presumptions
67. Logical necessity which rests upon a party at any particular time
during the trail to create a prima facie case in his own favor or to overthrow
one created against him.
a. Res gestae c. Burden of proof
b. Burden of evidence d. Estoppel
68. It is a bar which precludes a person from denying or asserting

anything to the contrary of established truth.
a. Res gestae c. Burden of proof
b. Estoppel d. Burden of evidence
69. These questions suggest to the witness the answers to which an

examining party requires.
a. Leading c. Estoppel
b. Misleading d. Res Gestae
70. A written act or record of acts of a sovereign authority or private

writing acknowledge before a notary public.
a. Public document c. Private document
b. Official document d. Official record
71. Which among the following may disqualify a witness?

a. Capacity of observation c. Capacity of knowledge
b. Capacity of recollection d. Capacity of communication
72. What would overturn an alibi and denial in a hearing?

a. Testimony c. Proof
b. Evidence d. Positive identification
73. Prescribes the governing rules on evidence?

a. Revised Penal Code c. Rules on Criminal Procedure
b. Constitution d. Rules of Court
74. Factum probans means:

a. Evidentiary fact c. Weight of evidence
b. Ultimate fact d. Preponderance of evidence
75. Evidence which has some relation to what is sought to be proved.

a. Relevant c. Competent
b. Material d. Admissible
76. It affects an issue in an important or substantial matter.

b. Material d. Direct
77. Those evidences which are admissible in court are held to be:
b. Material d. Direct
51
78. Refers to an evidence of the same kind adduced to prove the same
fact.
a. Real c. Corroborative
b. Cumulative d. Circumstantial
79. Additional evidence of a different kind but tending to prove the same
fact.
a. Real c. Corroborative
b. Cumulative d. Circumstantial
80. Oral testimony given in open court.
a. Real evidence c. Testimonial evidence
b. Documentary evidence d. Admission evidence
81. Evidence delivered in open court wherein the witness states that he
does not know whether a fact did or did not occur.
a. Positive c. Direct
b. Negative d. Circumstantial
82. Evidence which is sufficient to prove an issue unless overcome or

rebutted by other evidences.
a. Primary c. Prima Facie
b. Secondary d. Best
83. Given by a person of specialized knowledge in some particular field.

a. Primary c. Secondary
b. Best d. Expert
84. That kind of evidence which cannot be rebutted or overcome.

a. Primary c. Real
b. Best d. Conclusive
85. Legal basis of inadmissibility of evidences obtained thru torture,

threat, violence or intimidation.
a. Sec 2 Bill of Rights c. Sec 12 Bill of Rights
b. Sec 3 Bill of Rights d. Sec 17 Bill of Rights
86. Cognizance of certain facts which judges may properly take as fact
because they are already known to them.
a. Cognizance c. Judicial knowledge
b. Judicial Admission d. Judicial Notice
87. One which assumes as true a fact not yet testified to by the witness,
or contrary to that which he has previously stated.
a. Leading c. Confusing
b. Misleading d. Res Gestae
88. In case of falsification of document what would be the best evidence?

a. Authentic document c. Questioned document
b. Holographic document d. Genuine document
89. When a witness affirms that a fact did or did not occur, such
testimony is said to be:
a. Relevant evidence c. Positive evidence
b. Material evidence d. Negative evidence
90. Which among the following may not be a means to impeach a judicial
record?
52
a. Want of jurisdiction in the court or judicial officer
b. Collusion between the parties
c. Fraud in the party offering the record
d. Alterations
91. What is meant by demurrer to evidence?

a. Motion to dismiss c. Motion to inhibit
b. Plea to dismiss d. Motion to postpone
92. When can a circumstantial evidence sufficient to convict?

b. The facts from which the inference are derived must be proved
c. The combination of all the circumstances is such as to produce a
conviction beyond reasonable doubt.
d. All of these
93. The following are elements of corpus delicti, except:

a. That a certain result has been produced.
b. Some person is criminally liable for the act.
c. The accused need not necessarily be the doer of the act
d. The accused must be the doer of the act
94. Private document are proved by:

a. Testimony of the one who made the writing
b. Testimony of anyone who saw the execution of the writing.
c. Evidence of the genuineness of the handwriting of the writer
d. Both B and C
95. Any deed or instrument executed by a private person without the

intervention of a notary public.
a. Holographic document c. Public Document
b. Genuine document d. Private Document
96. Who among the following may be used to prove the handwriting of a
person in open court?
a. Secretary of the accused for 20 years
b. A questioned document examiner
c. Friend and co-employee of the accused for more than 20 years
d. Any of the foregoing
97. Under the rules, a judicial record may be impeached by;

a. Evidence of fraud in the party offering the record with respect to the
proceedings.
b. Evidence of collusion between the parties in the proceedings.
c. Evidence of want in the jurisdiction in the court or judicial officer with
respect to the proceedings.
98. When shall the offer of testimonial evidence made?

a. Before testimony of the witness
b. After testimony
c. At the time the witness is called to testify
d. After the oath of taken by the witness
99. When can the adverse party object to any testimonial evidence?
a. After the testimony of the witness
b. After the direct examination of the witness
53
c. During the cross examination
d. At any time and as soon as the grounds therefore become reasonably
apparent.
100. Several documentary evidences were not formally offered at the

hearing of the case, this would;
a. Be of no bearing since it is related and important with the case at hand.
b. Prompt the court to accept it.
c. Prompt the court to exclude the same from the record
d. Prompt the court to issue a subpoena
101. Generally, objection to documentary evidences must be made;
a. Before it has been offered in evidence
b. After it has been offered in evidence
c. Within 3 days after notice of the offer unless a different period is allowed
by the court.
d. None of these
102. When may a formal offer of object and documentary evidence is

made?
a. After the presentation of witnesses of both litigants
b. After a party’s testimonial evidence
c. After pre trial
d. During pre trial
103. The degree of proof which produces in the mind of an unprejudiced

person, that moral certainty or moral conviction that the accused did
commit the offense charged. Also known as the quantum of evidence used
to convict the person charged in criminal cases.
a. Weight of evidence c. Preponderance of evidence
b. Sufficiency of evidence d. Proof beyond reasonable doubt
104. Generally leading questions are allowed on direct examinations in the

following cases, except:
a. By contradictory evidence
b. In interrogation of an unwilling or hostile witness.
c. When they relate to preliminary matters.
d. When there is difficulty in obtaining direct and intelligible answers from
the witness.
105. Who among the following may give intelligible answers as witnesses?
a. A registered voter c. A feeble minded person
b. A child of tender age d. A deaf-mute person
106. When may a party impeach his own witness?

a. In case of a hostile witness.
b. Where the witness is not voluntarily offered but required by law to be
presented by the proponent.
c. Where the witness is the adverse party or the representative of a
juridical person which is the adverse party.
d. Any of the foregoing.
107. The following are means of impeaching a witness of the adverse party,
except:
a. In case of a hostile witness
b. By contradictory evidence
c. Evidence that his general reputation for truth or integrity is bad.
d. Inconsistencies of statements made with respect to the testimony.
54
108. These are testimonies which are read and submitted as evidence
provided that the despondent is dead or cannot testify or outside the
country.
a. Deposition c. Testimonial evidence
b. Oral testimony d. Extra judicial statements
109. The following are factors required to qualify a person as an expert

witness, except:
a. Extensive Training and Education
b. Particular first hand familiarity with the facts of the present case
c. Of legal age
d. Presentation of the authorities on which his opinions are based
110. Res gestae may be admissible with the following requisites, except:
a. There must be a startling occurrence
b. The statement must be spontaneous.
c. The statements made must refer to the occurrence in question and its
attending circumstance.
d. It must exist previous to the controversy
55
LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION
Scope: Pertinent laws and issuance, principles, concepts,

procedures, methods and techniques in the administration,
organization, and operation of police service, to include
industrial security management. Specially, it includes areas to
wit: police administration and organization, patrol techniques
and operations, and industrial security management. (20 %)
56
I. POLICE ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
1. The most common type of police organizational structure in the rural areas
is the:
a. Line c. Line and staff
b. Functional d. Functional line
2. Outside his own office the police personnel director is a:

a. Line officer c. Line and staff officer
b. Staff officer d. Agency head representative
3. Inside his own office, the police budget director is a:

a. Line officer c. line and staff officer
b. Staff officer d. Commanding officer
4. Command responsibility generally means;

a. Each members is held responsible for his own acts or performance
b. Each ranking officer is held responsible for the acts of his
subordinates
c. The director general cannot be held responsible for all acts of his
subordinates
d. Ministerial authority should be delegated
5. Which of the following laws initially created the National Police

Commission?
a. RA 4864 c. PD 765
b. RA 6975 d. PD 1184
6. It is the law or act that abolished the Integrated National Police and the
Philippine Constabulary.
a. RA 6975 c. RA 7610
b. PA 8551 d. RA 6713
7. It is the presidential decree that abolished local police departments, fire

departments and local municipal city jails into an integrated police force.
a. PD 765 c. PD 421
b. PD 1184 d. PD 971
8. Which of the various police laws has for its purposes the promotion of a
higher degree of efficiency in the organization, administration and operation of
local police agencies and to place the local police service on a professional
level:
a. RA 4864 c. RA 8551
b. RA 6975 d. PD 765
9. It is the presidential decree that the integrated cities and municipalities into
a single unit known as Metropolitan Police Force.
a. PD 421 c. PD 531
b. PD 482 d. PD 585
10. In this police law, the state, among other goals, shall bolster a system of
coordination and cooperation among the citizenry, local executives and the
integrated law enforcement and public safety agencies.
a. RA 4864 c. RA 8551
b. RA 6975 d. PD 765
11. All except one is a basic police activity:

a. Apprehension of criminals c. Prosecution of criminals
57
b. Crime prevention d. recovery of stolen property
12. Created by royal decree to relieve partially Spanish Peninsular Troops in

their duty in policing towns in the Philippines in 1852.
a. Guardilleros c. Guardia civil
b. Politia d. Barangay police
13. A statute which provides for the organization and government of insular
constabulary.
a. Act 225 c. PD 765
b. RA 4864 d. RA 6975
14. The gauge of police efficiency is the absence of crimes.

a. Old concept c. Continental theory
b. Modern concept d. Home rule theory
15. This viewpoint stresses that punishment is the sole instrument of social
control.
b. Modern concept d. Home rule theory
16. Control would entail which activity?

a. Inspection c. Follow-up procedures
b. Periodic report of activities d. All of these
17. Routine and frequent rotation of transfer of personnel is desirable in which

type of police work?
a. Vice c. Investigation
b. Patrol d. Juvenile
18. To determine a supervisor’s span of control, what has to be taken into

consideration?
a. The number of superiors who gives him orders
b. The number of superiors to whom he reports
c. The functions for which he assumes full responsibility
d. The number of subordinates who directly reports to him
19. Administrative tools designed to assure top management that direction of

the department is effective.
a. Control devices c. Organization devices
b. Planning devices d. Coordinating devices
20. An expert or specialist is usually assigned to which type of organization?

a. Functional c. Line and staff
b. Line d. Staff
21. Which of the following is not a principle of “Line and Staff” relationship?
a. Span of control c. Staff independence
b. Staff advise d. Limitation of staff economy
22. Which of the following is not a basic type of organization structure?

a. Functional c. Line and staff
b. Line d. Staff and auxiliary
23. The three basic formal relationships in an organization are:

a. Responsibility, authority and chain of command
b. Authority, span of control and responsibility
c. Responsibility, functional growth and accountability
58
d. Authority responsibility and accountability
24. Of the principle of “Span of Control” it may be said that:

a. It limits subordinates to eight
b. It is closely related to the necessity for functional differentiation
downwards.
c. It has little to do with human limitations
d. It is independent of the variety of functions supervised.
25. When a supervisor delegates responsibility to a subordinate;

a. He shall set clear limits.
b. He rids himself of the responsibility
c. He takes no risks
d. He should do well to make sure that another subordinate shares the
responsibility.
26. Except for one, listed functions are all operational tasks:
a. Patrol c. Traffic control
b. Investigation d. Inspection and audit
27. Crime laboratory, transportation, communications that assist primary task

are referred to as:
a. Auxiliary service work c. Administrative service work
b. Line service work d. Primary service work
28. In strikes, the police and military line should be at least______ meters away
from the picket line.
a. 20 c. 40
b. 30 d. 50
29. Except for one, listed functions are all auxiliary tasks:
a. Crime laboratory c. Communication
b. Records d. Juvenile control
30. Which of the following functions are not classified as auxiliary service
task?
a. Records management c. Communications management
b. Property management d. Security management
31. During the Pre-Spanish Period, the function of policing was a job of the:
a. Guardia Civil c. Sultan
b. Barangay Headman d. Guardrilleros
32. Rural Philippine Police organized in each town in 1836 is known as:
a. Guardrilleros c. Politia
b. Guardia Civil d. Barangay police
33. Which of the following is not a basic police activity?

a. Crime prevention c. Arrest of offender
b. Crime repression d. Prosecution of criminal
34. The yardstick of efficiency of the police can be determined by absence of

crime and the welfare of the individual and society as its objective. This
described as the:
a. Traditional Concepts c. Community Oriented Public Service
b. Police Service Oriented Concept d. Modern Concept
59
35. Peace officers are treated as state servants and people have minimal share
in their duties or any direct connection with them. This reflected as:
b. New concept d. Home rule theory
36. Policeman depends for their effectiveness in their functions upon express
wishes of the community because they are considered as servants of the
people. This concept is described as:
a. Home rule theory c. Continental theory
b. Traditional theory on policing d. Old concept
37. Continuing Police Education and Training for PNP uniformed personnel is
a basic responsibility of:
a. National Police Commission c. Philippine Public Safety College
b. Philippine National Police d. National Police College
38. The organization rule of Unity of Command is done thru:

a. Subordinate reports to one supervisor only
b. Subordinate reports to one immediate supervisor
c. Subordinate reports to the same functional supervisor
d. A supervisor is responsible for unified group function
39. The development and use of an effective communication system

theoretically gives greatest impetus to which of the following organizational
principles.
a. Line of command c. Span of control
b. Unity of command d. Chain of command
40. Transport Police Services is embraced in the general police function of:
a. Line c. Line-staff
b. Staff d. Secondary
41. Coordination as an administrative function:

a. Requires without question acceptance of authority from above
b. Can always be achieved if subordinates are adequately remunerated
c. Can generally be achieved without acceptance of control
d. Can likely be achieved if policies are clear with capable supervisors
following established lines of authority.
42. Staff responsibilities differ from those of the line in that;

a. Staff has no direct authority, but operates as representative of a
particular line officer.
b. Line carries out its work under direct supervision by the staff
c. Staff officers never give direct orders
d. Line carries out its work under direct supervision by the staff
43. In regard to the police planning function, it may be said that;

a. Planning is essentially decision-making in advance of action.
b. Planning is essentially order-giving
c. Policemen must plan carefully than their supervisors.
d. The higher the job in the organization, the shorter the time-lag
between planning and execution.
44. Recognition and definition of a problem is the first step in planning. Which
of the following in not a further step in planning?
a. Delegation of responsibility
b. Determination of possible solutions
c. Collection and analysis of facts
60
d. d. Selection of best solution.
45. The structure of an organization should be such that;

a. It can adjust to short-term variations in work loads.
b. It can adjust as necessary to the capability of the people who man it.
c. Its functions has resources compatible with its contribution to the
whole
d. It can weather the years without substantial structural changes.
46. With respect to orders and commands, it may be said that:

a. Supervisors would do well to explain why, when issuing orders.
b. Orders should be personal not impersonal
c. Orders should direct, not segregate
d. Orders must be complete and detailed
47. Delegation of responsibility to subordinates:

a. Cannot be undertaken unless the supervisor is sure his men can do
the work.
b. Seldom proves his men to be an effective motivating factor
c. Does not put the subordinate on his own
d. Will not succeed unless the subordinate have self confidence in their
capabilities.
48. The function of control can be divided into three parts. Which of the
following is not a part of control?
a. Initiation of activities c. Comparison of results with standards
b. Supervision of activities d. Corrective action
49. The most complex of the factors with which top management must deal
with is:
a. Men c. Materials
b. Money d. Mechanics
50. Police executive’s prime responsibility in law enforcement is the welfare

and well being of:
a. Personnel of the organization
b. Client of the organization
c. Leader of the mobilized community
d. d. Community, townspeople
51. The staff officer of the Chief of Police is related to the latter as his:
a. Alta ego c. Administrative support
b. Extension d. Coordinator
52. The 1987 Constitutional Mandate on the establishment of a police force is

attained thru:
a. RA 6975 c. RA 6975 and RA 8551
b. RA 8551 d. RA 4864
53. The 1973 Constitutional mandate on the establishment of an Integrated

National Police was attained thru:
a. PD 421 c. PD 765
b. PD 448 d. PD 1184
54. Field policeman recommend locating the communications center on the

records division under the control of a Records Officer primarily because of:
a. The records officer usually has higher rank than communications officer
61
b. Communications Center usually prepares the original records of complaints
received
c. Communications should be coordination with records division
d. Training for records and communications is similar
55. Provision for police radio is primarily important because it increases the
speed of police action and observes it.
a. Provides a sense of security to patrolling officers
b. Makes possible more effective use of the patrol force
c. Attracts better men to the police service
d. Aids the police in obtaining public acceptance of its crime prevention
program
56. The smooth interchange of thoughts, ideals and opinions and the effective
communication within an organization requires that all the lines of
communication be essentially.
a. Upward movement c. Across-upward
b. Downward-across d. Upward ,downward & across
57. The most basic considerations in locating a police station within a fixed
political jurisdiction are:
a. Center of community progress
b. Convenience to public clientele
c. Near working center of police activities
d. Consistent within local zoning restrictions
58. Police Organization revolves around _____________ to be effective:

a. Operations c. Personnel
b. Management d. People
59. Refers to the executing arm of the administration of any organization.

a. Chain of Command c. Auxiliary services
b. Board of directors d. Operations
60. A superior or ranking officer may find it is sometimes more effective to

warn his subordinate rather than to punish them, the main reason for such
response is that:
a. Warnings may generate a more cooperative attitude.
b. Punishment is always viewed as negative
c. Punishment has been proven ineffective as a deterrent
d. Warnings are more acceptable than punishment
61. Plans utilized by patrol, traffic, vice and juvenile control.

a. Tactical plans c. Policy plan
b. Operational plans d. Special operating plan
62. An area assigned for patrol purposes.

a. Post c. Sector
b. Beat d. Route
63. A medium through which work is accomplished by individuals or groups

associated with each other.
a. Functional units c. Associations
b. Organization d. All of these
64. One man must be in complete command in every situation.

a. Chain of command c. Command responsibility
b. Unity of command d. Span of control
62
65. Intended to be used in all situations of all kinds
a. Office procedures c. Special operating procedures
b. Field procedures d. Tactical plans
66. Procedures in copying for specific locations at known locations.

67. Operating procedure designed to guide members in routine assignments.

68. Ability of one man to control, direct and coordinate immediate

subordinate.
a. Chain of command c. Command responsibility
b. Unity of command d. Span of Control
69. Geographical subdivision of a city for patrol purposes.

a. Bureau c. Division
b. Section d. District
70. Sound organization involves delegation of decision-making authority. It

should involve:
a. Immediate subordinates only
b. All line personnel
c. All line and staff personnel who have reached supervisory status
d. As far down the organization as competence and required information
are available.
71. What is the Civil Service eligibility equivalent of Master of Public Safety
Administration under Executive Order 400?
a. Career Service Professional Eligibility
b. Honor’s First Grade Eligibility for PPSC Scholar
c. Career Executive Service Officer Eligibility
d. Senior Officer Public Safety Eligibility
72. Except for one the following are practical methods of Police Supervisory
training:
a. Conference method c. Study method
b. Lecture method d. Role playing method
73. Of the following, what collegiate educational programs is most related to

public training courses?
a. Criminology c. Criminal justice
b. Police administration d. Public safety administration
74. It is the training of an individual already proficient in one line to be trained

in another, usually allied to what he has specialized.
a. Cross-training
b. Enhanced specialized training
c. Technical specialized training
d. Maximized specialized training
75. A kind of training taken by members of the force to prepare them

intellectually as temperamentally for supervisory positions.
a. Specialized training c. Police basic training
b. Management training d. Command training
63
76. For promotion to P/Inspector, the training required for permanent status
is:
a. Public Safety Officer Candidate Course
b. Public Safety Officer Supervisory Course
c. Public Safety Basic Officer’s Course
d. Public Safety Inspector’s Course
77. Permanency is extended to a PNP officer promoted to Chief inspector if he

has among others completed successfully the career course on;
a. Public Safety Officer Basic Course
b. Public Safety Officer Advance Course
c. Public Safety Supervisory Advance Course
d. Public Inspector’s Course
78. What is the highest Police career training given by the PPSC for permanent
appointment as Police Superintendent?
a. PS Officer Advance Course
b. PS Officer Advance Management Course
c. PS Officer Senior Executive Course
d. PS Officer Senior Supervisor’s Course
79. The PPSC thru the PNPA grants a bachelor’s degree for permanent
appointment as Inspector in the police, fire and jail service. This bachelor’s
degree is officially described as:
a. Bachelor of Science in Police Administration
b. Bachelor of Science in Public Safety
c. Bachelor of Science in Public Safety Management
d. Bachelor of Science in Public Safety Administration
80. What constitutive unit of the PPSC grants Master’s Degree in Public Safety
Administration?
a. Philippine National Police Academy
b. National Police College
c. National Public Safety College
d. National Public Safety Academy
81. The Philippine Public Safety College was created as an attached agency to
the DILG. The enabling congressional act is:
a. RA 6975 c. RA 7610
b. RA 8551 d. RA 6713
82. The Philippine National Police Academy is an educational institution under

the direction and supervision of:
a. Philippine National Police c. Office of the Secretary, DILG
b. Philippine Public Safety College d. National Police Commission
83. As an External Disciplinary Authority in the PNP the People's Law

Enforcement Board is empowered to investigate, decide citizen’s complaints
against PNP members. These boards are created by what agency in
government?
a. National Police Commission c. City/Municipal Mayors
b. PNP d. Sangguniang Panglungsod
84. Women’s desk in all police stations nation-wide shall be established by the
___________ to administer and attend to cases involving crimes against
chastity, sexual harassment, abuses against women and children among
others.
64
a. PNP c. National Police Commission
b. Local city/ Municipal Mayor d. Sangguniang Panglunsod
85. The internal affairs services of the PNP created under RA 8551 as part of
the reform-reorganization movement in the PNP performs the following, except
for one:
a. Investigative-prosecutorial functions
b. Investigative & monitoring functions
c. Adjudicatory functions
d. Appellate functions
86. It is the premier educational institution in the national government created

to provide continuing education and career training and human resource
development of all personnel of the PNP, Fire and Jail Bureaus.
a. Philippine Public Safety college
b. Philippine National Police
c. Police National Training Institute
d. Directorate for Human Resource Development
87. The following, except for one educational institution are initial constitutive
units of the PPSC on its creation in 1991.
a. PNPA
b. Jail Service Training Service Center
c. Philippine National Training Center
d. National Police College
88. What is the entry training for PNP permanent appointment in the initial
rank of Police Officer I?
a. On the job training for recruits
b. Basic police training for recruits
c. Basic orientation course
d. Police recruit candidate course
89. For permanent promotion to Senior Police Officer I or SPO2, what is the
career police training required?
a. Public Safety Officer Supervisor’s Course
b. Public Safety Junior Leadership Course
c. Public Safety Junior Supervisor’s Course
d. Public Safety Senior Leadership Course
90. The career training required for lateral entry as a professional in the rank
of Inspector or Senior Inspector, PNP is:
a. Public Safety Officer Candidate Course
b. Public Safety Officer Orientation Course
c. Public Safety Officer Inspector’s Course
d. Public Safety Basic Officer Course
91. That level of training that prepares the top that prepare the top
administrative personnel of the force maximizes/enhances decision-making
policy deliberating responsibilities.
a. Management Training
b. Total Quality Executive Training
c. Advanced Leadership Training
d. Proficiency Occupational Training
92. Under the police reform and reorganization law, a Field training Program
for all PNP uniformed members is required for permanency of their
65
appointment consisting of 12 months. Basic areas of actual experience and
assignment during this period shall be on:
a. Patrol, traffic and investigation
b. Patrol, investigation and instructional duties
c. Patrol, investigation and auxiliary services
d. Traffic, investigation and staff duty
93. The increased educational qualifications for appointment as Director of a

Provincial Police Officer are:
a. Completion of academic units towards a masters degree in
criminology or related master’s degree
b. Holds a master’s degree in public administration, sociology,
criminology, criminal justice, law enforcement and related disciplines
c. Holds any master’s degree needed by the PNP
d. Completed at least 24 academic master’s units as mentioned above
94. The increased minimum educational qualifications for appointment as

Chief of Police of Municipal Police station are the following, except for one:
a. Finished at least 2nd year Bachelor’s of Laws
b. Earned at least 12 units in master’s degree program in public
administration, criminology, criminal justice, law enforcement, national
security administration and related programs.
c. Member of the bar
d. Licensed criminologist or PNPA graduates.
95. If the military service top officer’s corps has their National Defense College
of the Philippines for their highest educational program, what has the police
service have by way of identical educational program?
a. Philippine National Police Academy
b. Philippine Public Safety College System
c. National Police College
d. Police College of the Philippines
96. Largest organic unit within a large department.

a. Division c. Section
b. Bureau d. Functional units
97. Functional unit necessary for specialization.

a. Division c. Section
b. Bureau d. Functional units
98. Primary subdivision of a bureau.

a. Division c. Functional units
b. Section d. None of these
99. Except for one the following are identifiable as administrative service
function:
a. Police training
b. Police personnel management
c. Accounting, auditing and budgeting
d. Transportation management
100. Patrol, Investigation, vice control is classified as:

a. Auxiliary service work c. Administrative service work
b. Line service work d. All of these
101. An officer who is in dominion of the department, district or bureau.

a. Line officer c. Commanding officer
66
b. Superior officer d. Ranking officer
102. Refers to the officer having the highest rank or grade according to their
date of appointment to that grade.
a. Superior officer c. Commanding officer
b. Sworn officer d. Ranking officer
103. Refers to an officer having supervisory responsibilities either temporarily

or permanently over officers of lower rank.
104. A personnel of the police department who possess the power of arrest and
has an oath of office.
105. Refers to those police officers whose ranks ranges from PO1 to SPO4.
a. Ordinary police units c. Commissioned officers
b. Non commissioned officers d. None of these
106. In the Philippine National Police four stars is the delegated insignia of;
a. Deputy director General c. Chief Superintendent
b. Director d. Director General
107. They constitute police officers from the Director General to police
inspectors.
a. Commanding officers c. Ranking officers
b. Superior officers d. Commissioned officers
108. A police rank of Superintendent is represented by the insignia;

a. One Sun c. Three Suns
b. Two Suns d. One Star
109. Under RA 8551, suppression of insurgency and other serious threats to

national security shall be the responsibility of;
a. PNP c. DND
b. DIL d. AFP
110. Ex-officio chairman of the NAPOLCOM

a. DOJ Secretary c. DILG Secretary
b. DND Secretary d. President
111. The NAPOLCOM is a collegial body, whose members are appointed by the
president, it is composed of a chairperson and four regular commissioners, of
whom should be a woman, the ____ regular commissioners shall come from
the civilian sector.
a. Two c. Four
b. Three d. None of these
112. Serves as an ex-officio member of the NAPOLCOM.

a. DOJ Secretary c. PNP Chief
b. DILG undersecretary d. AFP Chief
113. They serve as deputized NAPOLCOM representative in their jurisdiction.

a. City mayors c. Governors
b. Municipal mayors d. All of these
67
114. Automatic deputation of local executives as NAPOLCOM representatives
shall be withdrawn in which of the following cases?
a. Frequent unauthorized absences and abuse of authority
b. Providing material support to criminal elements
c. Engaging in acts inimical to national security or which negate their
effectiveness of the peace and order campaign.
115. Under the law, they may recommend the recall or re-assignment of the
chief of police, when the latter has been ineffective in combating crime or
maintaining peace and order in the municipality.
a. City mayors c. Governors
b. Municipal mayors d. Local peace and order council
116. Generally, a city or municipal mayor chooses the chief of police from a list
of five eligible coming from the;
a. Regional director c. NAPOLCOM
b. Provincial director d. DILG
117. Shall mean the power to direct, superintend, and oversee the day-to-day
functions of police investigation of crime, crime prevention activities, and
traffic control in accordance with the rules and regulations.
a. Employment c. Operational supervision and control
b. Deployment d. All of these
118. Refers to the utilization of units or elements of the PNP for purposes of
protection of lives and properties, enforcement of laws, maintenance of peace
and order, prevention of crimes, arrest of criminal offenders and bringing the
offenders to justice, and ensuring public safety, particularly in the
suppression of disorders, riots, lawlessness, violence, rebellious and seditious
conspiracy, insurgency, subversion or other related activities.
119. The orderly and organized physical movement of elements or units of the
PNP within the province, city or municipality
120. Exercises summary dismissal powers over PNP members.

a. Chief PNP c. Regional directors
b. Provincial directors d. Both A and C
121. Maximum period wherein a police officer may be suspended from service
by the Chief PNP.
122. Supervisors shall have the power to impose upon any member the
disciplinary punishment of dismissal from the service. He may also impose the
administrative punishment of admonition or reprimand; restrictive custody;
withholding of privileges; suspension or forfeiture of salary; demotion; or any
combination of the foregoing: Provided that, in all cases, the total period shall
not exceed sixty (60) days.
a. Chief of Police c. Regional directors
b. Provincial directors d. NAPOLCOM
68
123. Which has exclusive jurisdiction over citizen’s complaint where the
offense is punishable by withholding of privileges, restriction to specified
limits, suspension or forfeiture of salary, or any combination thereof, for a
period exceeding thirty (30) days; or by dismissal.
a. City mayors c. Chief of Police
b. Municipal mayor d. PLEB
124. He shall be automatically included in the investigation of the Internal

Affairs Service to exclusively determine lapses in administration or supervision
in cases where the personnel or unit under inquiry is under his command.
a. Commanding officer c. Superior officer
b. Ranking officer d. Immediate superior
125. He is the designated Head if the Internal Affairs Service, who is appointed
by the president with the endorsement of the commission on appointment.
a. Chief PNP c. Inspector General
b. NAPOLCOM Chairman d. Judge Advocate General
126. For purposes of computation of the monthly retirement of a PNP officer, it

shall be ____ of the base pay.
a. 50 % c. 75%
b. 60% d. 80%
127. Compulsory retirement age for PNP officers.

a. 55 years old c. 60 years old
b. 56 years old d. 65 years old
128. Shall decide cases on appeal from decisions rendered by the PNP chief.
a. National Appellate Board c. NAPOLCOM
b. Regional Appellate Board d. PLEB
129. Term of office for a regular NAPOLCOM Commissioner

a. 3 years
b. 4 years
c. 6 years
d. 6 years without re-appointment or extension
130. The sangguniang panlungsod/bayan in every city and municipality shall

create such number of People's Law Enforcement Boards (PLEBs) as may be
necessary: Provided that there shall be at least one (1) PLEB for every _______
city or municipal police personnel and for each of the legislative districts in a
city.
a. 500 c. 1000
b. 750 d. 1500
II. INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MANAGEMENT
1. Primary requirement in maintaining and organizing a private security

agency.
a. It should be 100% Filipino owned and controlled by Filipino citizens.
b. Bond requirement
c. Equipment requirement
d. Trained, skilled and qualified personnel
69
2. Restriction for high powered firearms, prescribed that its number should
not exceed ___ percent of the total number of guards of a private security
agency.
a. 5 c. 15
b. 10 d. 20
3. Third line of physical defense.

a. Perimeter defense c. Storage system
b. Inside perimeter defense d. Clear zone
4. Doors, floors, windows, roofs and walls constitute the second line of defense
usually referred to as:
b. Inside perimeter defense d. Clear zone
5. Common weakness for a sentry dog when used as an animal barrier.

a. Ability to check identity c. Incorruptible
b. Keen sense of smell and hearing d. Loyalty
6. Most common animal barrier used to secure facilities.

a. Geese c. Cats
b. Sentry dogs d. Parrots
7. Refers to a line protection adjacent to a protected area and passing thru

points of possible entry.
a. Clear zone c. Outside perimeters
b. Inside perimeter d. Restricted areas
8. A line protection surrounding and removed from protected areas.

a. Clear zone c. Outside perimeters
b. Inside perimeter d. Restricted areas
9. From the standpoint of security, when should locks be changed?

a. At least once a year c. At least three times a year
b. At least twice a year d. On a quarterly basis
10. If utility openings such as air intakes, sewers, and exhaust tunnels have a
cross section of ninety-six inches or more, as a security consultant what
should be the appropriate recommendation?
a. It should be protected by filters and bar grills.
b. It should be closed immediately to avoid entry of persons with petit
physique.
c. It should be manned with an armed guard at all times
d. Sensors should be place on it to detect movements.
11. Minimum acceptable height for a fence used as a security barrier.

a. 5 feet c. 10 feet
b. 8 feet d. 12 feet
12. To deny outsiders from visual access in a certain facility what must be
constructed.
a. Full view fence c. Solid fence
b. Chain link fence d. Multiple fences
13. To prevent unauthorized persons from jumping from one fence to another
in case of multiple fences they should be installed at least _____ feet apart.
a. 6 feet c. 12 feet
b. 9 feet d. 15 feet
70
14. As a security consultant you have noticed that windows of a particular
building has been constructed less than 18 feet from the ground and 14 feet
away from another building, what will be your recommendation to fortify said
facility?
a. The windows must be reinforced with steel grills.
b. A fence of at least 18 feet must be constructed around the building.
c. Screens should be installed to prevent petty thievery
d. A wall should be constructed around the building.
15. The simplest form of lock which uses a bolt containing a notch called
talon.
a. Warded locks c. Disc tumbler locks
b. Coded locks d. Cylinder locks
16. It serves as the trigger apparatus for protective alarms.

a. Circuit c. Signaling device
b. Sensor d. Alarm device
17. Vicinity wherein access is restricted to all unauthorized personnel.

a. Controlled areas c. Limited areas
b. Exclusion areas d. Clear zones
18. Areas wherein additional security measures are utilized.

19. Areas which are always in close surveillance.

20. An inquiry into the reputation, integrity, character, morals and loyalty of
an individual to determine a person’s suitability for appointment or access to
classified matters.
a. National agency check c. Personnel Security Investigation
b. Background check d. Loyalty check
21. Refers to the working protective detail that provides close physical security
to the principal.
a. VIP security c. Close in security
b. Personal security d. Protective security
22. A vehicle always fronting the principal’s vehicle to neutralize any possible
threat.
a. Escort vehicle c. Decoy vehicle
b. Recon vehicle d. Shield vehicle
23. Maximum number of guards for company guard forces.

a. 200 c. 800
b. 500 d. 1,000
24. Minimum number of guards allowed for private security agencies.

a. 200 c. 800
b. 500 d. 1,000
25. Minimum number of guards for company guard forces.

a. 20 c. 50
b. 30 d. 200
71
26. It includes barriers, perimeter fences or guards at the gate.
b. Inside perimeter defense d. Exclusion area
27. The following are examples of an inside perimeter defense, except:

a. Doors c. Vaults
b. Floors d. Grills
28. It is an independent structure designed to control physical and/or visual

access between outside areas, usually classified as solid and plain view.
a. Masonry walls c. Fence
b. Chain link d. Utility openings
29. House-like structures placed above the fence installed to provide

additional view to human guards around the perimeter.
a. Masonry walls c. Guard control system
b. Top guard d. Towers
30. Usually installed at residences, it is also called night latch and is operated
by a key on the outside and a knob on the inside.
a. Cylinder lock c. Disc tumbler lock
b. Lever lock d. Code operated lock
31. Refers to a key that will open everything in a system involving two or
more master key groups.
a. Grand master key c. Sub master key
b. Master key d. Change key
32. A term used in England for lock pickers, safe combination crackers.
a. Padlock expert c. Peter pan
b. Peterman d. Grand master
33. It projects light in concentrated beams, and ideal to use in illumination of

buildings, perimeter areas and boundaries.
a. Flood lights c. Fresnel lights
b. Search lights d. Street lights
34. A type of detection system wherein when the security has been breached,
the siren is sounded in remote stations located in the immediate vicinity of the
installation.
a. Central station system c. Proprietary alarm system
b. Local alarm system d. Local alarm by chance system
35. A metallic container use primarily for safekeeping usually anchored to the
building and should be at least 750 lbs.
a. Safe c. File room
b. Vault d. Depository
36. A heavily constructed fire resistant storage facility and is always part of
the building structure.
b. Vault d. Depository
37. It includes all measures designed to prevent individuals of doubtful loyalty,

character and integrity from gaining access to classified information and
sensitive facilities.
a. Document security c. Personal security
72
b. Personnel security d. VIP security
38. It consists of devices, patterns or compilation of information which is used

in one’s business and gives the user advantage over competitors.
a. Trade secrets c. Proprietary information
b. Formula d. Intellectual property
39. A private security agency applying for a regular license to operate must
possess how many pieces of licensed firearms for guard duty purposes?
a. 50 c. 70
b. 60 d. 100
40. When may firearms issued to private security agencies be confiscated?

a. When the firearm has been used or is about to be used in the commission
of a crime.
b. When the firearm’s caliber is not among those prescribe by law for use.
c. When the firearm is carried or used outside the property or compound
serviced by the agency without proper authority.
41. He exercises the power to revoke, for causes licenses issued to security
guards.
a. Chief, PNP c. NAPOLCOM Chairman
b. USec. for Peace and Order, DILG d. Secretary, DILG
42. Industrial establishments must establish the first line of physical defense,
it refers to:
a. Perimeter barriers
b. The building itself
c. Doors, locks and window barriers
d. Entry points where security guards are located
43. Minimum age requirement for Security Manager or Operator of a Security

Agency:
44. Refers to a natural or man made structure which is capable of delaying

illegal access to a facility.
a. Wall c. Barrier
b. Fence d. Beach front
45. It refers to means and ways that train personnel and employees making
them security conscious.
a. Security promotion c. Security investigation
b. Security education d. Security seminar
46. Registration of a security agency must be processed at what particular

government agency?
a. PNP SAGSD c. DND, Civil Defense Office
b. NAPOLCOM d. Securities and Exchange Commission
47. Physical security is a system of barriers placed between the potential

intruder and the objects/matters to be protected. As a criminologist, this is
simply a denial of______________.
a. Opportunity to commit the offense
b. Access to the object of protection
c. Opportunity and access to object of protection
73
d. Criminal instinct to surface in the potential offender
48. Weakest link in the security chain.

a. Security guards c. Barriers
b. Managers d. Personnel
49. Perimeter barriers, protective lighting, and________ systems are known in

industrial security as Physical security.
a. Guarding c. Relieving
b. Reporting d. Accounting
50. This is an additional outwardly inclined fixed structure, usually barbed

wires placed above vertical fences to increase physical protection from
intruders of a certain area, this is known as________________.
a. Cellar guard c. Top guard
b. Tower guardhouse d. Top tower
51. The exterior and interior parallel area near the perimeter barrier of an
industrial compound to afford better observation and patrol movement is
known as_____________.
a. Protective zone c. Twilight zone
b. Clear zone d. Patrol lane zone
52. Protective guarding in a compound can be done by the use of electronic

hardware, human guards and even animals. In England, an owner to protect
his compound used this and they are not only effective but also the cheapest
to maintain. This man is using___________.
a. Doberman dogs c. Geese
b. tamed tigers and lions d. Ducks
53. The government agency that issues licenses for private and government
security guards is?
a. PNP SOSIA c. PNP FEO
b. Municipal/City mayor's office d. PNP SAGSD
54. If access is limited only to authorized personnel, this particular place is

referred to as-
a. Compromise area c. Restricted area
b. Danger area d. Exclusive area
55. First measure undertaken before a comprehensive security program for an

industrial plan could be developed.
a. Security survey c. Security check
b. Security education d. Security inspection
56. A security survey of a plant or industrial firm is also known by other

terms except-
a. Security audit c. Vulnerability
b. Risk assessment d. Robbery evaluation
57. Today there are three categories of security guards belonging to the "Blue
Army”. One of those listed below does not belong to the group.
a. Body guards c. Company guards
b. Agency guards d. Government security guards
58. Whether to put up its own security guards organic to the firm or hire
contractual agency guards have their individual merits and disadvantages. To
74
determine which type of guarding system an industrial firm will require,
management must consult________________.
a. A security agency owner
b. A police officer
c. A military intelligence officer
d. A security consultant not connected to or owning a security agency, or part
thereof
59. As a security officer, you can not prevent nor predict natural hazards like
storm earthquakes, floods and the like. In order to reduce the disastrous
effects of these natural hazards, you will__________________.
a. Prepare a disaster or emergency plan for these hazards for the firm
b. Not take any concern on such hazards
c. Alert your guards when hazards occur
d. Call PAGASA and inquire when the next storm is coming
60. Practical exercise or test of a plan or activity to determine its effectiveness

is called-
a. Evac. Plan c. Fire drill
b. Dry-run d. Sham drill
61. The management of keys used in plant, office or business organization to

prevent unauthorized access is referred to as-
a. Key management c. Lock control
b. Key control d. Security key control
62. There are many types of electronic and electric protective devices available
for security buildings, storehouses and compounds. One of the following is
true.
a. Electronic/electric devices eliminate human guards
b. Each building or compound requires particular electronic/electrical
protective devices
c. Types of alarms needed can best be given by the dealers of said devices
d. Electronic/electrical devices provide total protection for the place to be
safeguarded
63. As a security chief of an industrial firm, inventory shows that pilferage is

rampant in the warehouses. What will be your choice of action?
a. Tighten checking at exits of vehicles of the compound/complex
b. Prepare your protective plans and confer with management for their
immediate implementation
c. Deploy intelligence men in pilferage prone areas to catch the culprits
d. To resign as you have failed your job.
64. In an industrial firm, there is a need for document security. As a security

officer, you can advice management on this aspect although this is not totally
your assigned work. Document security is not a protection of vital records
from-
a. Unauthorized access c. Theft or loss
b. Compromise or destruction d. Authorized handling
65. The main reason for a personnel security investigation is--

a. To weed out undesirable employees;
b. To check loyalty of employees to the organization;
c. Preclude assignment to sensitive positions for those who are security risks;
d. To determine the character and reputation of certain employees secretly
tagged as risks.
75
66. It is defined as a system of barriers placed between the matters protected
and the potential intruder.
a. Physical Security c. Personnel Security
b. Document Security d. Computer Security
67. This type of alarm system utilizes a station located outside the compound.
a. Local alarm system c. Proprietary system
b. Central Alarm system d. Auxiliary system
68. It is installed as part of the building which holds up to 10,000 cubic

meters of essential items. At least 12 feet in height, with enough ventilation
and fire proof of at least 1 hour.
b. Vault d. Protective cabinet
69. It is the susceptibility of a plant or establishment to damage, loss or

disruption of operations due to various hazards.
a. Relative criticality c. Risk assessment
b. Relative vulnerability d. Risk analysis
70. It refers to the importance of the establishment with reference to the

national economy and security.
a. Relative criticality c. Risk assessment
b. Relative vulnerability d. Risk analysis
71. Classification of one who steals due to irresistible urge primarily because
of unexpected opportunity and little chance of detection.
a. Systematic pilferer c. Pickpocket
b. Ordinary pilferer d. Casual pilferer
72. They are installed between the prospective intruder and the target
installation.
a. Barriers c. Locks
b. Hazards d. Guards
73. For new applicants trying to acquire a security guard license, the
maximum age is;
a. 30 c. 40
b. 35 d. 50
74. A security consultant must have at least ___ years experience in the
operation and management of security business.
75. A regular license granted as private security license card is valid for;
a. 1 year c. 3 years
76. A security unit operated and maintained by any government entity other
than the military or the police, which is established and maintained for the
purpose of securing the office or compound and/or extension of such
government entity.
a. Company Security Force c. Government Security Unit
b. Agency Security Force d. None of these
77. Refers to a security force maintained and operated by any private company
or corporation for its own security requirement only.
76
a. Company Security Force c. Government Security Unit
b. Agency Security Force d. None of these
78. Refers to the association of all licensed security agencies and company
security forces.
a. PADPAO c. PNP SAGSD
b. PNP SOSIA d. PNP CSG
79. Under the law, the maximum ratio of a firearm to every security guard in
the employ of private security agencies is:
a. 1:1 c. 1:3
b. 1:2 d. 1:4
80. A private security agency must initially procure at least ___ pieces of
licensed firearms for use of its security guards.
a. 20 c. 50
b. 30 d. 70
81. The license or permit to own a firearm for security agencies is applied and
processed at:
a. PNP Civil Security Group
b. PNP Security Agencies and Guards Supervision Division
c. PNP Firearms and Explosives Office
d. Any of these
82. Refers to the merger with any person or a group of persons for the purpose
of organizing a branch, unit or subsidiary under separate control and
ownership.
a. Security corporation c. Merger system
b. Kabit System d. Illegal association
83. A lock which is commonly installed in safe deposit boxes and is deemed
pick proof since it is operated by utilizing combinations by means of a dial.
a. Lever lock c. Cylinder lock
b. Combination lock d. Code operated locks
84. A disc tumbler lock which is used in automobiles would afford delay of at
least;
a. 5 to 10 minutes c. 15 to 20 minutes
b. 10 to 15 minutes d. 20 to 30 minutes
85. Earliest known lock in existence.

a. Egyptian Lock c. Roman Lock
b. Greek Lock d. Persian Lock
86. For illumination of covered pathways and side walks it is wiser to install;
a. Fresnel lights c. Street lights
b. Search lights d. Flood lights
87. Vaults are storage devices which are usually designed to be at least ___
hours fire resistant.
a. 3 c. 9
b. 6 d. 12
88. Conducted for a period of at least 4 hours, its concern is to reiterate to

employees that security is an additional burden imposed on everyone who is
part of the company
a. Refresher conference c. Security reminders
77
b. Training conference d. Debriefing
89. This serves as a forum to resolve security problem and explain new rules
and regulations.
b. Training conference d. Debriefing
90. A positive effort to sell security or make the employees more involved in the
implementation of security measures.
b. Training conference d. Security promotion
III. POLICE PATROL AND OPERATIONS
1. Etymology of the word police, meaning government of a city.

a. Patrouiller c. Polisia
b. Politia d. Politeia
2. Specific conditions and place that requires patrol officer’s special attention.
a. Hazards c. Uninhabited places
b. Attractive Nuisance d. Bars and night clubs
3. In his contact with the public a police officer on patrol should consider
primarily the;
a. Public attitude towards the police
b. Impression he creates
c. Character of persons in his beat
d. Time he stays in a particular area
4. Which among the following is a component of a targeted oriented patrol?

a. Event oriented patrol c. Location oriented patrol
b. Offender oriented patrol d. All of these
5. The unit within the police department primarily responsible for taking direct
police intervention whenever a crime is committed.
a. Patrol c. Vice
b. Investigation d. Traffic
6. Territorial decentralization is more appropriate in which police function?

a. Patrol c. Vice
b. Investigation d. Traffic
7. Justification for the creation and maintenance of specialized police units

within the police organization.
a. It is aimed to relieve patrol units in cases of special operations.
b. Assumes complete responsibility in a specialized area or problem.
c. It assists the patrol force.
d. It is used to deter specialized and high tech crimes.
8. It is considered as the busiest shift for patrol duty and offers a wide variety
of challenges and activities.
a. Morning shift c. Midnight shift
b. Afternoon shift d. Grave yard shift
9. In terms of shift scheduling of patrol units, it is wiser to deploy younger

police officers in the:
78
10. Among the activities usually undertaken by patrol offers in this shift are;
handling service calls, dealing with youth related problems and intensified
police omnipresence in downtown areas.
11. Majority of contracts between the public and police occur between the
citizen and:
a. Patrolman c. Traffic officer
b. Criminal Investigator d. Police supervisor
12. Backbone Organization of a police department is generally its:

a. Traffic Division c. Crime Investigation Division
b. Patrol Division d. Operations Division
13. For maximum effectiveness, a member of the police force who is generalist
or “all around man” should be assigned to:
a. Patrol duty c. Community relations job
b. Criminal investigation duty d. Traffic enforcement duty
14. That unit in the police force best suited and is primarily responsible for
taking direct action when crime is committed is:
a. Patrol Division c. Criminalistic Division
b. Investigation Division d. Inspection Division
15. Deployment of patrol personnel is normally done according to some

measure of the need for police service. Of the following which one is the least
valid factor than can be used as, or included in, a measure of perceived need.
a. Number of complaints c. Number of crime committed
b. Number of arrests d. Peso value of property losses
16. The best reason why patrol service is being considered backbone of the
police department is:
a. Patrol force provides service to a greater number of people at any time.
b. Patrol function is largely preventive in nature
c. Patrol function is very wide in scope
d. Patrol is the only service that carries out the basic police jobs
17. That member of the law enforcement agency to be involved in practically

every incident calling for police action
a. Patrol Officer c. Investigation officer
b. Traffic officer d. Police Liaison officer
18. It designed to increase the rate of apprehension of persons engaged in

selected types of crimes.
a. High visibility patrol c. Directed deterrent patrol
b. Low visibility patrol d. Split force patrol
19. It refers to a patrol activity wherein police personnel drives around a

particular area or waits at the station for any call requiring police assistance.
a. Patrol c. Proactive patrol
b. Reactive Patrol d. Police patrol
20. It has been considered as the most effective and efficient means of in
guarding, in terms of increasing community support and cooperation?
a. Foot patrol c. Helicopter and fixed wing aircraft patrol
79
b. Automobile Patrol d. Motorcycle patrol
21. It refers to a repeated circuit of in guarding, primarily to prevent the

commission of crimes and maintain the peace and order situation in a
particular area.
a. Patrol c. Investigation
b. Surveillance d. Apprehension
22. In areas wherein the terrain is said to be rough, what would be an

appropriate means or type of patrol, which may be utilized?
a. Bicycle patrol c. Automobile patrol
b. Foot patrol d. Horse patrol
23. Which type of patrol would enable the police officers to have the advantage
of stealth and at the same time the element of surprise?
a. Motorcycle patrol c. Bicycle patrol
b. Automobile patrol d. Foot patrol
24. It refers to the core mission of police patrol operations.

a. Crime Prevention c. Order maintenance
b. Law enforcement d. Criminal apprehension
25. Ideal manning level of the Philippine National Police in relation to the
population is required the National Capital Region?
a. 1:1000 c. 1:500
b. 1:1500 d. 1:250
26. When patrol officers saturates a given area with additional units, walking
beats to increase the aura of police omnipresence, what particular patrol
operational tactics do they employ?
a. High visibility patrol c. Directed deterrent patrol
b. Low visibility patrol d. Split force patrol
27. Community Oriented Policing System widely applied in Metro Manila aims
to establish teamwork among the police and the persons residing in the
community, it is a concept which bent on accomplishing what particular goal?
a. Prevention of Criminal and Delinquent Behavior
b. Repression of Crimes
c. Participative Law Enforcement
d. All of the above
28. It is regarded as the most dominant method of conducting patrol.

a. Motorcycle patrol c. Bicycle patrol
b. Automobile patrol d. Foot patrol
29. What do we refer to in determining the crimes per 100,000 population?

a. Crime rate c. Peace and order situation
b. Crime statistics d. All of these
30. Maximum tolerable level, to indicate that the peace and order situation is
still within the control or within the capability of the police force to handle
a. 30 Index c. 40 index
b. 35 index d. 45 index
31. It refers to a fixed point or location to which an officer is assigned for duty.
a. Post c. Beat
b. Route d. Line beat
80
32. This type of patrol would afford police officers to cover vast area
particularly inaccessible remote areas at the least possible time without the
benefit of refueling in cases of long distance, which has to be traversed.
a. Automobile Patrol c. Helicopter patrol
b. Fixed Wing Aircraft patrol d. Foot patrol
33. Pete is a thief who is eyeing at the cell phone of Mary, SPO2 Jaen is
standing a few meters from Mary, The thief’s desire is not diminished by the
police presence but the _________for successful theft is:
a. Ambition c. Feeling
b. Intention d. Opportunity
34. Small alley’s can be best penetrated by the police through:

a. Foot patrol c. Helicopter patrol
b. Motorcycle patrol d. Automobile patrol
35. When police officers are not bent on waiting for something to happen and
respond but instead utilizes some other means to effect crime prevention, the
focus is said to be a type of what kind of patrolling?
a. Reactive Patrol c. Proactive patrol
b. Patrol d. Police patrol
36. P/Insp. Ponce is a chief of police of a certain municipality in Vigan, he

wants his subordinates to be drawn closer to the people. He should adopt
which of the following concepts?
a. Oplan Sandugo c. Oplan Bakal
b. Oplan Pagbabago d. COPS on the Block
37. To drive defensively in patrol means:

a. To always assume that the other drivers will commit a mistake
b. Stop, look and listen
c. Never drive fast
d. Drive slowly
38. This kind of call requires the use of flashing light and the siren and may
violate traffic laws provided that extreme care is exercised.
a. Routine call c. Emergency call
b. Urgent call d. All of the above
39. Walking closest to the building at night is a tactic in patrol which makes
the policemen less visible during the night. Its purpose is:
a. To surprise criminals in the act of committing a crime
b. To have sufficient cover
c. To attract less attention
d. For safety of the police officer
40. Considered as the backbone of police operations.

a. Patrol c. Traffic management
b. Investigation d. Crowd control
41. This is a patrol program designed to ensure law abiding citizens feeling of
security but the reaction of fear for would be violators.
a. Low visibility patrol c. Police Omnipresence
b. High visibility patrol d. Single office patrol
42. Police visibility in strategic locations and crime prone areas projects ____,
which is an effective crime prevention strategy.
a. Fear c. Omnipresence
81
b. Discretion d. All of these
43. A beat refers to:

a. Number of crimes to be solved c. Number of residents to be protected
b. Geographical area to be patrolled d. Geographical area to be patrolled
44. A crew complement of a mobile patrol division is organized into shifts for
each turn of duty.
a. One shift daily c. Daily 2 shift assignment
b. Daily 3 shift assignment d. Daily 4 shift assignment
45. A doctrine of law wherein an individual is said to maintain on his business

or residence a situation, condition, instrumentality or machine that is
dangerous to the youth due to their inability to recognize and appreciate peril.
46. They refer to conditions which possess a high potential for criminal attack
or cause any type of problem necessitating a demand for immediate police
service.
47. Any person, place, thing or condition which if allowed to exist may induce
an accident or cause the commission of a crime.
48. It evolved from the New Cops on the Block and Community Oriented
Policing System, wherein smaller police units are established and deployed
below the police station level.
a. Police Community Precinct c. Team policing
b. House Visitation d. Barangay Police
49. Usually performed by patrol units where a policeman routinely offer crime
prevention tips and organize community crime groups.
50. A grass root approach undertaken to bring the people and the police closer
together in a more cooperative condition.
51. Its distinct feature is establishing a neighborhood crime watch for the
purpose of encouraging the people to report all suspicious conditions in their
locality and the police to take greater responsibility and interest in preventing
and repressing crimes.
b. House Visitation d. Koban
52. Which among the following is necessary for team policing to be successful?
a. Public cooperation c. Public support
b. Public trust d. All of these
53. They refer to a factor which influences patrol force deployment and
depends on how the public view the role of the police in the community.
82
a. Type of crime and police problem experienced
b. Financial material and human resources
c. Zoning plan of the city
d. Community expectations
54. A patrol objective wherein the police perform a variety of duties in which
the possibility of legal sanction usually exists but not imposed.
a. Crime prevention c. Order maintenance
b. Law enforcement d. Criminal Apprehension
55. The primary problem when patrol officers utilize discretion.

a. Bias implementation of the law c. It may be prone to abuse
b. Laws are not equally enforced d. It becomes a tool for social control
56. In performing this police objective, the police play a vital role in influencing
the quality of life in the community.
a. Crime prevention c. Order maintenance
b. Law enforcement d. Criminal Apprehension
57. Although police discretion is utilized by all patrol officers, this would help
limit police discretion.
a. Community values c. Rules and regulations
b. Public attitude d. Both A and B
58. An area containing two or more beats.

a. Line Beat c. District
b. Route d. Sector
59. This patrol unit is particularly effective in hot pursuits.

a. Automobile patrol c. Foot patrol
b. Helicopter patrol d. Canine units
60. Often used in lieu of a second officer in a motorized patrol unit.

a. Robots c. Radio equipment
b. Cameras d. Canine units
IV. INTELLIGENCE AND SECRET SERVICE
1. Known as Napoleon’s Eye, he conducted counter intelligence against spies,

who utilized deceit and blackmail to gain information.
a. Schulmeister c. Steiber
b. Edward I d. Redl
2. Known protector of Queen Elizabeth I who organized the British secret

police to detect the naval operation and fleet movements of Portugal.
a. Walsingham of England c. Steiber
b. Edward I d. Redl
3. The Russian king of sleuth hounds, he utilized censorship and statistics in

intelligence accounting.
b. Edward I d. Redl
4. Regarded as the most infamous double spy and was responsible for
approximately 500,000 deaths of Austrians, Hungarians and Russians in his
13 years career as the intelligence director of Hungary and Austria.
83
b. Edward I d. Redl
5. Which among the following is not a component of the central intelligence

service?
a. Information procurement division c. Administration division
b. Evaluation and distribution division d. Intelligence division
6. Research and analysis as well as interrogation and debriefing are a common

function of:
a. Intelligence proper unit c. Secret intelligence
b. Intelligence operations d. Evaluation and distribution division
7. Which among the following is not an inherent function of secret

intelligence?
a. Espionage c. Surveillance
b. Sabotage d. Undercover work
8. Counter intelligence, security of VIP’s and dissemination of propaganda are

known activities of what particular unit within the intelligence organization?
a. Intelligence proper unit c. Secret intelligence
b. Intelligence operations d. Evaluation and distribution division
9. An intelligence data which has little or no value.

a. A1 c. C5
b. B4 d. E6
10. In terms of reliability of the source the letter B would mean:

a. Completely reliable c. Fairly reliable
b. Usually reliable d. Not usually reliable
11. An information which is probably true would be given an evaluation

number of:
a. 1 c. 3
b. 2 d. 4
12. When the reliability of source is unknown, intelligence evaluator would

give it a classification of:
a. A c. E
b. C d. F
13. Refers to the organized information available in the police records division.
a. Departmental intelligence c. Counter intelligence
b. Police intelligence d. Combat intelligence
14. An organized and relatively stable business which uses violence and threat
against competitors.
a. Criminal syndicates c. Organized crime
b. Criminal world d. Mafia
15. Refers to the social organization of criminals with its own social classes
and norms.
a. Criminal syndicates c. Organized crime
b. Criminal world d. Mafia
16. Regarded as the first person who first utilized the principles of intelligence.
a. Sun Tzu c. Abraham
b. Moses d. Alexander the Great
84
17. A product resulting from the collection, analysis, integration, evaluation
and interpretation of all available information which concerns one or more
aspects of area of operation potentially significant to planning.
a. Assets c. Intelligence
b. Research d. Cryptography
18. Law which was enacted last June 19, 1947 which lead to the creation of
the National Bureau of Investigation.
a. RA 147 c. RA 6975
b. RA 157 d. RA 8551
19. It is undertaken by shifting and sorting of all available intelligence

materials.
a. Analysis c. Deduction
b. Integration d. Evaluation
20. Indexed memorandum pad for recording of information regarding the

enemy, its movement, location and anticipated action.
a. Intelligence journal c. Intelligence worksheet
b. Enemy situation map d. Intelligence files
21. An evaluation code of F4 would mean that the intelligence data is:
a. Unreliable, doubtfully true
b. Reliability unknown, doubtfully true
c. Unreliable, improbable report
d. Reliability unknown, improbable report
22. Refers to the determination of the significance of the intelligence data in

order to draw conclusion.
a. Collation c. Interpretation
b. Evaluation d. Deduction
23. It is a technique designed to show relationship between individuals and

organizations by visual graphic designs.
a. Link analysis c. Data collection
b. Flowcharting d. Data analysis
24. Offensive measure taken to respond to terrorist attacks.

a. Counter intelligence c. Counter terrorism
b. Counter subversion d. Counter insurgency
25. Refers to the information or knowledge pertaining to a person or

organization engaged in illegal activities.
a. Police Strategic Intelligence c. Police Line Intelligence
b. Police Counter Intelligence d. Criminal intelligence
26. An intelligence material given an evaluation code of A1 would mean:

a. Completely reliable, Probably true
b. Completely reliable, Confirmed by other sources
c. Usually reliable, Probably true
d. Usually reliable, Confirmed by other sources
27. It refers to a document which contains information pertaining to enemy

location, movement and possible actions.
a. Intelligence Journal c. Enemy Situation Map
b. Intelligence Worksheet d. Intelligence Files
28. Refers to a person being protected or the object of secret service

85
a. Principal c. Protective security
b. Private individual service d. Decoy
29. Father of Organized Military espionage.

a. Alexander the Great c. Frederick the Great
b. Hannibal d. Moses
30. Established after World War II, it serves as a clearinghouse of records that
provides information from a police force of one country to another.
a. Federal Bureau of Investigation c. Scotland Yard
b. Central Intelligence Agency d. Interpol
31. Russian counterpart of the Central Intelligence Agency.

a. Committee for State Security c. Central Intelligence Group
b. National intelligence Authority d. Office of Strategic Services
32. Encrypted and coded messages are converted to intelligible language by;
a. Encoding c. Processing
b. Decoding d. Labelling
33. A philosopher who wrote the book the Art of War, which diverted world
philosophy regarding intelligence gathering from the traditional approach
which resorts to prophecy and dream to scientific methods of information
gathering and processes.
a. Alexander the Great c. Sun Tzu
b. Frederick the Great d. Moses
34. Former head of the Office of Strategic Service who gave vital military
intelligence which contributed to the end of World War II.
a. Donovan c. Walsingham of England
b. Redl d. Edward I
35. Agency vested with handling domestic intelligence in the United States.
a. Federal Bureau of Investigation c. Central Intelligence Group
b. International Police Organization d. Office of Strategic
Services
36. Its role is to provide law enforcement agencies with criminal intelligence
and information nationally and internationally about major criminals and
serious crimes.
a. International Police Organization
b. Office of Strategic Services
c. National Criminal Intelligence Service
d. Police National Computer
37. Since 1974, it gives information to police agencies of all registered vehicle
and their owners, and an index of more than five million criminal records.
a. International Police Organization
b. Office of Strategic Services
c. National Criminal Intelligence Service
d. Police National Computer
38. Refers to altruism, in which persons give information by motivation of

unselfish regard for the welfare of others.
a. Renumeration c. Vanity
b. Civic mindedness d. Fear
86
39. Most dangerous kinds of informants because they may sell information to
the highest bidder.
a. Mercenary informants c. Rival elimination informants
b. Confidential informants d. Double cross informants
40. It would entail the recording or organization of raw materials so that they
may be readily compared with other items.
a. Collation c. Interpretation
b. Evaluation d. Deduction
41. It is the greatest tongue loosener and should be avoided by intelligence

agents during missions.
a. Drugs c. Alcohol
b. Women d. Gambling
42. Information procured in the open is a product of what type of intelligence?

a. Covert c. Undercover
b. Overt d. Surveillance
43. This type of intelligence is primarily long range in nature.

a. Counter Intelligence c. Departmental intelligence
b. Line intelligence d. Strategic intelligence
44. If the information is procured without the knowledge of the subject it is

said to be:
a. Covert c. Undercover
b. Obvert d. Surveillance
45. A common technique used in data description and integration. It

demonstrates the chain of event or activities over a period.
a. Link analysis c. Data collection
b. Flowcharting d. Data analysis
46. Finest intelligence agency in the world.

a. Mossad c. CIA
b. KGB d. Interpol
47. An intelligence data that is immediate in nature.

a. Line intelligence c. Strategic intelligence
b. Counter intelligence d. Combat intelligence
48. Gradual penetration into enemy domain and territory.

a. Surveillance c. Infiltration
b. Elicitation d. All of the foregoing
49. Altruism which is a motive of informants in cooperating with police

authorities motivated by their sense of unselfish regard for or devotion to the
welfare of others.
a. Repentance c. Renumeration
b. Civic mindedness d. Vanity
50. Wide variety of tactics employed by which a state or person misleads or

confuses the enemy; generally as to its capabilities.
a. Deception c. Sabotage
b. Espionage d. Infiltration
51. It refers to the combination of all analyzed data to form a logical picture or
theory.
87
a. Integration c. Evaluation
b. Deduction d. Interpretation
52. It refers to any formula, device pattern or compilation of information
utilized in industry.
a. Proprietary information c. Trade secret
b. Intellectual property d. Secret Formula
53. This unit usually takes care of the publication of intelligence reports.
a. Administration Division
b. Evaluation and Distribution Division
c. Information Procurement Division
d. Intelligence Proper Unit
54. Established by Henry Peel in 1829, it was held as the premier institution
in gathering of information regarding the identity, activities of criminals as well
as obtaining evidences and effecting the arrests of the same.
a. FBI c. Scotland Yard
b. NBI d. INTERPOL
55. It refers to clandestine or secret means of obtaining information.

a. Covert Intelligence c. Infiltration
b. Overt Intelligence d. Surveillance
56. Is a step by which the intelligence is transformed from raw facts to

intelligence data.
a. Collection c. Evaluation
b. Processing d. Dissemination
57. A vehicle fronting the principal’s vehicle to neutralize possible threats.

a. Escort vehicle c. Decoy vehicle
b. Counter attack vehicle d. Shield vehicle
58. Refers to something that is concealed or hidden.

a. Overt c. Crypt
b. Covert d. Code
59. A method of collection of information wherein the investigator trails the

subject.
a. Research c. Casing
b. Surveillance d. Undercover operation
60. In formulating a fictitious identity, what is the primary consideration?

a. Preliminary investigation of the target
b. Choosing a suitable background or cover to fit the role
c. Familiarize with community
d. Have fictitious credentials
61. Forging or changing a person’s real identity.

a. Cover c. Defection
b. Deception d. Infiltration
62. Refers to the examination of raw materials to determine its reliability,

credibility and relevance to operations.
a. Collation c. Processing
b. Evaluation d. Interpretation
63. Measures undertaken to deny the enemy of any information consisting of

active and passive intelligence measures.
88
a. Combat intelligence c. Line Intelligence
b. Strategic intelligence d. Counter Intelligence
64. Refers to particular requirement for information which the end user needs
to govern the conduct of operations.
a. Essential elements of information c. Directives
b. Mission order d. Intelligence
65. Any form of communicated knowledge which serves as the bloodline of

police intelligence.
a. Information c. Crime rate
b. Reports d. Research
66. To what unit do police personnel belong when they infiltrate crowd and
gather information regarding criminal syndicates.
a. Intelligence c. Patrol
c. Investigation d. Any of these
67. This police activity increases the number of arrests of criminal syndicate
members.
a. Intelligence c. Patrol
b. Investigation d. Crime research
68. In intelligence functions, a black list means;

a. Neutral c. Unwanted
b. Friendly d. unfriendly
69. A _______ list contains a roll of citizens and officials who are cleared to
attend classified meetings.
a. Black c. Target
b. White d. Principal
70. They are documents classification wherein the loss or damage of which will
pose a threat to operations.
a. Class I c. Class II
b. Class III d. Class IV
71. This refers to duly processed intelligence reports not made available for
public consumption.
a. Vital/Top Secret documents c. Confidential documents
b. Secret Documents d. Restricted documents
72. This contains operational procedures and guideline, wherein loss or

compromise would hamper operations but may easily be restored.
a. Vital/Top Secret documents c. Confidential documents
73. They are considered as irreplaceable official matters the unauthorized

disclosure of which would cause exceptionally grave damage to the interest of
an establishment since it is vital to its survival.
a. Top Secret documents c. Confidential documents
74. It is a form of intelligence dissemination wherein the data is dispatched to

the addressee in the personal care of authorized personnel.
a. Transmission by Safe hand Method c. Transmission by Delivery
b. Transmission by Personal Contact d. Transmission by Courier
89
75. PO2 Mai Lap is deployed in bars and establishments usually frequented by
syndicate members for information gathering, his mission is classified as:
a. Social assignments c. Organizational assignments
b. Work assignments d. Community assignment
76. An intelligence personnel who was instructed to apply as a staff of his

target is performing which mission?
77. A certain neighborhood is known to be a major source of prohibited drugs,

to solve this problem intelligence personnel were deployed to live in the area
for a considerable amount of time to determine the veracity of such reports.
78. They are intelligence personnel who may no longer be used for undercover
work since their duties and responsibilities revolve around office work for the
intelligence community.
79. Defined as an art and science of making, devising and protecting codes
and ciphers.
a. Crypt c. Crypto-analysis
b. Intelligence d. Cryptography
80. A data transmission system using telephone lines or other private

channels wherein a great deal of confidential information is routinely sent by
substitution and transposition from one computer to another by government
agencies, banks and other companies.
a. Data Encryption Standard c. Enigma
b. LUCIFER d. RSA
81. This makes use of the computer binary code consisting of )’s and 1’s and
transforms 64 bit messages into 64 bit segments of cipher texts.
a. Data Encryption Standard c. Enigma
b. LUCIFER d. RSA
82. The forwarding address of agents for mail packages and other
communications.
a. White list c. Bigot list
b. Target list d. Accommodation address
83. A list o names with authorized access to sensitive information.

a. White list c. Bigot list
b. Target list d. Accommodation address
84. To fully study the target person, a complete background investigation is

undertaken; this would check the personal data and activity of the target
covering ____ years.
a. 5 c. 15
b. 10 d. 20
85. This deals with the extended and utilization of natural and human
resources and industrial potential of a nation.
a. Economic Intelligence c. Domestic Intelligence
b. Geographical intelligence d. Industrial Intelligence
90
86. Refers to the gathering of information pertaining to manufacturing
technique, processes from formulas which may be of great use and value.
a. Economic Intelligence c. Domestic Intelligence
b. Geographical intelligence d. Industrial Intelligence
87. The full measure taken by the state to free and protect its own society from
lawlessness, insurgency, terrorism and subversion.
a. Internal defense c. External defense
b. Departmental defense d. Institutional defense
88. This outlines the primary threat to national security hence occupies the
greatest attention and concern of intelligence operatives.
a. Bigot list c. Order of Battle
b. Black List d. Primary orders
89. They are politically sensitive military operations normally characterized by

the short term and rapid projections of forces in conditions short of
conventional war.
a. Peace time contingency c. Psychological warfare
b. Psychological warfare consolidation d. Psychological operation
90. Refers to the planned use of propaganda having the primary purpose of
influencing the opinions, attitudes, emotions and behavior of hostile groups.
91. They are operations directed towards populations in unfriendly areas

occupied by friendly forces used to facilitate operation and promote maximum
cooperation.
92. They are planned activity in peace and war directed towards enemy,
friendly and neutral audiences in order to create an attitude and behavior
favorable to the achievement of political and military objective.
93. An open activity used to clear out government image.

a. Black propaganda c. Red Propaganda
b. White propaganda d. Spin
94. Refers to the area which separates the VIP or principal from attack.
a. Defense ring c. Buffer zone
b. Kill zone d. None of these
95. The arrangement of protective personnel and or physical barriers to negate

potential attack.
a. Defense ring c. Buffer zone
b. Kill zone d. None of these
96. The protective personnel asked to conduct, inspect and survey on the area
of visit, performs coordination and make the required arrangement of the VIP
in a specific area is known as:
a. Advance party c. Route security
b. Destination security d. Convoy security
91
97. In emergency situations which pose threats to the object of VIP protection,
the first duty of the agents assigned to the principal is:
a. Remove the VIP as quickly as possible from known or impending danger
b. Neutralize all probable threats.
c. To attempt to cover the VIP as closely as possible to shield him by placing
themselves between the VIP and any source of danger.
d. Call for back-up.
98. In the defense ring, the outer ring is composed of personnel deployed in:
a. Immediately outside the VIP’s door or close in
b. Inside quarters, residence, office
c. Sidewalks, stationed in front of quarters and covering all entrances
d. All of these
99. This personnel assigned to protect the VIP are posted as close in or placed
outside the VIP’s door.
a. Defense ring c. Middle ring
b. Outer ring d. Inner ring
100. The VIP limousine, wherein in the front seat the driver and
communication officer is detailed and at least not less than 5 security
personnel is assigned maintains a distance of ______ behind the lead car.
a. 4 to 5 cars length c. 6 to 7 cars length
b. 5 to 6 cars length d. 10 meters away
V. POLICE OPERATIONAL PLANNING /RECORDS AND PERSONNEL

MANAGEMENT
1. These include both expandable and non-expandable commodities except

real property.
a. Personal property c. Non-expandable supplies
b. Expandable supplies d. Supplies
2. They are commodities which are durable in nature and when used do not
suffer any substantial alteration in form and size.
3. They are perishable and consumable in nature.

4. In directing the efforts of subordinates under a particular command, which

among the following is not considered as an efficient means in attaining proper
direction to achieve pre-determined goals?
a. Observation c. Guidance
b. Inspection d. All of the above
5. Training required for promotion to the rank of P/Insp.

a. OSEC c. OBC
b. POAC d. OCC
6. It is derived from repeated practices and custom, duties and responsibilities

vested upon a certain organization and rules of conduct for common
observance and benefit.
a. Authority c. Responsibility
92
b. Law d. Delegation
7. The 1987 Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines mandated the

creation of the Philippine National Police, what provision of the fundamental
law prescribed that it would assume an identity of civilian in character and
national in scope.
a. Article VI Section XVI c. Article III Section V
b. Article III Section IV d. Article XVI Section VI
8. It is a function of management, which makes the supervisors and superior

officers within the chain of command to make decisions in advance.
a. Organizing c. Directing
b. Planning d. Staffing
9. It is part of the functions of management wherein the proper allocation and

distribution of able personnel into positions for which their capabilities would
afford optimum output.
a. Organizing c. Staffing
b. Budgeting d. Planning
10. It refers to entrustment of a particular workload to some other person

within an organization making him accountable for the accomplishment of
said undertaking.
a. Command Responsibility c. Directing
b. Delegation d. All of the above
11. Obligation imposed by law and regulation on any morals of the personnel
for the proper use, care and maintenance of supplies entrusted to him.
a. Property accountability c. Personal responsibility
b. Property responsibility d. Responsibility
12. Primary obligation to keep forward and maintain actual record of

equipment, supplies entrusted to an office/personnel.
13. An obligation imposed by regulation and law to the property custodian to

keep and maintain informed records of supplies and equipment entrusted to
him.
14. Performance budgeting is a concept generally contrasted with budgeting

by:
a. Object expenditure c. Distance and time
b. Revenue d. Economy
15. In order to be ascertained that essential supplies will be available when

needed the property custodial or supply officer should:
a. Undertake monthly inventories.
b. Order supplies in advance
c. Decide on a reserve minimum on every kind of supply and re-order when
the minimum level is reached.
d. Secure and estimate the need for a particular supply.
16. A superior officer may attain good professional relationship with his
subordinates by:
a. Being formal at all times c. Being mildly friendly to them
93
b. Being lenient at all times d. Helping them in times of needs
17. A subordinate who does better work than other but constantly complains
about his status and work to other men, which affects the unit’s morale,
should be dealt with by:
a. Giving him work overloads to minimize communication with others.
b. Transferring him to other units.
c. Secretly conversed with by the superior officer him to secure cooperation
without giving him special considerations.
d. Reprimanded for insubordination.
18. A subordinate who frequently asks his superior officer regarding problems
with decisions making:
a. Has not fully assumed the authority entrusted to him.
b. Has not been given proper delegation of authority
c. Has poor decision making skills.
d. Looks upon his superior officer like a father asking for advice.
19. A subordinate who usually tries to please his superiors on everything he

does shows that he:
a. Lacks self confidence
b. Tries to impress and please his superiors
c. Loves praises and admiration
d. Tries to cover up for some deficiencies.
20. Most frequent cause of employee dissatisfaction.

a. Favoritism
b. Strict implementation of rules and regulations.
c. Failure to prepare employees in policy and procedural changes.
d. Over-worked and under-compensated.
21. The policy making body of any organization is

a. Top management c. Executive board
b. Administration d. Executive officer
22. The implementation arm of the administration of any organization is:

a. Management Council c. Operational Services
b. Administrative board d. Chain of command
23. It is a Graphic illustration showing the workings and accomplishment of

the department as a whole organization
a. Charts of Accomplishments c. Communications data
b. Chronological distribution d. Statistical presentations
24. It is the apparent right or authority by which an officer justifies his acts
thru his police badge, certificate, writ or orders:
a. De facto authority c. Color of authority
b. Delegated authority d. Deputized authority
25. A central or focal points of a police department at which complaints are

stated and recorded
a. Complaints Sheet c. Complaint desk
b. Complaints records d. Record book of events
26. It is distribution of authority and responsibility from top management to

lower level officers
a. Decentralization c. Command centralization
b. De-regulation d. Delegation of authority
94
27. Is a situation where there is an appointment of a person to act for another
or others. It is done in a form of downward authority; whereas, the
responsibility flows upward
a. Regionalization c. Decentralization
b. Delegation of authority d. Delegation of responsibility
28. Systematic assignment of functions to units in a police force is:

a. Police organization c. Police supervision
b. Police management d. Police personnel direction
29. Logical arrangement of duties and responsibilities to members within an

organization
a. Police organization c. Police supervision
b. Police management d. Police personnel management
30. A police officer who demonstrates most serious lack of leadership qualities
is one who:
a. Seldom delegates authority to subordinate
b. Seldom asks others to do what he himself is not willing to do
c. Allows his men to hold group meetings to discuss their work
d. Frequently praises subordinates in the presence of others
31. In the concept of Personnel management the most serious problem

currently facing Philippine Police Authorities is:
a. Discipline c. Recruitment
b. Assignment d. Promotion
32. The police organization unit that does the most jobs to coordinate and
relate together the other functional units in a policy agency is:
a. Personnel Division c. Criminalistic Division
b. Records Management Division d. Finance Division
33. Is the organization functions that synchronizes all operations and staff
activities
a. Planning c. Coordinating
b. Controlling d. Directing
34. The executive function that combines for its effectiveness, the use of
inspection, periodic reporting, following-up and the like:
b. Controlling d. Directing
35. A supervisor’s Span of Control is generally determined in terms of:

a. Number of subordinates directly reporting to him
b. Number of superiors to who one reports
c. Number of superiors from who he takes orders
d. Number of tasks assigned
36. Liaison work as a related management job is mostly undertaken while

engaged in:
a. Planning c. Directing
b. Coordinating d. Controlling
37. Control is implemented among others by inspection: This means that the
main function of inspection is:
a. Maintain discipline c. Insure uniformity of actions
b. Acquire information d. Supervisions
95
38. In allocating authority in a police organization. Integration means:
a. Placing responsibility for final decisions to a Council
b. Providing administrator responsibility to refer all decisions to the chief
executive officer
c. Gathering into the hands of an administrator all administrative authority for
the agency
d. Delegating appropriate responsibility for each integral unit
39. Which of the following Procedures has least value to the officer charge with
responsibility for police functions.
a. Historical method c. Clinical method
b. Experimental control d. Case study method
40. The best measurement of effectiveness of each unit or division in a police

force is:
a. Its inter-relationship with the community
b. Its inter-relationship with all units of the police force
c. The condition of accomplishment of its primary purpose
d. Its inter-relationship with closely related units of the force
41. One of the fundamental principles of leadership is “to know your men”, as
a newly appointed supervisor, you should:
a. Call a conference and compel full attendance of your subordinates.
b. Talk with all of them personally.
c. Study the personnel records of your new unit.
d. Organized an informal get together to be acquainted with them.
42. A subordinate who never fails to comply with policy manual, rules and
procedures, should be:
a. Re-assigned to do legal and research work.
b. Advised to use police discretion.
c. Held responsible for an intelligent compliance of the policy manual.
d. Ignored because he merely wants everybody to know that he is more
familiar with the rules than everybody else in the unit.
43. Dynamic elevation of qualified personnel to assignments of greater

importance based on merits and fitness.
a. Promotion c. Special promotion
b. Regular promotion d. Meritorious promotion
44. Total period acquired in a certain grade in permanent status.

a. Time in grade c. Performance
b. Eligibility d. Seniority in rank
45. Refers to the overall gross worth and capability of an individual to assume
a higher post.
a. Time in grade c. Seniority in rank
b. Performance d. Potential
46. They refer to procedures in coping with specific situations at known

locations.
a. Standard operating procedures c. Special operating procedures
b. Tactical plans d. Operational plans
47. This maps out advance operations involved in the organization,

management of personnel, procurement and funds.
a. Extra-departmental plans c. Management plans
96
b. Office plans d. Operational plans
48. They refer to plans which are prepared to address the primary police task.
a. Tactical plans c. Management plans
b. Operational plans d. Strategic plans
49. Intended to be used in all situations and serves as a guide to officers on

the field.
a. Operational plans c. Management plans
b. Tactical plans d. Field procedures
50. It covers records division operations as well as reporting regulations.

a. Operational plans c. Management plans
b. Office procedures d. Field procedures
51. The problem of simplification of procedures is best approached by:

a. Prepare and analyze a work progress chart
b. Prepare and analyze a functional organizational chart
c. Analyze the position classification scheme
d. Prepare and analyze a work flow chart
52. A basis of organizational division of work least often used in a police

department is:
a. Clientele c. Purpose and objectives
b. Area of responsibility d. Time and process needed
53. A specialist in a police force to ensure functional efficiency should be

placed in charged of a particular:
a. Staff function c. Geographical area of responsibility
b. Line function d. Line and Staff combined
54. Among the police auxiliary functions hereunder listed, which function
should be excluded?
a. Record management c. Logistics management
b. Jail management d. Inspection management
55. Members of the police department on special occasions are directed to

report directly to their places of assignment is to:
a. Save on traveling time c. Eliminate roll call
b. Insure complete coverage d. Make it easier for men to report
56. In organizing for shifting hours of duty, the highest degree of efficiency is
obtained when there is provided the:
a. Smallest load fluctuation between shifts
b. Smallest load fluctuation within a given shift
c. Largest load fluctuation between shifts
d. Largest load fluctuation within a given shift
57. In a police department where 8 hour shifts are used, which of the following
standards provides the best to determine the breaking point for the watches?
a. Watches should be so broken that the need for patrol is at the minimum at
the breaking times.
b. Watches should be so broken that the need for patrol services tends to be
equal for all watches
c. Watches should be so broken that in each watch, the load is greater in the
first half than in the second half of the next watch
d. Watches be so broken to ensure maximum manpower at each shift
58. Budgeting as an administrative function is primarily a phase of:

97
b. Staffing d. Directing
59. The concept of performance budgeting as differentiated from budgeting by:

a. Economy forecasting c. Public relations
b. Human relations d. Police community relations
60. The bringing about of better understanding, confidence and acceptance for
a person or an organization is:
a. Human relations c. Community relations
b. Public relations d. Rapport
61. The best justification for having limits of authority and responsibility in an
organization like the police department is.
a. Some officers may be more competent than others
b. Some subordinates may be more educated than some of the officers
c. Responsibility is most properly mutual and interrelated
d. Overlapping authority will generally lead to conflicts
62. Which is correct grouping of police functions:

a. Training, budgeting, inspecting and investigation
b. Training, community relations, inspection and criminalistics
c. Personnel management inspections, community relation, budgeting
d. Jail management, records management, property management,
criminalistics
63. In cases involving infraction of rules and regulations by newly recruited

policemen, the supervisor should:
a. Temper discipline with the understanding
b. Be strict to impress them with a sense of duty
c. Tolerate minor infraction for a short time
d. Treat any infraction alike regardless of the violation
64. In dealing with a new recruit, a good supervisor:

a. Praises the new policeman even if he failed to do what should de done
b. Praises work done above standard
c. Constructively criticizes work done below standard
d. Comments nothing
65. One of the following, which one is the best way of beginning a constructive
critique of the report of your subordinate
a. This is quite ok, but I tell you can make it better
b. You know you can do better work than this
c. You’ll never learn how to write better if you keep this up
d. This is partly right, now take it back and fix it
66. A kind of supervisor who promptly conducts a complete and formal

hearing as soon as a dispute among his subordinates comes to his attention
a. Democratic c. Tyrannical
b. One-sided d. Paternalistic
67. The main reason of letting the employee know about the personnel policy
of an organization is to:
a. Maintain morale and efficiency c. Induce their loyalty
b. Get them to accept the policies d. Work hard for promotion
68. Which of the following is the best method to handle patrolman’s grievances
request which you know cannot be granted
98
a. Deny to request for not being timely
b. Explain why his request cannot be granted
c. Show him his request is reasonable
d. After due explanation, tell him to take it or leave it
69. A good attitude for a police supervisor to obtain the confidence of his men
is to:
a. Behave in a fatherly like attitude
b. Fraternize with all his subordinate
c. Make promises which can be fulfilled
d. Seek to know their problems before proposing a solution
70. Which of the following task of a supervisor may be best be delegated to one
of his subordinates under his subordinated:
a. Planning and scheduling
b. Assignment of Personnel
c. Keeping records and making reports
d. Cooperation/coordination with other supervisors/units
71. Encouraging policemen to ask questions about proper performance of

duties as best justified by:
a. The question and answer method is efficient when large number of
policemen are to be trained
b. The policemen who ask questions demonstrate a lack of general job
orientation
c. Learning by doing is an effective training rule
d. Confusion on even minor items can have serious consequences
72. To keep policemen on their toes, the most desirable method for a police
supervisor to follow is:
a. Employment of “private eye and ear “
b. Application of disciplinary measures for violation of department rules and
regulations
c. Encourage initiate via delegation of responsibility to policemen
d. Conduct frequent test on their knowledge and alertness
73. The chief justification why competent superior officers attempt to develop
respect from, rather than fear on part of their men under supervision is:
a. Respect is based on the individual and fear is based on the organization as
a whole
b. Respect of superiors is a general incentive, whereas fear is a specific
incentive
c. Experience has shown that negative incentives are more effective than
positive incentives
d. Men who respect a superior are likely to give more than the minimum
required performance
74. When subordinates do not make complaints, this means supervisors are/
not:
a. Sufficiently approachable by their men
b. Devoting sufficient time checking on the men
c. Fault fingers
d. Pushing/inducing men sufficiently enough to maximum work output
75. The statement, “We ought to recognize that our interest is mutual and that
by working together, we can achieve common objective” is an approach by a
supervisor discussing regulations that is:
a. Good, because it promotes cooperation between officer and men
99
b. Good, because it recognizes the status of the individual and avoids
favoritism
c. Poor, because such a method invites excessive criticism and disagreement
d. Poor, because appealing to the men is inviting to much familiarity
76. Command responsibility in police work means:

a. Each superior officer is held responsible for the acts of his subordinate
b. Each subordinate is held responsible for his act.
c. Discretionary authority should not be delegated
d. The chief of office alone is not responsible for all acts off subordination
77. The basic objective of police discipline is to

a. Help train the man involve
b. Punish the offender
c. Prevent occurrence of a more serious offense
d. Carry out faithfully rules of department
78. The “ups and downs” of police morale is most closely dependent on the:
a. Tightness of departmental discipline
b. Abilities of superior officers to lead/direct
c. Situation existing at emergencies
d. Day-today working conditions and personal relations
79. Subordinate personnel as a rule do not object to strict rules if, they
a. See that results improve departmental procedures
b. Are aware that the rules are enforced without favor or relationship
c. Believe the officer approves the regulation
d. See that the rules apply only to minor phases of work
80. It is sometimes more effective to warm subordinates than institute for

more service punishment is best validly supported by the idea that:
a. Punishment is never deterrent
b. Punishment is often not appropriate for offense
c. Warnings may produce a more cooperative attitude
d. Warnings always create a greater impression than punishment
81. Training service work offers courses to new officers and men of the
Philippine National Police. What is the primary objective of human resource
development?
a. To improve their methods and skills
b. For advancement of their technical expertise
c. To refine behavioral patterns for job performance
d. To professionalize law enforcement and police service
82. Maximum tenure for the Chief of the PNP.

83. It refers to a quota allocated status change wherein the candidate must
satisfy all the mandatory requirements fixed for a certain grade.
a. Mandatory promotion c. Meritorious promotion
b. Special promotion d. Regular promotion
84. For new applicants to the Philippine National Police the age requirement
must not be less than 20 nor more than 30 years of age. However by way of
the waiver program what would be the maximum allowable age?
a. Over 30 years old c. Over 35 years old
b. Under 30 years old d. Under 35 years old
100
85. As to the provisions of Republic Act 8551, the Philippine National Police
shall reserve ten percent (10%) for its annual recruitment, training and
educational quota for women. Until what year will said provision be
enforceable?
a. 2000 c. 2002
b. 2001 d. 2003
86. What particular law mandated the creation of the Philippine national
Police?
a. The New Police Act of 1998
b. The Philippine national Police Reform and Reorganization Act of 1998
c. The Philippine National Police Act of 1990
d. The Department of the Interiors and Local Government Act of 1990
87. Total period of time has acquired in a certain grade.

a. Performance c. Time in grade
b. Potential d. Rank
88. What particular work area is involved primarily in the accomplishment of

the police purpose?
a. Line service Work c. Administrative service work
b. Auxiliary service work d. Training service work
89. Which particular agency of government is vested with the duty of handling
administrative control and supervision of the Philippine National Police?
a. Department of the Interiors and Local Governments
b. Internal Affairs Service of the PNP
c. Peoples Law Enforcement Board
d. National Police Commission
90. After the quota for recruitment has been set by the DPRM, a process of
encouraging applicant to seek employment in the Philippine National Police is
set. What is the next process after determining the most qualified applicants
for appointment as Uniformed or non-uniformed personnel of the PNP?
a. Training c. Staffing
b. Selection d. Placement
91. Which of the following supervisory tasks should never be delegated to a

subordinate
a. Write up of necessary reports
b. Supervision of a function for which he is responsible
c. Representation of management to the men and the men to the management
d. Development of new procedures affecting all his men
92. A subordinate is emotionally upset when he reported to his Supervisor

with a problem; the superior should in all likelihood.
a. Allow employee to take his day off
b. Give immediate decision satisfactory to employee
c. Find out the policeman’s personal problem causing his emotional
disturbance
d. Help subordinate to calm himself before trying to discuss his problem
93. It is a function of management which deals primarily with procedures as to

what is needed to be done, who is to do it, when, where and how it has to be
accomplished. The superior officer is then tagged with the proper guidance of
his subordinates to ensure the successful performance of said tasks.
a. Directing c. Supervising
b. Organizing d. Budgeting
101
94. Essential in the efficient performance of routine duties, in the wise
direction of police effort and supervision and control of personnel.
a. Records c. Communications
b. Public relations d. Funding
95. This record maintains the arrest and jail booking report for all persons
arrested.
a. Arrest and warrant records c. Identification records
b. Administrative records d. Arrest and booking records
96. Serves as the police department’s foundation record, accomplished by the

desk officer, or clerk, or telephone operator receiving a call for police
assistance.
a. Investigation report c. Complaint/assignment sheet
b. Case report d. Daily record of events
97. Theses records in personnel management are designed to aid in

assignments, promotions and disciplinary actions.
a. Case records c. 201 file
b. Identification records d. Administrative records
98. This general plan of action emanates from the highest or top management
and is intended to set-up guidelines in the operation of the organization.
a. Originated policy c. Appealed policy
b. Imposed policy d. Procedures
99. It refers to the division of tasks of command among the officers of various
units.
a. Chain of command c. Delegation of authority
b. Command responsibility d. Personnel management
100. Any Philippine National Police uniformed personnel who are admitted due
to the said waiver program shall be given an appropriate period to satisfy the
accomplishment of the waived requirement particularly referring to education
and weight. What would be his/her status while the said requirements are
pending?
a. Regular uniformed personnel c. Permanent appointment
b. Conditional appointment d. Temporary Appointment
101. They are referred to as first level supervisors.

a. Administrators c. Executives
b. Policy makers d. Division chiefs
102. Rank and file means.

a. Personnel c. Staff
b. Subordinates d. Ordinary employee
103. It is leadership in which the commanding officer assumes minimum

control but provides materials, instructions and information to his
subordinates.
a. Free-rein leadership c. Autocratic leadership
b. Democratic leadership d. None of these
104. The art of influencing people in which the supervisor draws ideas and
suggestions from his subordinates by means of consultation and discussion.
102
105. By this type of leadership, staff members are encourage to participate in
making decisions, goals and methods.
106. This refers to the ability to obtain from each member the highest quality
of service which he is capable of giving by which the supervisor assumes full
accountability for all the actions and seeks obedience from his subordinates
by issuing orders and commands.
107. Executives are classified under the organizational pyramid as:

a. Top management level c. Middle management level
b. First level supervisor d. Second Level supervisor
108. Which among the following constitutes second level supervisors?

a. Executives c. Administrators
b. Division chief d. Section chief
109. They are considered as the top management level in an organizational

pyramid.
a. Administrators c. Executives
b. Policy makers d. Both A and B
110. They provide definite guidelines to achieve consistent treatment of

employees.
a. Goals c. Policy
b. Vision d. Mission
103
CRIMINALISTICS
Scope: Scientific study of the detection of forgery, deception

methods and techniques in the classification of fingerprints,
ballistics examination, the application of chemistry in the
identification of physical evidence-treatment and detection of
poisons, the preparation of photographic evidence in court and
the application of Medical Sciences in crime investigation in the
field of Law and Administration of Justice. (20 %)
104
I POLICE PHOTOGRAPHY
1. It is the inability to focus light passing through the center of the lens
and its edge at the same place on the film.
a. Aberration c. Spherical aberration
b. Chromatic aberration d. All of the foregoing
2. Refers to a picture of the original object photographed.

a. Print c. Negative print
b. Positive print d. Contact print
3. Looking at the object closely with one eye while the other is finding that
the object is not seen from the same angle and has apparently a different
position and shape.
a. Parallax c. Depth of field
b. Lock trough d. Focal distance
4. Characteristic of photographic paper usually utilized in police

photography?
a. Single, glossy, white c. Double, glossy, white
b. Single, matte, cream d. Double, matte, cream
5. When a photograph was developed, the objects in open space cast a

deep and uniform shadow, what was the lighting condition when the shot
was taken?
a. Bright c. Hazy
b. Dull d. Cloudy
6. Refers to the presence of all colors.

a. White light c. Rainbow
b. Gray light d. Black
7. Are devices which allow the photographer to watch the object he is

photographing. It is usually made up of small lens and mirrors.
a. Range finder c. Tripod
b. View finders d. Shutter
8. Refers to the response of film to different wave length of light source.

a. Spectral sensitivity c. Light sensitivity
b. Color sensitivity d. Film sensitivity
9. A film sensitive to ultra violet rays and blue color only.

a. Blue sensitive c. Panchromatic
b. Orthochromatic d. Infra red
10. Lighting condition when objects in open space casts no shadow.

a. Bright c. Hazy
b. Dull d. Cloudy
11. Lens corrected for astigmatism.

a. Aprochomat lens c. Achromatic lens
b. Anastigmat lens d. Rapid rectilinear lens
12. A camera used for surveillance must have a lens with focal length that
is:
a. Wide angle lens c. Telephoto lens
b. Normal lens d. Narrow angle lens
105
13. When a material does not allow light to pass its medium it is said to be:
a. Transparent c. Opaque
b. Translucent d. All of these
14. To separate colors, this homogenous medium absorbs and transmits

light rays passing through it.
a. Filter c. Developer
b. Stop bath d. Fixer
15. In crime scene photography what is the sufficient lens type for interior
photographs?
a. Wide angle lens c. Telephoto lens
b. Normal lens d. Narrow angle lens
16. Refers to the most difficult lens defect.

a. Astigmatism c. Distortion
b. Coma d. Chromatic aberration
17. It is used to allow light to enter through the lens for a predetermined
time interval.
a. View finder c. Light tight box
b. Shutter d. Holder of sensitized material
18. Its primary use in photography is focusing the light to the subject.
a. Light tight box c. Lens
b. Shutter d. View finder
19. It refers to the nearest distance at which a lens is focused with a given
particular diaphragm opening.
a. Depth of field c. Focal distance
b. Hyper-focal distance d. Scale bed
20. It is the distance measured from the nearest to the farthest object.
a. Depth of field c. Scale bed
b. Hyper-focal distance d. Focal distance
21. Which among the following is not a primary color?

a. Red c. Yellow
b. Blue d. Green
22. It is a microscopically small photograph.

a. Microphotograph c. Photomacrograph
b. Photomicrograph d. Macrophotograph
23. The normal developing time of a paper or film.

a. 1 to 1 ½ minutes c. 20 to 30 minutes
24.In enlarging a photograph what would be the ideal paper for printing?
a. Chloride paper c. Contact paper
b. Bromide paper d. Chloro-bromide paper
25. This refers to the absence of all colors.

a. White c. Blue
b. Red d. Black
106
26. A lighting condition wherein subject in open space casts a transparent
shadow.
a. Hazy c. Cloudy bright
b. Cloudy Dull d. Bright
27. To view watermarks in disputed documents, what particular method of

photography is utilized?
a. Bounce light c. Transmitted light
b. Side light d. Reflected light
28. Its primary function is to prevent the contamination of two chemical

solutions in chemical processing in photography.
a. Development c. Fixation
b. Stop-bath d. Bleaching
29.Which among the following comprises the essential parts of a camera?

a. Body, Lens, Shutter, Holder of sensitized material, View finder
b. Light tight box, Shutter, holder of sensitized material, View finder,
Lens aperture
c. Body, Lens, Range finder, holder of sensitized material, Shutter
d. Light tight box, Shutter, range finder, Lens, holder of sensitized
material
30. A lens with a focal length of less than the diagonal of its negative
material.
a. Wide angle lens c. Long lens
b. Normal lens d. Telephoto lens
31. Mechanism that is used to measure the angle of convergence of light

coming from a subject as seen from two apertures.
a. Focusing scale c. View finder
b. Scale bed d. Range finder
32. It is a magnified picture of a small object produced by connecting the

lens of a camera with the ocular of a compound microscope.
a. Microphotograph c. Photomacrograph
b. Photomicrograph d. Macrophotograph
33. Attributed as the person who first discovered first true photography.
a. William Henry Fox Talbot c. Louis Jacques Daguirre
b. Thomas Wedgewood d. Joseph Nicephore Niepce
34. Basic film exposure with an ASA rating of 100 at bright sunlight with
normal subject.
a. 1/30 f-8 c. 1/60 f-4
b. 1/125 f-11 d. 1/250 f-8
35. In police photography, to obtain a general view of the scene we use a

camera at what particular level?
a. Elevated c. Bird’s eye view
b. Eye level d. Worm’s eye view
107
36.The wavelength of electromagnetic energy expressed in milli-microns in
reference to visible light is:
a. 001 to 100 c. 400 to 700
b. 300 to 400 d. 700 to 1000
37. Photography is defined as drawing with what particular element?

a. Light c. Film
b. Camera d. Developer
38. It refers to a lens that is characterized as by the thicker center and

thinner sides.
a. Positive lens c. Convex lens
b. Negative lens d. Concave lens
39. It is the film with the widest range of sensitivity to the various energies
of the electromagnetic spectrum.
a. Infra-red c. Orthochromatic
b. X-ray d. Panchromatic
40. The first use of photography in police work is in what particular field?
a. Crime prevention c. Surveillance work
b. Identification files d. Crime scene investigation
41. The chemical processing step wherein the latent image recorded on the
paper or film becomes visible.
a. Fixer c. Stop bath
b. Bleacher d. Developer
42. Refers to the process of taking pictures with the use of microscope.
a. Microphotography c. Macrophotography
b. Photomicrography d. Photomacrography
43. The primary controlling factor of the sharpness of image refers to:
a. Hyper-focal distance c. Focusing
b. Focal distance d. Focal length
44. Infrared radiation is also referred to as:

a. Laser light c. Black light
b. Coherent light d. Heat rays
45. The emulsion speed rating of films expressed in logarithmic values

refers to:
a. ISO rating c. DIN rating
b. ASA rating d. BSI rating
46. Commonly used hardening agent in an acid fixing solution.

a. Hypo or silver halide c. Sodium Sulfate
b. Potassium Alum d. Acetic Acid
47. Chemical used as an accelerator in a developer solution.

a. Hydroquinone c. Sodium carbonate
b. Sodium sulfite d. Potassium bromide
48. Refers to the product of illumination and time.

a. Exposure c. Sensitized material
b. Development d. Photograph
108
49. Chemical used in developing to prevent fogging.
a. Potassium Bromide c. Sodium carbonate
b. Sodium Sulfite d. Boric Acid
50. A homogenous mixture which absorbs and transmits differentially light

rays passing through it.
a. Stop bath c. Filter
b. Fixer d. Dektol
51. An instrument which measures the intensity of light falling on the

subject, which indicates the proper F stop and shutter speed to use with a
specific film. Also known as a light meter.
a. Range finder c. Shutter
b. View finder d. Exposure meter
52. It refers to the taking photographs of arrested persons for identification

purposes.
a. Rouge gallery c. Booking
b. Line-up d. Mugging
53. A light sensitive material placed inside the camera.

a. Filter c. Negative
b. Paper d. Film
54. It is a coating which consists of light sensitive silver salts in a gelatin

medium used for all photographic films and papers.
a. Solution c. Dektol
b. Halides d. Emulsion
55. A sheet of brass which has a chromium plated surface on one side
used for producing a highly glossy picture.
a. Platen c. Developer
b. Tripod d. Ferrotype plate
56. It includes the inability of the lens to image straight lines.

a. Aberration c. Chromatic aberration
b. Distortion d. Spherical aberration
57. The tonal difference between the darkest and lightest portion of a
negative or print.
a. Degree c. Hue
b. Contrast d. Light
58. A photographic positive made while exposing the photographic paper

being held tightly against a negative.
a. Print c. Negative print
b. Contact print d. Positive print
59. Commonly known as “hypo” the purpose of this solution is to harder

the gelatin emulsion on the film and to dissolve all undeveloped and
unexposed silver halides.
a. Developer c. Emulsion
b. Clearing or fixing bath d. Dektol
60. The inability of the lens to focus both horizontal and vertical plane at
the same time.
a. Aberration c. Coma
b. Astigmatism d. Distortion
109
61. The simplest type of camera.
a. View finder type c. Twin lens reflex type
b. Single lens reflex type d. View or press camera type
62. Using this camera, the entire coverage is seen behind the lens, the
image is reflected to the viewer and it enables the photographer to compose
and focus the objects being photographed.
63. This type of camera will eliminate parallax error and will work well with
all lenses, but difficult to focus under dim conditions.
64. In this type of camera the image being photographed can be seen in flat
surface as reflected by the mirror behind the viewing lens. The viewing
screen will help the photographer in the accurate composition of the object
to photograph as he looks into the camera at his waist level.
65. The biggest and most sophisticated type of camera.

66. This camera is useful in law enforcement photography especially in the

reproduction of document and photomicrography wherein minute object
can be enlarged and composed accurately in the large viewing screen of
this type of camera.
67. Usually this camera is made up of a lens located at the peephole of the
camera. More often the focusing system of this camera is in the view finder
itself.
68. This type of camera can provide an excellent focusing system especially
at dim light condition.
69. Which among the following camera is utilized by means of a tripod?

70. This accessory is attached to the shutter to prevent accidental

movement of the camera during the exposure period.
a. Tripod c. Cable release
b. Flash unit d. Light meter
71. A devise used in determining the intensity of light that strikes the
object and affects the film.
a. Tripod c. Cable release
110
72. A device used in photographing minute objects attached to the lens
board of a camera.
a. Extension tube c. Cable release
73. A transparent medium which transmit and absorb different wave

lengths of lights, usually made of glass or gelatin material placed in front
or behind the camera lens.
a. Filters c. Light meter
b. Coma d. Flash unit
74. This filter is used in excessively bright light and would protect the
camera lens from accidental scratches and abrasions.
a. Contrast filter c. Neutral density filter
b. Correction filter d. Polarizing filter
75. The most dependable device that will measure the brightness of light.
a. Extinction meter c. Photo-electric meter
b. Light meter d. Flash unit
76. It refers to a lens which forms a real image on the opposite side of the
lens.
77. It is thinner on the middle than the edge and this lens forms a virtual
image on the same side of lens. Also known as a diverging lens because of
its power to swerve rays of light that passes through it.
78. The failure of the lens to produce a point image of an object point.
a. Astigmatism c. Coma
b. Curvature of field d. Distortion
79. A combination of two achromatic lens with almost the same focal
length.
a. Simple meniscus lens c. Anastigmatic lens
b. Rapid rectilinear lens d. Process lens
80. Court recommended size of photograph submitted as evidence.

a. 5 x 7 c. 8 x 9
b. 5 x 6 d. 8 x 10
II. PERSONAL IDENTIFICATION
1. Fingerprint patterns are ___________, as all fingerprint experts agree.

a. Always inherited c. Inherited as mendelian characteristics
b. Sometimes inherited d. Never inherited
2. In the process of developing the impressions, the fingerprint powder

should be applied as soon as the ridges become visible;
a. Across the ridge c. In the direction of the ridge trend
b. In the interspaces d. In the center of the ridge
111
3. Refers to as fingerprint pattern wherein the ridge flow from one side to
the other without recurving, and ridges rising in the center.
a. Plain arch c. Plain whorl
b. Tented arch d. Plain loop
4. A pattern in which the ridges flow from one circle to another without
recurving, usually forming a slight upward curve in the center having
resemblance of an arch.
a. Plain arch c. Plain whorl
b. Tented arch d. Plain loop
5. It is a fingerprint pattern in which the ridge or downward slant from the

little finger toward the radius bone or the thumb.
a. Loop c. Radial loop
b. Ulnar loop d. Tented arch
6. The system of fingerprinting is referred to as:

a. Poroscopy c. Dactyloscopy
b. Podoscopy d. Palmistry
7. In taking the fingerprint, it is a must to instruct the subject to:

a. Stiffen the fingers
b. Relax the fingers
c. Wash both hands before taking the prints
d. Exert pressure on the inking process
8. It is a ridge in the center of the fingerprint pattern which may resemble a

rod, loop, or a spiral in the interior of the pattern.
a. Core c. Delta
b. Loop d. Bifurcation
9. A German criminologist who discovered that fingerprinting for

identification purpose were already used in the Far East during the Tang
dynasty from 618 to 906 A.D.
a. Henry Faulds c. Robert Heindle
b. Dr. Nehemiah Greu d. Alphonse Bertillon
10. Regarded as the “Father of Fingerprints”.

a. Sir Edward Richard Henry c. Alphonse Bertillon
b. Sir Francis Galton d. Gilbert Thompson
11. Basis of fingerprint identification.

a. Pores c. Friction ridges
b. Ridges d. Latent print
12. Fingerprinting is universally used as a valuable method of

identification due to following reason; except:
a. Fingerprints are not changeable
b. There are no two identical fingerprints
c. Wounded or burned out patterns will re-appear
d. It is formed in the ninth month of pregnancy
13. Period of a person’s life wherein papillary ridges are formed and
developed?
a. 3rd month of fetal life c. At birth
b. 6th month of infancy d. 3 months after birth
112
14. Nucleus of the fingerprint pattern which may resemble a loop, spiral or
rod.
a. Delta c. Ridge
b. Core d. Whorl
15. Minimum identical characteristic detail to justify the identity between

two points.
a. Nine c. Fifteen
b. Twelve d. Eighteen
16. A British scientist who devoted his work to the study of fingerprint and
established his system of fingerprint classification in England.
a. Sir Francis Galton c. Samuel Clemens
b. Sir Edward Richard Henry d. Gilbert Thompson
17. An American who first utilized fingerprint classification to prevent

forgery in New Mexico.
a. Sir Francis Galton c. Samuel Clemens
18. First chief of the Identification Bureau in Paris who was known for his
anthropometric measurement.
a. Alphonse Bertillon c. Samuel Clemens
19. First Filipino expert on fingerprinting.

a. Atty. Agustin Patricio c. Atty. Lorenzo Sunico
b. Gen. Rafael Crame d. Col. Jose Lukban
20. First judicial decision within Philippine jurisprudence relying on the

science of fingerprinting.
a. People of the Philippines Vs. Medina, 59, Phil. 330
b. People of the Philippines vs. Ponferada, 54 Phil.68
c. People of the Philippines vs. Arseni, 34 Phil.750
d. People of the Philippines vs. Pacana, 47 Phil.48
21. Papillary or friction ridges may be located at:

a. Fingers c. Soles of the feet
b. Palms d. All of the above
22. The fingerprint classification which is used in the United States.

a. Henry System c. Bertillion System
b. Batley System d. Galton System
23. Which among the following is considered as a basic type of ridge

characteristics?
a. Ridge endings c. Dots
b. Bifurcation d. All of the foregoing
24. Study of the characteristics formed by the sides of papillary ridges as

means of identification.
a. Edgeoscopy c. Podoscopy
b. Poroscopy d. Chiroscopy
25. In taking fingerprints the absolute control of the subject’s hand is:
a. Necessary c. Optional
b. Unnecessary d. Excessive
113
26. Usually occupational damage to ridge formation is;
a. Temporary c. Lasting
b. Permanent d. Stable
27. An inking pad which requires no ink or roller.

a. Porelon c. Inkless pad
b. Special pad d. None of these
28. If the same digits of both hands are missing, the impression is held to
be:
a. Plain whorl meeting c. Arches
b. Loops d. Dependent on ridge tracings
29. Referred to as cutter terminus:

a. Delta c. Bifurcation
b. Dots d. None of these
30. Failure to clean the slab after using it produces:

a. Impression of false markings c. Pattern reversals
b. Accentuation of patterns d. Difficulty in photographing
31. In taking fingerprints _________ are rolled away from the body of the
subject.
a. All fingers c. Both thumbs
b. All fingers except the thumbs d. Both little fingers
32. Impressions which are taken simultaneously on the fingerprint card

are referred to as:
a. Rolled impressions c. Fragmentary impressions
b. Plain impressions d. Visible impressions
33. Known for his rule which states that” No two individuals in the world
are exactly the same size and that human skeleton does not change after
20 years.
a. Darwin c. Galton
b. Mendel d. Bertillon
34. The easiest means of discovering latent fingerprint is to view the area:
a. Obliquely c. Directly
b. About half an inch distance d. About one inch distance
35. Fingerprint pattern in which two or different type of pattern are

represented.
a. Accidental loop c. Double loop
b. Central pocket loop d. Whorl
36. A distinct fingerprint pattern with two separate loops, with its
respective shoulder and deltas.
a. Double loop c. Central pocket loop
b. Accidental loop d. Whorl
37. A fingerprint pattern with a single loop but has two deltas.
a. Accidental loop c. Whorl
b. Double loop d. Central pocket loop
38. What pattern bears a downward slant of ridge from the thumb toward
the little finger?
a. Tented Arch c. Ulnar loop
114
b. Radial loop d. Loop
39. A fingerprint pattern which one or more ridges enter on either side of
the impression by a recurve, and terminate on the same side where the
ridge has entered.
a. Tented arch c. Ulnar loop
b. Radial loop d. Loop
40. It is triangular shaped and formed by the bifurcation of a ridge at the

outer portion of the pattern.
a. Latent prints c. Core
b. Ridge d. Delta
41. The three basic types of ridge characteristics are:

a. Enclosure, long ridges and upthrusts
b. Criss-crossing ridges, incipient ridges and spurs
c. Ridge endings, dots and bifurcations
d. Type lines, converging ridges and recurving ridges
42. A single ridge that bifurcates and meets again to form a single ridge is
called:
a. Enclosure ridge c. Short ridges
b. Dot ridges d. Resembling a loop
43. Which part of the human body has no papillary ridges.

a. Soles of the foot c. Finger
b. Palm d. Both A and B
44. Points often missed in rolling impression.

a. Bifurcation c. Delta
b. Core d. Ridge
45. Fingerprints left at the crime scene which may be an impression or

imprint.
a. Latent print c. Loop
b. Pattern d. Arch
46. Which among the following is not considered as a basic fingerprint

pattern?
a. Loop c. Whorl
b. Arch d. Accidental
47. A fingerprint pattern in which the ridges form a sequence of spirals

around core axes.
a. Whorl c. Double loop
b. Central pocket loop d. Accidental
48. Refers to the study of sweat gland openings found on papillary ridges
as a means of identification.
a. Poroscopy c. Podoscopy
b. Edeoscopy d. Dactyloscopy
49. A ridge which forks out into two ridges.

a. Delta c. Core
b. Bifurcation d. Pores
50. Fingerprints pattern in which the downward slant or ridges from the
little finger toward the thumb.
115
a. Ulnar loop c. Arch
b. Radial loop d. Whorl
51. To help identify a subject who is an alien, the most vital information to
be obtained at the Bureau of Immigration and Deportation is…
a. Educational attainment of the alien c. Occupation of the alien
b. Residence of the alien d. Port of entry of the alien
52. In tracing a suspected person at large in a criminal case, the least vital
among the following would be…
a. His appearance and how he dresses
b. Known associates and companions
c. His occupation or means of livelihood
d. Where the suspect hang’s out
53. What does the first two digit of a person’s Social Security Number
indicates?
a. The occupation of the member at the time of registration
b. The month of registration
c. The income bracket or group where the member belongs
d. The region where the member originally registered
54. In determining the identity of an unknown dead body found in a river,

wherein no identifying papers are to be found, and the body is badly
mutilated and swollen, which among the following means of identification
is least dependable?
a. Fingerprints c. Scars on the body
b. Tatoo markings on the body d. Measurement of the body
55. In reporting a missing person, which among the following is the most
vital information necessary to locate the said person?
a. Clinical or medical history of the person
b. Personal traits and habits
c. Mental attitude and condition at the time of the disappearance
d. Physical description
56. Given to a complete set of ten fingers as they appear on a fingerprint

card generally based on pattern type, ridge tracing or ridge count.
a. Henry System c. Fingerprint Classification
b. Battley System d. Classification Formula
57. It constitutes approximately 65% of all fingerprints.

a. Loops c. Whorls
b. Arches d. Accidentals
58. That part of the fingerprint wherein we find the core and delta.
a. Bifurcation c. Type lines
b. Pattern area d. None of these
59. Refers to innermost ridges that run parallel, diverge and surround or
tend to surround the pattern area.
a. Delta c. Core
b. Divergence d. Type lines
60. A smooth spreading apart of two ridges which have been running
parallel or nearly parallel.
a. Island c. Divergence
b. Dot d. Convergence
116
61. A small ridge attached to another ridge.
a. Island c. Bifurcation
b. Dot d. Appendage
62. In ridge counting of loops, which among the following is not counted?
a. Delta c. Intervening ridges
b. Core d. Both A and B
63. When the trace is whorls is on the outside or core outside of right delta
three or more ridges, the trace is determined to be;
a. (I) Inner c. (M) Meet
b. (O) Outer d. None of these
64. Represents the total numerical value of the even numbered fingers plus
one over the total number numerical value of the odd numbered fingers
plus one.
a. Primary c. Key
b. Secondary d. Final
65. In the classification, this is always shown in capital letters with the
right hand over the help.
a. Primary c. Key
b. Secondary d. Final
66. It tells us the classification of the thumbprints on the fingerprint card

and appears showing the right hand over the left hand.
a. Major division c. Key
b. Primary d. Final
67. If all fingers are amputated or missing at birth, the classification will
be;
a. M 32 W MMM c. M 30 W MMM
M 32 W MMM M 30 W MMM
b. M 31 W MMM d. None of these
M 31 W MMM
68. If one finger is amputated, it is given a classification with that of;

a. The opposite finger c. The first finger
b. The next finger d. The last finger
69. It consists of recordings of all friction ridges present on the palmar

surfaces of the hands and the inner surfaces of the fingers. They are
commonly utilized to make accurate and conclusive comparisons with all
latent prints obtained during the investigation of a major case.
a. Major case print c. Special case print
b. Fingerprint chart d. None of these
70. In trying to obtain prints on fingers of a dead person which is stiff or

when rigor mortis has set in, injection of a tissue builder by a hypodermic
needle at the joint of the finger up to the tip of the finger is undertaken.
Which among the following is the most commonly utilized tissue builder?
a. Glycerine c. Saline Solution
b. Water d. Both A and B
117
III FORENSIC CHEMISTRY AND TOXICOLOGY
1. The most reliable and delicate test for the determination of the presence
of blood by means of an optical instrument.
a. Precipitin test c. Microscopic test
b. Spectroscopic test d. Florence test
2. It is used to characterize and locate seminal fluid.

a. Florence test c. Barberio’s test
b. Microscopic examination d. Acid Phosphate test
3. A test used if the powder particles of nitrates and nitrites are deeply
embedded in the clothing, the visible result of which is the fact that
nitrates are converted to a dye.
a. Walker’s test c. Microscopic test
b. Diphenylamine test d. Spectroscopic test
4. An examination which is used to determine the general group to which

the fiber belongs.
a. Chemical test c. Fluorescence test
b. Florence test d. Burning or ignition test
5. A reliable test which is used to identify and compare ballpoint pen ink.
a. Spot test c. Paper chromatography
b. Chemical test d. Dissolution test
6. A rapid and convenient method of determining the density of small glass

fragments.
a. Density gradient test c. Immersion method
b. Flotation method d. Polish mark examination
7. A test which shows the constituent elements of a glass which is key to

establish the origin of the glass samples examined.
a. X-ray diffraction test c. Spectographic analysis
b. Ultra violet light examination d. Physical property examination
8. Simon’s reagent and shabu combined will yield what visible result?
a. Yellow c. Green
b. Blue d. Red
9. Used to determine human semen under microscopic examination.

a. Spermine nitrate c. Spermatozoa
b. Hemochromagen crystals d. Choline periodic crystals
10. Positive result of Marijuana if combined with HCL.

a. Yellow fluorescence c. Blue specks
b. Effervescence d. No reaction
11. A person who fired a gun would be positively identified when DPA
solution is used with the visible result of:
a. Blue specks c. Orange brown specks
b. Bluish fluorescence d. Green specks
12. Fundamental unit of heredity.

a. Sperm cell c. Gene
b. Egg cell d. DNA
118
13. Which among the foregoing is not usually used specimen in DNA
typing?
a. Hair c. Blood
b. Bones d. Semen
14. A very large molecule made by linking together a series of repeating

units.
a. Gene c. Nucleotide
b. Polymer d. Double helix
15. The production of amino acid is controlled by a sequence of how many

bases on the DNA molecule?
a. Two c. Four
b. Three d. Five
16. The circulating tissue of the body.

a. Semen c. Cells
b. Blood d. Muscles
17. A man of average built would normally have how many quarts of blood?
a. 6 quarts c. 8 quarts
b. 7 quarts d. 9 quarts
18. It is a stray yellow colored liquid, and comprises about 65% of the
blood.
a. Platelets c. Leucocytes
b. Fibrin d. Plasma
19. It is the oxygen carrier of the blood.

a. Plasma c. Erythrocytes
b. Hemoglobin d. Fibrin
20. Reliable and easy way to test blood even when it is decomposed and
stained with contamination.
a. Benzidine test c. Phenolphthalein test
b. Van Deen’s Test d. Precipitin test.
21. Stage of blood examination wherein the actual proof that subject is
definitely blood.
a. Preliminary test c. Precipitin test
b. Confirmatory test d. Blood typing and grouping
22. Test to determine whether blood is of human origin or not.

a. Preliminary test c. Precipitin test
b. Confirmatory test d. Blood typing and grouping
23. Positive result in the preliminary examination for semen in Barberio’s

test.
a. Picric acid c. Napthol diazonium
b. Spermine picrate d. Anthraquinous chloride
24. Coffee when given to drunken persons is what kind of antidote?

a. Cathartic c. Physiological
b. Chemical d. Demulcent
25. Animal fiber may be best described by:

a. It is composed of protein
b. Gives yellow fluorescence under u.v. light
119
c. It burns fast
d. It has acid like odor when burned
26. Restriction enzymes are used to cut out sequences of DNA having
different________.
a. Length c. Weight
b. Width d. Height
27. How may different bases are associated with the make-up of DNA?
a. Two c. Four
b. Three d. Five
28. DNA requires the pairing of A (adenine) to ________.

a. C (cytosine) c. T (thymine)
b. G (guanine) d. A (adenine)
29. G (guanine) is to be paired with ______ in a double helix configuration.

a. C (cytosine) c. T (thymine)
b. G (guanine) d. A (adenine)
30. The base sequence of T-G-C-A can be paired with the base sequence of
________ to complete a double helix configuration.
a. A-C-G-T c. G-T-A-C
b. C-A-G-T d. A-T-G-C
31. When gunpowder explodes, this would determine the approximate time
of firing the gun?
a. Soot c. Gases
b. Nitrates and nitrites d. Metallic fragments
32. In determining whether the hair is of human or animal origin what

should the chemist examine under the microscope?
a. Parts of the shaft c. Parts of the hair
b. Parts of the tip d. Parts of the root
33. A fiber which burns rapidly and the fumes turns blue litmus to red, it
is:
a. Cotton c. Fiber glass
b. Silk d. Steel wool
34. It is the part of the hair which is referred to as a race determinant?

a. Cortex c. Medulla
b. Cuticle d. Shaft
35. A test for fiber used in determining whether it is of human or animal

origin.
a. Ignition test or burning c. Chemical analysis
b. Fluorescence analysis d. Microscopic analysis
36. Kind of ink is wherein the use of chemical bleaches is ineffective.

a. Carbon c. Nigrosine
b. Logwood d. Gallotanic
37. Refers to any agent which neutralizes poison and its effects.
a. Emetics c. Alkaloids
b. Antidotes d. Tetanics
120
38. Which among the following exhibits bluish fluorescence when exposed
to u.v. light?
a. Blood c. Saliva
b. Semen d. Urine
39. Oldest known explosive.

a. Black powder c. Dynamite
b. Smoke powder d. TNT
40. Deals with the study and identification of body fluids.

a. Immunology c. Posology
b. Serology d. Pharmacology
41. Study which deals of poisons, their origin, physical and chemical
properties, physiological action, treatment and method of detection.
a. Forensic Chemistry c. Posology
b. Toxicology d. Forensic Medicine
42. A substance which when introduced into the body is absorbed in the
blood stream and acting chemically is capable of producing noxious effect.
a. Drugs c. Poison
b. Dangerous drugs d. Antidotes
43. Refers to poisons which produces inflammation of the mucous

membrane and characterized by vomiting, pain in the abdomen and
purging.
a. Corrosives c. Narcotics
b. Irritants d. Tetanics
44. When a substance acts directly upon the spinal cord producing
immobility or stiffness to the parts to which they are attached, it is
classified as:
a. Corrosives c. Narcotics
b. Irritants d. Tetanics
45. In criminal investigation metallurgy plays an important application in:

a. Counterfeit coins c. Bombs and Explosives
b. Theft and Robbery d. Restoration of tampered serial numbers
46. Agents which depress or retard the physiological action of an organ.

a. Corrosives c. Tetanics
b. Sedatives d. Narcotics
47. According to the methods of isolation, what poison is isolated by means

of distillation?
a. Volatile poisons c. Metallic poisons
b. Non volatile poisons d. Tetanic poisons
48. When the effect of a poison is marked by disturbance of function or

death within a short time, the poisoning is classified as:
a. Acute poisoning c. Chronic poisoning
b. Sub-acute poisoning d. Suicidal poisoning
49. When the action of the poison is marked by disturbance produced in

distant part from the site of application, it is classified as:
a. Local c. Combined
b. Remote d. Acute
121
50. Refers to that branch of science which treats of the form and quantity
of medicine to be administered within a certain period.
a. Pharmacy c. Toxicology
b. Posology d. Pharmacology
51. The application of chemical principles in the examination of evidence.

a. Forensics c. Instrumentation
b. Criminalistics d. Forensic Chemistry
52. To positively determine the presence of blood in stained material, what

test is used?
a. Takayama Test c. Barberio’s test
b. Phenolphtalien test d. Florence test
53. According to the method of isolation, volatile poisons may be isolated

by means of what process?
a. Extraction c. Distillation
b. Dilution d. Dialysis
54. Which of the following is not an accurate test for the presence of
alcohol in the human body?
a. Saliva test c. Fecal test
b. Harger breath test d. Drug test
55. A disturbance produced by poison on that part with which the poison
came into contact.
a. Acute c. Remote
b. Local d. Combined
56. A material which is used to which is used to improve the quality of the
paper.
a. Sizing material c. Gelatin
b. Rosin d. Starch
57. By adding Millon’s reagent, a pink color would be formed if it is

present.
a. Rosin c. Casein
b. Starch d. Gelatin
58. Oldest ink material known to man.

a. Logwood c. Carbon
b. Nigrosine d. Gallotanic
59. Only type of ink wherein age may be determined.

a. Logwood c. Carbon
b. Nigrosine d. Gallotanic
60. It refers to the obscuring of writing by superimposing ink, pencil or

other marking material.
a. Erasure c. Indented writing
b. Obliterated writing d. Contact writing
61. The process in reproducing physical evidence by plaster moulds.

a. Casting c. Moulage
b. Cementing d. Pickling
62. Major component of a glass.

a. Lime c. Soda
122
b. Silica d. Lime
63. Highly irritant poison which causes local destruction of tissues and
causes nausea.
a. Corrosives c. Tetanics
b. Irritants d. Asthenics
64. Poisons which produces stupor and less feeling.

a. Neurotics c. Depressants
b. Irritants d. Narcotics
65. A super cooled liquid which possess high viscosity and rigidity.
a. Lime c. Glass
b. Soda d. Gel
66. An organic bacterial poison.

a. Strychnine c. Brucine
b. Ptomaine d. Chloroform
67. This test is used to detect the presence of semen particularly in stained
clothing.
a. Microscopic test c. Florence test
b. Barberio’s test d. Ultraviolet test
68. The best method in comparative soil analysis.

a. Chemical examination c. UV light examination
b. Density gradient test d. Microscopic test
69. To know whether a paper is not easily torn, what test is utilized?
a. Accelerated aging test c. Opacity examination
b. Bursting strength test d. Microscopic examination
70. A gas with a rotten egg odor usually made by decaying body.
a. Chloride c. Carbon dioxide
b. Ammonia d. Hydrogen sulfide
71. A condition whereby males have no spermatozoa in their seminal fluid.

a. Aspermia c. Sterility
b. Oligospremia d. Rigidity
72. It is the scientific study of serums which describes the analysis of

antigen-antibody reactions.
a. Serology c. Biology
b. Posology d. Serumnology
73. An incendiary device made of glass bottle filled with gasoline or any
inflammable mixture with a piece of absorbent cotton for a fuse or wick.
a. Tear gas c. Molotov bomb
b. Molotov Cocktail d. RDX
74. Cheapest form of solid oxidizer in an explosive mixture.

a. C-4 c. Ammonium nitrate
b. RDX d. TNT
75. Most utilized and important military explosive.

a. C-4 c. Ammonium nitrate
b. RDX d. TNT
123
76. Earliest substance used for writing.
a. Leaves c. Linen
b. Paper d. Egyptian papyrus
77. Agents which produce intestinal evacuation.

a. Emetic c. Antidotes
b. Cathartics d. Demulcents
78. A product of decomposition found nearly in all soils.

a. Sedentary soil c. Primary minerals
b. Clay minerals d. Organic constituents
79. For radial cracks it states that stress lines on radial crack will be at
right angle to the rear side.
a. RFC rule c. Flotation
b. 3 R’s rule d. Immersion
80. Normally responsible for retraction of the blood cloth.

a. Whiter blood cells (leucocytes) c. Blood platelets(thrombocytes)
b. Red blood cells (erythrocytes) d. Fibribogen
IV. FORENSIC MEDICINE
1. Builder of the first pyramid, he was considered as the first or earliest

recorded medico-legal expert.
a. Antistius c. Paulus Zacchias
b. Imhotep d. San Juan de Bautista
2. First chief medico legal officer of the Philippine Commonwealth.

a. Dr. Sixto delos Angeles c. Dr. Gregorio T. Lantin
b. Dr. Pedro Solis d. Dr. Enrique V. delos Santos
3. Regarded as the Father of Forensic Medicine.

4. Earliest known forensic pathologist or police surgeon, who performed

the autopsy of Julius Caesar, reporting that out of the 23 stab wounds,
only one penetrated the chest cavity between the first and second rib which
was Caesar’s proximate cause of death.
5. First chief of the Medico Legal Division of the Bureau of Investigation.

a. Dr. Sixto delos Angeles c. Dr. Gregorio T. Lantin
b. Dr. Pedro Solis d. Dr. Enrique V. delos Santos
6. This states that the greater number of points of similarities and

variations between two persons, the greater the probability of the
conclusion to be accurate.
a. Prima Facie evidence rule
b. Conclusive evidence rule
c. Law of multiplicity of evidence in identification
d. Chain of custody of evidence
7. Color of blood when exposed to the atmosphere.

124
a. Red c. Reddish-brown
b. Clay d. Black
8. It has for its characteristics as, bright scarlet in color, with high oxygen
content and leaves the blood vessel with pressure.
a. Arterial blood c. Menstrual blood
b. Venous blood d. Human blood
9. Dark red in color, with low oxygen content and usually does not spill far
from the wound.
10. This blood contains a high number of deodorleins bacillus, it does not
clot and has acidic reactions.
11. A condition in which foreign matters are introduced in the blood

stream blocking the blood circulation in the finer capillaries and arterioles.
a. Infection c. Hemorrhage
b. Embolism d. Hematoma
12. It is the disorder of the fluid balance due to peripheral deficiency,

characterized by the decreased blood volume, its flow, hemo-concentration
and renal deficiency.
b. Shock d. Hematoma
13. Extravasations or loss of blood from the circulation due to inflicted

wounds in the cardio-vascular system.
14. The growth and development of micro-organism in the location of the

injury or wound.
15. Effusion of blood into the tissue underneath the skin due to the
rupture of blood vessels as a result of the application of a blunt force.
a. Contusion c. Hemorrhage
16. Wound produced to man’s instinctive reaction of self-preservation to

repel attacks or an aggressor.
a. Defense wound c. Patterned wound
b. Self-inflicted wound d. Mutilated wound
17. A wound which resembles the shape or object of the instrument which
caused it.
a. Defense wound c. Patterned wound
b. Self-inflicted wound d. Mutilated wound
18. Pulverization of the body into ashes with the use of intense heat.
a. Exhumation c. Charring
b. Cremation d. Pounding
125
19. Prescribed depth of a grave under P.D. 856, Section 19 of the Code of
Sanitation.
a. At least ½ meters deep c. At least 1 and ½ meters deep
b. At least 1 meters deep d. At least 2 meters deep
20. A person who died of a communicable disease must be buried within….

a. 6 hours after death, unless the local health officer permits otherwise
b. 12 hours after death, unless the health officer permits extension
c. 24 hours after death, unless the heath officer allows extension
d. 48 hours after death
21. A significant difference between the male and female skull is that in
males, the supercialiary ridges are ______ than compared with females.
a. Less sharp c. More pointed
b. Sharper d. Smoother
22. Female pelvis diameter is _______ compared with male pelvis.

a. Greater c. Lesser
b. Equal d. Less significant
23. How many minutes is necessary persistent cessation in respiration,

circulation and brain function is sufficient to declare a person clinically
dead?
a. 10- 15 minutes c. 30-45 minutes
b. 15- 30 minutes d. 45 – 60 minutes
24. A simple test used to determine cessation of respiration by placing

water or mercury in a container on top of the chest of a person and no
visible movement is noticed.
a. Winslov test c. Barberio’s test
b. Florence test d. Castle Meyer test
25. A muscular change characterized by the softness of the muscles and in

which it no longer responds to mechanical or electrical stimulus due to the
dissolution of proteins.
a. Stage of primary flaccidity c. Rigor mortis
b. Stage of secondary flaccidity d. Livor mortis
26. In tropical countries, hair and nails are detached from a dead body in
how many days?
a. 7 c. 21
b. 14 d. 28
27. Maggots are seen in dead bodies particularly in warm countries within
how many days from death?
a. 1 c. 3
b. 2 d. 4
28. Refers to a fracture where there is a break in the bone, loss of

alignment of the affected bones and separation of fragment bones.
a. Simple fracture c. Communicated fracture
b. Compound fracture d. None of these
29. Bleeding usually in the cavity or organs in the body.

a. Internal hemorrhage c. Contusion
b. Hematoma d. Internal wound
30. Abrasion due to contact with a rough, hard object.

126
a. Imprint abrasion c. Friction abrasion
b. Pressure abrasion d. Graze
31. Reduction of oxygen in the blood.

a. Hypoxia c. Hypercapnea
b. Asphyxia d. None of the foregoing
32. Refers to an abrasion due to pressure applied and with accompanying

movement over the skin.
a. Pressure abrasion c. Impact abrasion
b. Imprint abrasion d. Graze
33. A nervous disease marked by seizures with convulsion and loss of

consciousness.
a. Epilepsy c. Catalepsy
b. Apoplexy d. Uremia
34. Refers to the accumulation in the blood ordinarily eliminated in the

urine; specifically a toxic condition seen in urinary suppression, marked by
nausea, vertigo, vomiting, coma and convulsion.
a. Epilepsy c. Catalepsy
b. Apoplexy d. Uremia
35. Livor mortis or post mortem lividity is completed in how many hours
when the blood has already clotted or diffused to different parts of the body
wherein the discoloration is permanent and darker in color?
36. In blood grouping, should there be no agglutination with either group A

or B what would be the particular blood group of the sample?
a. Group A c. Group AB
b. Group B d. Group O
37. Period of time wherein human bones will not exhibit changes.
38. It is the formation of a soft, friable and brownish white greasy

substance in the soft fatty tissue after death.
a. Saponification c. Mummification
b. Rigor mortis d. Maceration
39. A discoloration of the body after death when the blood tends to pool in
the blood vessels of the most dependent portions of the body and starts 20
to 30 minutes after death and is completed by 12 hours.
a. Rigor mortis c. Maceration
b. Primary flaccidity d. Livor mortis
40. Average time for the stomach to empty its contents after meals.
a. 2 to 3 hours c. 4 to 5 hours
b. 3 to 4 hours d. 5 to 6 hours
41. Rate of growth of human hair.

a. 0.4 to 0.5 mm. / day c. 0.6 to 0.7mm./day
b. 0.5 to 0.6 mm. / day d. 0.7 to 0.8 mm. / day
127
42. A person is considered dead if the rate of fall of body temperature is
about:
a. 10 to 15  F c. 20 to 25 F
b. 15 to 20 F d. 25 to 30 F
43. Sudden inflammation of the pancreas caused by infections carried in

the blood stream. It may follow obstruction of the pancreatic duct and
subsequent congestion of the gland.
a. Perforated peptic ulcer c. Acute intestinal obstruction
b. Generalized peritonitis d. Acute pancreatitis
44. A break or solution in the continuity of the skin.

a. Wound c. Bruise
b. Trauma d. Scratch
45. A wound which inflicted in the body which is so serious that it will
endanger one’s life.
a. Non-mortal wound c. Trauma
b. Mortal wound d. Coup injury
46. A collection of blood underneath the skin.

a. Contusion c. Petechiae
b. Bruise d. Hematoma
47. Straining or tearing of tendons, ligaments and muscles causing skin

discoloration and extreme pain.
a. Sprain c. Fracture
b. Contusion d. Dislocation
48. It is a fracture wherein a break of the skin and bone is evident.

a. Simple c. Comminuted
b. Compound d. Dislocation
49. A displacement of the articular surface of the bone without external

wounds.
a. Sprain c. Hematoma
b. Fracture d. Dislocation
50. In gunshot wounds, when there is evident burning of tissues and

blackening of the skin, it may be ascertained that it is a near contact fire
meaning that the distance of the body to the gun is approximately:
a. 6 inches c. 18 inches
b. 12 inches d. 24 inches
51. A physical injury which is found at the site and also the opposite site of
the application of force.
a. Extensive injury c. Contre coup injury
b. Coup injury d. Coup and contre coup injury
52. A physical injury found at the site of the application of force.

a. Extensive injury c. Contre coup injury
b. Coup injury d. Coup and contre coup injury
53. A wound produced by a blunt instrument such as log and stone.

a. Punctured wound c. Lacerated wound
b. Hack wound d. Incised wound
128
54. When the person was stabbed by an ice pick, what wound would be
exhibited?
55. Wound produced by a butcher’s knife.

56. The basic building blocks of DNA are as follows ACGT, A stands for
what?
a. Adenine c. Adenum
b. Adenide d. Adenoid
57. In crimes which took place twenty years ago, what sample should be
obtained for DNA testing?
a. Fingernails c. Skeleton
b. Hair d. Teeth
58. It is inherited from the mother found in the mitochondria which is in

the cell body.
a. Nuclear DNA c. Mitochondrial DNA
b. Helix d. DNA nucleus
59. Period of time wherein human bones will not exhibit changes.
60. A complete, continuous, persistent cessation of respiration, circulation

and almost all brain function of an organism.
a. Somatic death c. Molecular death
b. Cellular death d. Apparent death
61. Manner of walking of a person which may be natural or secondary.

a. Mannerism c. Gait
b. Tic d. Body language
62. This muscular change upon death lasts about 20 to 30 minutes and is
characterized by the relaxation of the muscles and loss of their natural
tone.
a. Stage of primary flaccidity c. Cadaveric spasm
b. Post mortem rigidity d. Secondary flaccidity
63. Approximate time for the completion of one case for DNA testing.
a. Minimum of 2 weeks c. Minimum of six weeks
b. Minimum of 4 weeks d. Minimum of eight weeks
64. Period of time wherein there body would be completely skeletonized,

under normal conditions in tropical countries.
a. 1 month c. 6 months
65. In cases of suicide, what would be the noticeable muscular change?

a. Cold stiffening c. Instantaneous rigor
b. Heat stiffening d. Putrefaction
66. Fixed discoloration of the blood clothed inside the blood vessels or has
diffused to different parts of the body.
129
a. Diffusion lividity c. Rigor mortis
b. Clotting of the blood d. Hypostatic lividity
67. Approximate average amount of semen per ejaculation under normal

conditions.
a. 2 to 2.5 cubic centimeters c. 5 to 10 cubic centimeters
b. 2.5 to 5 cubic centimeters d. 10 to 15 cubic centimeters
68. DNA, is found in all nucleated cells of the body, it is regarded as the
fingerprint of life. What does it stands for?
a. Deonatural acid c. Deoxyribunucleic acid
b. Dynamic natural anti-body d. Deoxyribunucliec acid
69. A powerful tool in identification which points to the source of biological

evidence by matching it with samples from the victims, suspects and their
relatives.
a. DNA profiling c. Instrumentation
b. Serology d. Forensics
70. Body fluids routinely tested because they are good sources of cells.
a. Saliva and tears c. Urine and semen
b. Semen and saliva d. Semen and blood
71. Human being’s tissue attached to the body which may undergo DNA
testing.
a. Hair c. Skin
b. Bone d. Fingernails
72. It is the dissolution of the tissues by the digestive action of its bacteria
and enzyme.
a. Primary flaccidity c. Cadaveric spasm
b. Post mortem rigidity d. Putrefaction
73. Conclusive evidence that the subject person is a female.

a. Possession of vagina c. Possession of estrogen
b. Possession of ovaries d. Possession of progesterone
74. A person with big face and prominent cheek bones.

a. Hippocratic facie c. Myxedema facie
b. Mongolian facie d. Facies lionine
75. Conclusive evidence that a person is a male.

a. Presence of testis c. Possession of penis
b. Presence of androsterone d.Possession of testosterone
76. A whitish foam at the mouth and nostrils due to mucous secretion of
the respiratory track after death.
a. “Cutis anserina” c. Champignon d’ ocume
b. Washerwoman d. Cadaveric spasm
77. It is a death that occurs due to illness of the body.

a. Natural death c. Somatic death
b. Molecular death d. Apparent death
78. A type of burn produced as a result of the body coming into contact
with a moving object.
a. Thermal burn c. Radiation burn
b. Friction burn d. Electrical burn
130
79. A condition of a woman who has had one ore more sexual experience
but not had conceived a child.
a. Moral virginity c. Physical virginity
b. Demi-virginity d. Virgo-intacts
80. Refers to the action of bacteria to a dead body.

a. Flaccidity c. Lividity
b. Rigidity d. Putrefaction
81. A condition of exposure to cold temperature of certain parts of the body

which produces mechanical disruption of cell structure characterized by
cold stiffening and diminished body temperature.
a. Gangrene c. Trench foot
b. Frostbite d. Immersion foot
82. Failure of adequate heat elimination related to the breakdown of

sweating mechanism.
a. Heat cramp c. Heat stroke
b. Heat exhaustion d. Burning
83. In determining the sex by analyzing the skeleton, which part is not
used?
a. Skull c. Sternum
b. Pelvis d. Tibia
84. A serious burn involving skin, nerves, muscles and bones, considered
as the most severe burn causing death due to loss of fluids and electrolytes
in the body and massive infection.
a. Sunburn c. 2nd degree burn
b. 1st degree burn d. 3rd degree burn
85. A person who is devoid of oxygen for around 3 to 5 minutes would die,
the cause of death would be:
a. Stupor c. Asphyxia
b. Stroke d. Exhaustion
86. Most effective method in determining sex of an individual.

a. Gonodal test c. Genital test
b. Social test d. Chromosomal test
87. Its medico-legal importance is to approximate the time of death.

a. Cadaveric spasm c. Mascular contraction
b. Putrefaction d. Rigor mortis
88. Defloration is the laceration of the hymen due to:

a. Masturbation c. Sodomy
b. Fingering d. Sexual intercourse
89. In cellular or molecular death, death of individual cell occurs in:

a. 20 to 30 minutes. c. 12 to 24 hours
b. 3 to 6 hours d. 24-36 hours
90. Most noticeable sign of death.

a. Cessation of respiration
b. Progressive fall of body temperature
c. Insensibility of body and loss of power to move
d. Cessation of heart action and circulation
131
91. It applies to disease or trauma kills, wherein there is no chance for
complication or sequelae to develop.
a. Proximate cause of death or secondary cause of death
b. Immediate or primary cause of death
c. Cardio-respiratory arrest
d. Nocturnal death
92. An injury or disease which survived for a prolonged interval which

allowed the development of serious sequelae which becomes the cause of
death. It is usually common to cases involving stab wounds.
a. Proximate cause of death or secondary cause of death
b. Immediate or primary cause of death
c. Cardio-respiratory arrest
d. Nocturnal death
93. Their presence in the cadaver would indicate that death has occurred
more than 24 hours hence are useful to proximate the time of death.
a. Flies c. Bees
b. Earthworms d. Butterflies
94. A complete study of a dead body, undertaken by a trained physician.

a. Autopsy c. Medical examination
b. Embalming d. Post-mortem examination
95. Average time of decomposition for tropical countries such as the

Philippines.
a. 12 to 24 hours c. 36 to 48 hours
b. 24 to 48 hours d. 48 to 72 hours
96. After death, the metabolic process inside the body ceases, heat is no
longer produced and the body slowly loses its temperature.
a. Algor mortis c. Cadaveric spasm
b. Rigor mortis d. Suspended animation
97. Transient loss of consciousness with temporary cessation of the vital

functions of the body.
a. Death c. Suspended animation
b. Coma d. Rigor mortis
98. Hair on the body surface is usually:

a. Thick c. Fine
b. Tapering gradually to fine points d. All of the above
99. Characterized by no breathing and heart action, chill in the body and
non-existent reflexes.
a. Death c. Suspended animation
b. Coma d. Rigor mortis
100. The larger the area of contact between the forces applied on the body,
the lesser is the damage inflicted to the body.
a. Kinetic energy c. Time
b. Vital reaction d. Area of transfer
132
V. POLYGRAPHY
1. An examination wherein an informal interview of the subject is

undertaken between 20 to 30 minutes.
a. Post test interrogation c. Actual interrogation
b. Pre test interview d. Lie detection test
2. Which among the following is not a required qualification for a polygraph

examiner?
a. Criminology graduate c. Technical know how
b. Honesty d. Integrity and morals
3. Which among the foregoing is not part in the conduct of a polygraph

examination?
a. Pre-test interview c. Post-test interview
b. Instrumental test d. Psychological test
4. Which among the following is not included in recording the psycho-

physiological response of the subject?
a. Use of water therapy c. WAT/Word Association Test
b. PSE/ Psychological Stress Evaluator d. Polygraph machine
5. A person who is capable of detecting deception with the use of

instrumentation or mechanical device.
a. Interrogator c. Medico-legal officer
b. Detective d. Polygraph examiner
6. Which among the following statement is not among the limitations of the
Polygraph?
a. It is only as accurate as the examiner is competent
b. It is admissible as evidence
c. It is an aid and not a substitute for investigation
d. It is a scientific diagnostic instrument which records responses
7. An invaluable aid in investigation, it refers to the instrumentation in the

detection of crime ort a scientific police method.
a. Photography c. Lie detection
b. Chemistry d. Medicine
8. Questions in connection to the matter under investigation.

a. Relevant c. Control
b. Supplementary d. Irrelevant
9. Refers to query having no bearing or weight to the case under

investigation.
10. A test usually administered as part of the standard test to draw a

better conclusion.
11. This measures, detects and graphically displays voice modulation.

a. Word association test c. Truth serum
b. Psychological stress evaluator d. Water therapy
133
12. In this examination stimulus and non-stimulus words are read to the
subject who in turn is instructed to answer as quickly as possible.
13. A test conducted wherein the subject is instructed not to produce

verbal response.
a. Peak of tension c. Narrative
b. Silent answer d. Guilt complex
14. Using the psychological stress evaluator, a lying subject or when a

person is under stress, the frequencies…
a. Tends to disappear c. Increases
b. Rises d. Stops
15. This test is not concerned with the answer whether it is yes or no, what
is relevant is the time of response in relation to delay the answer.
16. A test undertaken when the subject is not aware of the details of the
offense for which he is under scrutiny.
a. Guilt complex c. Peak of tension
b. Silent answer d. Narrative
17. When response and control questions are consistently similar this is
administered.
a. Guilt complex c. Peak of tension
b. Silent answer d. Narrative
18. This test uses hyoscine hydrobromide drug administered

hypedermically which produces a state of delirium.
a. Hypnotism c. Narco-synthesis
b. Narco-analysis d. Administration of truth serum
19. It is based on the maxim “in vino veritas”, meaning in wine there is
truth.
a. Hypnotism
b. Narco-analysis
c. Intoxication with the use of alcoholic beverage
d. Administration of truth serum
20. In this examination, psychiatric sodium pentothal is administered.

a. Hypnotism
b. Narco-analysis
c. Intoxication with the use of alcoholic beverage
d. Administration of truth serum
21. Most common and scientific method of detecting deception.

a. Polygraphy c. Truth serum
b. Polygraph d. Interrogation
22. Devised an instrument capable of continuously recording pulse rate,

respiration and blood pressure.
a. William Marston c. John Larson
b. Angelo Mosso d. Sticker
23. Psychological response to any demand.

134
a. Reaction c. Pressure
b. Stress d. All of the above
24. For male subjects, what is the amount of air pressure is to be utilized
in the system on cardio or vent.
a. 30 mm c. 90 mm.
b. 60 mm d. 120 mm
25. A subject must have at least how many hours of sleep considered fit for
polygraph examination.
a. 5 c. 7
b. 6 d. 8
26. Type of question related to the facts of the case and is answerable by
NO.
a. Relevant question c. General question
b. Irrelevant question d. Immaterial question
27. A question known to the subject and is answerable by YES.

a. Relevant question c. General question
b. Irrelevant question d. Immaterial question
28. An act of discovery, indicative of the fact that something is hidden or

obscure.
a. Fear c. Detection
b. Deception d. Reaction
29. An inhibition of a previous activity of an effector organ or organism as a

result of stimulation.
a. Response c. Detection
b. Deception d. Reaction
30. Refers to an emotional response to a specific danger, which appears to

go beyond a person’s defensive power.
a. Response c. Stimuli
b. Reaction d. Fear
31. This component drives the chart paper under the recording pen
simultaneously at the rate of 6 to 12 inches per minute.
a. Cardiosphygmograph c. Galvanograph
b. Keymograph d. Pneumograph
32. Part of the galvanograph attached to the left fingers of the subject.
a. Finger electrode plate c. Rubber convoluted tube
b. Diacritic notch d. Keymograph
33. This component record changes of the subject’s blood pressure and
pulse rate.
a. Cardiosphygmograph c. Galvanograph
b. Sphygmomanometer d. Pneumograph
34. It records the subject’s skin resistance to a small amount of electricity.

a. Cardisphygmograph c. Galvanograph
b. Sphygmomanometer d. Pneumograph
35. This component records the changes in the breathing of the subject.
a. Cardisphygmograph c. Galvanograph
c. Sphygmomanometer d. Pneumograph
135
36. Kind of lie wherein a person assumes another identity to deceive
others.
a. Black lie c. Red lie
b. White lie d. Yellow lie
37. Deviation from normal tracing of the subject in the relevant question.
a. Reaction c. Specific response
b. Normal response d. Positive response
38. Chart tracing of subject when irrelevant questions were answered.

a. Reaction c. Specific response
b. Normal response d. Positive response
39. Normal time interval for pre-test interview.

a. 20 to 30 minutes c. 60 to 90 minutes
40. The primary objective of post test interview.

a. To thank the subject c. To make the subject calm
b. To obtain confession d. To explain polygraph test procedures
41. The purpose of pretest interview.

a. To prepare subject for polygraph test
b. To obtain confession
c. To make the subject calm
d. To explain polygraph test procedures
42. Test undertaken when both relevant and control questions are similar
in degree and consistency.
a. Guilt complex test c. Peak of tension
b. Silent answer d. None of the above
43. Refers to questions to ascertain the subject’s normal pattern of

response.
a. Relevant questions c. Supplementary questions
b. Irrelevant questions d. Control questions
44. The number of basic tracings in a modern polygraph.

a. 3 c. 5
b. 4 d. 6
45. Did you hide Senator Lacson in your beach resort? Is an example of
interrogation in lie detection which is:
a. Control question c. Relevant question
b. Irrelevant question d. Leading question
46. Developed the systolic blood pressure method for detecting deception.
a. William Marston c. John Larson
b. Harold Burtt d. Leonard Keeler
47. He noted that respiratory and systolic blood pressure changes were
signs of deception.
a. William Marston c. Leonard Keeler
b. Harold Burtt d. John Larson
48. Italian scientist who used hydrosphygmograph procedure for persons

charged with the commission of a crime.
a. Angelo Mosso c. Lombroso
136
b. Veraguth d. Vittorio Benussi
49. Pioneer who first used the term psychogalvanic skin reflex.
a. Angelo Mosso c. Lombroso
b. Veraguth d. Vittorio Benussi
50. Who first incorporated the galvanograph with measurement,

respiration component and blood pressure.
a. Harold Burtt c. Leonarde Keeler
b. Hans Gross d. John Larson
51. A primitive practice of detecting deception whereby controversies are

settled by means of duel, the victor will be spared from the consequences
and the loser will be pronounced guilty.
a. Ordeal c. Combat
b. Trial by Combat d. None of these
52. Practiced even by the Roman Catholic Church in 1150 AD this Indian
practice of ordeal based on the premise that a person conscious of their
crime and fearful of punishment from God would feel a suffocating
sensation on their throat thus preventing them from swallowing the object
of the ordeal.
a. Bread chewing ordeal c. Rice chewing ordeal
b. Cheese chewing ordeal d. All of these
53. A form of trial undertaken when the accused is asked to fast for twelve
hours and then asked to swallow a small amount of rice and drink a dark
colored water, if this acts as an emetic the accused rejects all the rice, he is
then pronounced innocent.
a. Red hot iron ordeal c. Red water ordeal
b. Rice Chewing ordeal d. Balance ordeal
54. Practiced in the early 600 B.C. this is undertaken by determining the
veracity of the statement of the accused by placing him on a scale of
balance and in the other scale a counter balance. He is then asked to go
down while exhortation on the scale is given, when the accused is placed
on the scale and found to be lighter than before he is acquitted.
a. Boiling water ordeal c. Donkey’s Tail ordeal
b. Balance ordeal d. Red hot iron ordeal.
55. Prevalently practiced in Africa, this test of deception is undertaken by

asking those persons suspected of committing a crime to place their right
arm into a boiling pot of water, the person who lost some skin or showed
blisters would be determined as the one guilty of the crime.
a. Boiling water ordeal c. Donkey’s Tail ordeal
b. Balance ordeal d. Red hot iron ordeal.
56.The polygraph examination enjoys general acceptance among varied

authorities, except the court because it possess a high degree of reliability.
The results are estimated to be more than ____ % accurate.
a. 70 c. 80
b. 75 d. 90
57. The best indication of deception in polygraph examinations is the

simultaneous specific responses in the ___ tracings.
a. 2 c. 4
b. 3 d. None of these
137
58. If a Yes answer is given by the subject, the examiner marks this on the
chart.
a. X c. +
b. XX d. –
59. Conducted immediately after the completion of the first test while blood
pressure cuff is still deflated. This is used to stimulate lying subjects into
specific responses to the subsequent relevant questions and to afford the
lying subject an opportunity to try to distort the Polygraph examination
tracings which would eventually result in exposing his deception.
a. Silent Answer Test c. Mixed Questions Test
b. Card Test d. Guilt Complex Test
60. As part of customary test procedures, the polygraph examiner should

prepare a list of not more than ____ questions to be asked in a planned
sequence.
a. 10 c. 15
b. 12 d. 20
VI. FORENSIC BALLISTICS
1. Rifling in the bore of small arms is primarily designed for:

a. Increase the speed of the bullet
b. Decrease the amount of recoil
c. Increase impact damage
d. Prevent the bullet from turning end over in the air.
2. Scientific examinations of bullets and firearms presumably used in the

commission of a crime.
a. Interior ballistics c. Terminal ballistics
b. Exterior ballistics d. Forensic ballistics
3. A result of wear and tear, corrosion, erosion which affects the normal
operation of a firearm.
a. Factory defect c. Individual intentional characteristics
b. Precipitate d. Individual accidental characteristics
4. Cannelure is used in firearms identification to determine.

a. Manufacturer of the firearm c. Type of gun
b. Manufacturer of the bullet d. Weapon that fired the shot.
5. A barrel of any firearm is legally classified as:

a. Part of the firearm c. Accessory
b. Nomenclature d. Complete firearm
6. Rate of twist in the rifling of a rifle or pistol barrel.

a. Land c. Leed
b. Grooves d. Ogive
7. A test used to determine the distance from the bullet hole at which the
gun was fired.
a. Triangulation c. Alphanothylamine test
b. Photo-micrographic test d. Diphenylamine test
8. After repeated firing of a revolver, this is deposited frequently on the

index finger of the hand which the shooter used to fire the gun.
138
a. Powder burn c. Precipitin
b. Residue d. Dirt
9. To link a shell with a shotgun that fired it, in the laboratory examination
it should be given:
a. Wadding c. Pellets
b Cap d. Wads
10. In firearms identification, it is essential to supplement the serial

number with…
a. Caliber c. Make and model number
b. Frame number d. All of these
11. It is a result when the firearm is shot at around 2 to 8 inches to the

target.
a. Smudging c. Contact burn
b. Tatooing d. Contact wound
12. It is produced when the muzzle is held against the target or body when
fired.
a. Smudging c. Contact burn
b. Tatooing d. Contact wound
13. In the effort to identify the shell with the revolver which fired it, which
among the following is essential?
a. Marks of the breechblock c. None of these
b. Marks of the firing pin hole d. Both A and B
14. In shots fired from an automatic pistol, the shell in most cases….
a. Will be found on the scene of the crime
b. Will remain in the chamber
c. Will be rarely found in the scene of the crime
d. Will be usually disposed by the perpetrator
15. When booking a fired bullet, the mark used to identify it is placed on.
a. Its base c. Its side and base
b. Its side d. Its nose
16. Danao made firearms or homemade weapons are usually classified as:
a. Flare guns c. Matchlock
b. Zip guns d. Freakish device
17. The most reliable of all individual characteristics, when fired cartridges
are concerned.
a. Extractor marks c. Chamber marks
b. Ejector marks d. Breechface marks
18. It literally means delay in discharge or the cartridge’s failure to explode

on time.
a. Misfire c. Ricochet
b. Hang fire d. Key hole shot
19. A bullet fired from a firearm with an oversized or oily barrel or its lands
have been worn down would produce what kind of markings?
a. Slippage marks c. Rifling marks
b. Skid marks d. Shearing marks
20. Measuring device used to measure the velocity of projectiles.

139
a. Caliper c. Test bullet
b. Chronograph d. Bullet recovery box
21. Any metallic body referred to as a bullet.

a. Projectile c. Shell
b. Ball d. Missile
22. The science of dealing with the motion of projectiles at the same time it
leaves the muzzle of the firearm to the time it hits the target.
b. Exterior ballistics d. Posterior ballistics
23. The science which deals with the effect of the impact of the projectile
on the target.
b. Exterior ballistics d. Posterior ballistics
24. Part of the firearm which strikes the firing pin.

a. Trigger c. Sear
b. Hammer d. Main spring
25. Applied to a shot gun which indicates bore diameter is equal to the
diameter of the lead ball whose weight in pound is equal to reciprocal
gauge index.
a. Caliber c. Shot
b. Gauge d. Charge
26. An ancient smooth bore weapon designed to shoot a single round lead
ball.
a. Shotgun c. Musket
b. Rifle d. Pistol
27. A smooth bore weapon designed to shoot a number of lead pellets in

one charge.
a. Shotgun c. Musket
b. Rifle d. Pistol
28. Part of the firearm which closes the rear of the bore against the force of
the charge.
a. Breechblock c. Ejector
b. Breechface d. Extractor
29. Firearm mechanism which causes empty shell to be withdrawn from

the chamber.
a. Breechblock c. Ejector
b. Breechface d. Extractor
30. Refers to the channels cut in the interior surface of the barrel.
a. Rifling c. Groove
b. Land d. Cannelure
31. Rearward movement of a firearm from firing.

a. Recoil c. Back fire
b. Force d. Shot force
32. Refers to the mechanical wear and tear of the bore due to sliding
friction when the bullet passes through it.
a. Erosion c. Corrosion
140
b. Rusting d. Decomposition
33. Distance that the rifling advances to make one complete turn.
a. Pitch of rifling c. Trajectory
b. Choke d. Recoil
34. Needed for a cartridge to be considered as a complete unfired unit

a. Bullet c. Gunpowder
b. Primer d. All of these
35. Most common individual characteristic that are visible on the base
portion of then fired cartridge.
a. Firing pin impression c. Extractor marks
b. Ejector marks d. Chamber marks
36. Failure of a cartridge to discharge.

a. Misfire c. Ricochet
b. Hang fire d. Key hole shot
37. Invented the gunpowder.

a. Chinese c. Van Amberg
b. James Forsythe d. Berthold Schwartz
38. Refers to a complete unfired unit of ammunition placed into gun

chamber.
a. Cartridge c. Bullet
b. Primer d. Shell
39. The measurement of the bore diameter from land to land.

a. Gauge c. Caliber
b. Mean diameter d. Riflings
40. This part of the firearm strikes the primer causing the firing of the
cartridge.
a. Hammer c. Trigger
b. Ejector d. Firing pin
41. Term used in referring to the tip of a bullet.

a. Breech c. Rim
b. Ogive d. Pitch
42. A smooth bore military firearm which has no rifling:

a. Shotgun c. Pistol
b. Rifle d. Revolver
43. A bullet covered with a thick coating of copper alloy to prevent leading.
a. Jacketed bullet c. Metal point bullet
b. Metal cased bullet d. Plated bullet
44. The tumbling of the bullet in its trajectory and hitting the target
sideways.
a. Key hole shot c. Hang fire
b. Ricochet d. Misfire
45. A part of ballistics dealing with firearm identification.

a. Interior c. Terminal
b. Exterior d. Forensic
141
46. Minimum requirement for conclusive conclusions in forensic ballistics.
a. 3 test bullets/shells c. 5 test bullets/shells
b. 4 test bullets/shells d. 6 test bullets/shells
47. It refers to the placement of the right and left specimen in side by side
position.
a. Drag marks c. Juxtaposition
b. Positively matched d. Pseudomatch
48. Pattern or curved path of the bullet in flight.

a. Range c. Velocity
b. Trajectory d. Yaw
49. Bullets containing nitrate compounds which is set on fire when it is

projected.
a. Incendiary bullets c. Tracer bullet
b. Ball bullet d. Explosive bullet
50. Refers to the deflection of the bullet from its normal path after striking
a resistant surface.
a. Mushroom c. Ricochet
b. Key hole shot d. Misfire
51. Caliber in the firearm is measured in the barrel from what particular
part?
a. From land to land c. From groove to groove
b. From land to groove d. From groove to land
52. Revolver is distinguished form pistol by:

a. Frame c. Slide assembly
b. Barrel d. Rotating cylinder
53. The term double action in a firearm means.

a. Cocks and releases the hammer simultaneously
b. Manually cocks the hammer
c. Auto-loads before firing
d. Double pressing of trigger
54. The capacity of the bullet to expand on or after impact.

a. Mushroom c. Ricochet
b. Keyhole shot d. Schorching
55. Regarded as the father of ballistics.

a. Albert Osborne c. Hans Gross
b. Col. Calvin H. Goddard d. Charles Waite
56. Raised portion between the grooves found inside the barrel.
a. Land c. Gauge
b. Caliber d. Rifling
57. The unstable rotating motion of the bullet.

a. Yaw c. Velocity
b. Trajectory d. Gyroscopic action
58. A lead type bullet is usually fired from what particular firearm?
a. Rifle c. Pistol
b. Revolver d. Sub-machinegun
142
59. It refers to the helical grooves cut in the interior surface of the bore.
a. Rifling c. Ogive
b. Breaching d. Swaging
60. A primer with two vents or flash holes

a. Bordan primer c. Boxer primer
b. Berdan primer d. Battery primer
61. Ballistics was derived from the Greek word ____ which means to throw.
a. Ballo c. Ballien
b. Ballista d. Any of these
62. This event was instrumental in the acceptance of ballistics in court

proceedings in the United States.
a. St. Valentine’s Day Massacre c. Gunfight at the OK coral
b. Chicago Shootout in 1929 d. 9/11
63. Placed in the barrels of the firearm to impart a spin on the bullet that
pass through it.
a. Lands c. Rifling
b. Grooves d. All of these
64. The modern method of rifling which uses a hardened steel rod with
several cutting rings spaced down the rod.
a. Button rifling c. Polygonal rifling
b. Broach rifling d. Electrochemical rifling
65. The most common method of rifling used today, wherein the grooves
are formed in the barrel under very high pressure forming the rifling in the
barrel which hardens and polishes the inside of the barrel.
b. Broach rifling d. Electrochemical rifling
66. This produces a type of rifling called polygonal rifling, common in

Glock, Steyr, IMI and a few other manufacturers.
b. Broach rifling d. Hammer forged rifling
67. Part of exterior ballistics which refers to the sound created at the
muzzle end of the barrel.
a. Muzzle energy c. Muzzle noise
b. Muzzle blast d. Range
68. A type of rimmed cartridge wherein the diameter of the rim is greater
than the diameter of the body of the cartridge case.
a. Rimmed type c. Belted type
b. Semi-rimmed type d. Rebated type
69. A type of firearm which the pressure upon the trigger both cocks and
release the hammer.
a. Automatic c. Double action
b. Single action d. Slide action type
70. A metallic cup charged with a priming composition, usually made up of

potassium chlorate, antimony sulfide and fulminate of mercury.
a. Primer c. Cartridge
b. Gunpowder d. Primer cup
143
VII. QUESTIONED DOCUMENTS
1. It is committed by giving any payable instrument to bearer such as

treasury or bank notes the appearance of a genuine document.
a. Estafa c. Forgery
b. Falsification of document d. All of these
2. It applies to documents whether public, official or commercial wherein

handwriting or signature contained therein is imitated.
b. Falsification of document d. All of these
3. The act of making it appears that persons have participated in any

proceeding or act when in fact they have not participated in any document.
b. Falsification of document d. All of the foregoing
4. A person who alters by any means, the letters, figures, words or signs
contained in any bank or Treasury note is liable for:
b. Falsification of document d. All of the foregoing
5. It refers to the assessment or altered, forged or suspected papers to

determine if they are genuine or otherwise.
b. Falsification of document d. Questioned document examination
6. Iodine fumes is useful in questioned document examination because:

a. It can be used to develop secret writings
b. It can be used to determine whether erasures have been made
c. It can determine the kind of ink used in writing
d. Both A and B
7. Which among the foregoing may be utilized as a means to carry out

mechanical erasures?
a. Rubber eraser c. Blade
b. Sharp knife d. All of these
8. An erasure with the use of ink eradicators.

a. Mechanical erasure c. Electronic erasure
b. Chemical erasure d. All of the foregoing
9. Instruments whose origin are known and proven; which are used in
comparison with a questioned document.
a. Simulated documents c. Standard documents
b. Falsified documents d. Forged documents
10. A document executed without the intervention of a notary public or any

competent public official by which some agreement or disposition is
proved.
a. Public document c. Private documents
b. Official document d. Commercial document
11. To obtain conviction for the charge of possession of false bank or

treasury notes this is an essential requisite.
a. Intention to use it c. Intention to surrender it to authorities
b. Intention to keep it d. Intention to display it.
144
12. A city mayor executed a document in his legal capacity as a local
executive, that document is classified as:
13. A document notarized by a notary public or any competent authority is

legally classified as:
14. A man who is unable to write may use this to legally signify a
signature.
a. Crude x c. Thumb mark
b. Cross mark d. Both A and B
15. Refers to the design of letters which are fundamental to a writing

system.
a. Copy book form c. Line quality
b. System of writing d. Writing movement
16. It refers to any abnormality or maladjustment in the typewriter which

is reflected in its product.
a. Defect c. Misalignment
b. Mal alignment d. Alteration
17. Enlarged photographic court exhibit usually referred to as bromide

enlargements of a document.
a. Standard document c. Collected documents
b. Questioned documents d. Display exhibits
18. The appearance of paper when viewed by transmitted light, which

discloses the formation and texture of the sheet.
a. Lock-through of paper c. Cross marks
b. Watermarks d. Sidelight marks
19. It consists of chemical solutions.

a. Non aqueous ink c. ink eradicators
b. Aqueous ink d. All of these
20. Any characteristic of handwriting which is sufficiently well fixed and

unique to serve as a fundamental point in the identification of the writer.
a. Copy book form c. System of writing
b. Line quality d. Significant writing habits
21. Refers to any specimen of writing executed normally without any

attempt to change or control its identifying habits and its usual quality of
execution.
a. Natural writing c. Cursive writing
b. Disguised writing d. System of writing
22. Jose Pidal in trying to alter his own signature to hide his identity is
using:
23. Writing in which are for most part joined together.

145
24. Usual deviations found between repeated specimen of any individual
handwriting or in the product of any typewriter.
a. Normal variation c. Tremor
b. Natural variation d. Wrong hand writing
25. A person executing a signature while his arm is steadied and assisted
produces a:
a. Guided signature c. Scribble
b. Normal signature d. Handwriting signature
26. A preliminary embellished initial common to capital letters.

a. Embellishment c. Buckle knot
b. Beard d. Diacritic
27. A minute curve which occurs at the end of terminal strokes.

a. Hook c. Loop
b. Spur d. Staff
28. An oblong curve found in small letters f, g, h and l.

a. Hook c. Loop
b. Spur d. Staff
29. The introductory backward stroke added to the start of many capital
letters and which can also be seen occasionally in introductory strokes of
small letters.
b. Beard d. Hitch
30. A loop made as a flourish which is added to a letter.

b. Beard d. Diacritic
31. Visible record in the writing stroke of the basis movement and manner
of holding the writing instrument.
a. Line quality c. Baseline
b. Rhythm d. Writing pressure
32. Additional unnecessary stroke for ornamental purposes.

a. Embellishment c. Diacritic
b. Hump d. Knot
33. Balance quality of movement of the harmonious recurrence of stress of

impulse.
a. Line quality c. Baseline
b. Rhythm d. Writing pressure
34. Refers to the periodic increase in pressure or intermittently forcing the

pen against the paper surface with increase pressure.
a. Writing pressure c. Pen emphasis
b. Shading d. Natural variation
35. An imaginary line upon which the writing rests.

a. Line quality c. Foot
b. Baseline d. Hitch
36. A signature written by the forger in his own style of handwriting

without attempting to copy to form of the genuine signature.
a. Traced forgery c. Simulated forgery
146
b. Disguised forgery d. Simple forgery
37. A freehand imitation and regarded as the most skillful type of forgery.
a. Traced forgery c. Simulated forgery
b. Disguised forgery d. Simple forgery
38. Which among the following is an indication of genuineness of

handwriting?
a. Continuity c. Skillful writing
b. Smoothness d. Tremor
39. Combination of the basic design of letters and writing movement as

taught in school.
a. Letter form c. Copy book form
b. Line quality d. System of writing
40. Document which is completely written and signed by one person.

a. Genuine document c. Holographic document
b. Disputed document d. Authentic document
41. A document which contains some changes either as an addition or

deletion.
a. Altered documents c. Obliterated document
b. Disputed document d. Inserted document
42. Signatures used to acknowledge delivery, purchase of goods and mail.

a. Complete c. Cursory
b. Formal d. Careless scribble
43. It refers to the smearing over a writing to make the original

undecipherable.
a. Decipherment c. Obliteration
b. Restoration d. Interlineation
44. A class of signature for routine document or day to day

correspondence.
a. Formal c. Cursory
b. Complete d. Careless scribble
45. Refers to a class of signature to acknowledge important documents.

a. Complete c. Informal
b. Cursory d. Careless scribble
46. A process by which a canal like outline is produced on a fraudulent

document underneath the genuine and tracing it with the use of a pointed
instrument.
a. Carbon process c. Projection process
b. Indention process d. Transmitted light process
47. A type face defect wherein one side is printed heavier than the rest of
its outline.
a. Off its feet c. Clogged type face
b. Twisted letter d. Rebound
48. It is the visible effect of bodily movement which is almost unconscious

expression of fixed muscular habits reacting from fixed mental
impressions.
a. Handwriting c. Typewriting
147
b. Writing d. Writing movement
49. A writing instrument that makes detection of hesitation and pen-lifts

difficult.
a. Ball point pen c. Iron nutgall ink
b. Fountain pen d. Markers
50. Disconnection between letters or letter combination due to lack of

movement control.
a. Pen lift c. Patching
b. Retouching d. Retracing
51. A distinctive design which is translucent impressed on the paper

during manufacture.
a. Water marks c. Paper design
b. Fiber marks d. Wire marks
52. In utilizing a stereo-graphic photomicrograph, what particular

condition is manifested?
a. Grainy image c. Overlapping image
b. Two image d. Three dimensional image
53. An element which is added to complete another letter.

a. Spur c. Diacritics
b. Slant d. Arc
54. It is a signature signed at a particular time and place, purpose and

normal writing conditions.
a. Complete signature c. Evidential signature
b. Standard signature d. Model signature
55. Periodic increase in pressure, characterized by widening of the ink

stroke.
a. Shading c. Pen lift
b. Pen emphasis d. Pen pressure
56. The most reliable criterion in judging the authenticity of paper money.
a. Quality or sharpness of the engraving
b. Color of the seal
c. Wet strength of the paper
d. Watermarks
57. A coin given the appearance of a legal tender but made inferior or
superior intrinsic value to that of the genuine coin.
a. Priceless coin c. False coin
b. Mutilated coin d. All of these
58. It is a deviation showing free connecting and terminal strokes made by

the momentum of the hand.
a. Tremor c. Genuine tremor
b. Tremors of fraud d. Deterioration
59. Any arcade formed in the body of the letters.

a. Staff c. Diacritics
b. Slant d. Humps
60. A type face ordinarily spaced 10 characters to the horizontal inch.
148
a. Pica c. Proportional spacing machine
b. Elite d. Adding machine
61. Developed the system of handwriting classification utilized by most

police departments.
a. Lee and Abbey c. Levine
b. Rolando Wilson d. Landsteiner
62. A kind of document executed by a person in authority and by private

parties but notarized by competent officials.
a. Official document c. Commercial document
b. Public document d. Private document
63. An act of diminishing the metal value of a genuine coin.

a. False coin c. Priceless coin
b. Counterfeit coin d. Mutilation of coins
64. It refers to the printing surface of a type block.

a. Character c. Pitch
b. Design d. Type face
65. Widening of the ink stroke due to added pressure on a flexible pen
point.
a. Shading c. Shading
b. Pen pressure d. All of these
66. It represents the backbone or main stroke of letters.

a. Slant c. Staff
b. Diacritics d. Foot
67. It is the process of making out what is illegible or what has been
effaced.
a. Decipherment c. Obliteration
b. Collation d. Comparison
68. An act of setting two or more items to weigh their identifying

characteristics.
a. Comparison c. Conclusion
b. Collation d. Examination
69. An examination of documents wherein it is viewed with the source of

illumination behind it and the light passing through the paper.
a. Transmitted light examination c. Infrared examination
b. Oblique photography examination d. Ultraviolet examination
70. The art of attempting to interpret the personality of a person from his
handwriting.
a. Questioned Document Examination c. Graphology
b. Polygraphy d. Psychology
71. An identifying typewriter characteristic which can be eliminated by

cleaning the machine or replacing the ribbon.
a. Transitory defect c. Permanent defect
b. Alignment defect d. Defect
72. A defect in typewriters due to the wear and tear of the type block in
which some letters lean to the left or right of their correct slant.
a. Off its feet c. Twisted letter
149
b. Clogged type face d. Rebound
73. And angle or inclination of the axis of the letter relative to the baseline.
a. Foot c. Staff
b. Slant d. Hitch
74. A distinct and peculiar character used to identify handwriting to any

identifying factor related to the writing movement itself.
a. Quality c. Skill
b. Line quality d. System of writing
75. Going back over a defective portion of a writing stroke, it is a common

defect in forgeries and is also known as retouching.
a. Patching c. Erasure
b. Smeared over writing d. Interlineations
76. Refers to written documents in the ordinary course of business or in

the regular course of man’s activity. Also known as procured standards.
a. Requested standards c. Standard documents
b. Collected standards d. Holographic documents
77. Also known as “post litel motam” or dictated standards is a document

which are executed and prepared at one time upon request.
a. Requested standards c. Standard documents
b. Collected standards d. Holographic documents
78. Also known as formal signature it is executed in signing contracts,

certifications, checks and other important documents.
a. Complete c. Careless scribble
b. Cursory d. None of these
79. A signature usually executed in the conduct of a person’s daily affairs.

a. Formal c. Informal
b. Cursory d. Both B and C
80. For signing mail, receipts and other insignificant documents such as
signatures executed by celebrities to their fans.
a. Complete c. Careless scribble
b. Cursory d. Informal
150
CRIME DETECTION, PREVENTION AND INVESTIGATION
Scope: Concepts and principles of criminal investigation; modern

techniques in crime detection and investigation, tricks and
bluffing devices in interrogation terminology, the cardinal “I” of
investigation, crime scene sketching and photography; physical
evidence-what to look for; how to work, preserve, pack and
transport; techniques in obtaining information, methods of
surveillance, stake-out, apprehension of wanted persons, rights
of the accused under 1987 Philippine Constitution in relation to
U.S. vs. Beecham, Miranda vs. Arizona, Enrile vs. Morales.
People of the Philippines vs. Galit; practice court, special
investigation particularly on rape, robbery, homicide,
kidnapping, forgery, malversation and arson cases; traffic
operation and accident investigation; and fire technology and
arson investigation. (15%)
151
I. CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
1. The method of operation which will enable investigators to a pattern of

criminal behavior.
a. Reconstruction of the crime scene c. Instrumentation
b. Elicitation d. Modus operandi.
2. This is where the techniques and principles of both physical and natural
science are applied and practiced to analyze crime-scene evidence.
a. Forensics laboratory c. SOCO
b. Crime laboratory d. Chemistry laboratory
3. A fictional character developed by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle who influenced

crime-detection methods by using serology, firearm identification,
fingerprinting and questioned document examination.
a. Sherlock Holmes c. Alphonse Bertillon
b. Albert Osborne d. Calvin Goddard
4. Refers to the uniqueness of some item of evidence made possible by the fact
that no things in nature are exactly the same.
a. Criminalistics c. Instrumentation
b. Individualization d. Reconstruction of the crime scene
5. A U.S. Army colonel who refined the techniques of bullet comparison and
established the use of a comparison microscope, which is indispensable tool to
modern firearms examiner.
a. Sherlock Holmes c. Alphonse Bertillon
b. Albert Osborne d. Calvin H. Goddard
6. He undertook the first definitive study of fingerprints and developed a

method of classifying them.
a. Albert Osborn c. Francis Galton
b. Leone Lottes d. Calvin Goddard
7. He devised a relatively simple procedure for determining the blood group of

dried bloodstain.
a. Leone Lottes c. Albert Osborne
b. Karl Landsteiner d. Francis Galton
8. In the techniques employed in interrogation, which of the foregoing is not

utilized by police investigators.
a. Friendliness c. Sympathetic approach
b. Emotional approach d. Financial assistance
9. This is applicable in oval or circular crime scene wherein the searchers

gather at the middle and proceed outward along spokes or radius,
a. Wheel method c. Strip method
b. Spiral method d. Zone method
10. He was considered as the father of modern toxicology.

a. Mathieu Orfila c. Francis Galton
b. Alphonse Bertillon d. Leone Lottes
11. He was the person credited to have devised the first scientific system of
personal identification by means of anthropometry, which is a method of
taking a series of body measurements.
a. Mathieu Orfila c. Francis Galton
152
12. He developed the fundamental principle of document examination and was
responsible for the acceptance of documents as scientific evidence by the
courts.
a. Mathieu Orfila c. Albert Osborne
13. A public prosecutor and later a judge in Graz, Austria who applied
scientific discipline to the field of criminal investigation.
a. Mathieu Orfila c. Hans Gross
b. Alphonse Bertillon d. Edmond Locard
14. He perpetuated his belief that when a criminal came into contact with a
person or object, a cross transfer of evidence occurred and was responsible for
giving specific technical contribution to criminal investigation.
a. Mathieu Orfila c. Hans Gross
b. Alphonse Bertillon d. Edmond Locard
15. The primary tools in criminal investigation necessary to establish the guilt
of the accused in a criminal action.
a. Information, interrogation and instrumentation
b. Intent, motive and circumstantial evidence
c. Confession, admission and criminalistics
d. Investigation, criminalistics and prosecution
16. A public officer when not being authorized by judicial order, shall enter a
dwelling against the will of the owner thereof is committing:
a. Legal entry c. Trespassing
b. Violation of domicile d. Illegal entry
17. A person undergoing custodial investigation enjoys his constitutional

rights namely:
a. The right to oppose whatever accusation on him.
b. The right to plea guilty and not guilty
c. The right to remain silent, to counsel and the right to be informed of such
rights.
d. The right to face his accuser in public trial
18. A type of informant reveals information usually of no consequences of

stuff concocted of thin air.
a. False informant c. Double crosser informant
b. Mercenary informant d. Self-aggrandizing informant
19. Is one in which the ingredients of the offense are committed in many
places.
a. Local crime c. Transitory crime
b. Local action d. Transitory action
20. The primary job of an investigator is to determine whether a crime has

been committed, in order to determine such, he must have knowledge of the
so-called cardinal questions of investigation. How many cardinal questions are
there?
a. Three c. Five
b. Four d. Six
21. In bank robberies, this person is in charge of transportation by stealing

the vehicle and providing plate on it.
a. Drivers c. Wheelman
153
b. Ripper d. Rover
22. Refers to the standard arrow designating the north to facilitate proper
sketch orientation.
a. Proper north c. Legend
b. True north d. Compass direction
23. A search method in which the searchers follow each other in the path of
the coiled beginning form the outside proceeding toward the center.
a. Zone method c. Spiral method
b. Wheel method d. Strip method
24. Taking into custody the property described in the search warrant as a
result of a proper search, which is to be utilized as evidence in a case.
a. Seizure c. Safekeeping
b. Detention d. Confiscation
25. A method of criminal identification whereby the perception of witnesses is

key and criminals are identified by depiction.
a. Verbal description c. Police line-up
b. General photographs d. Rouge gallery
26. When the subject is in prone position what type of search should be
implemented.
a. Kneeling search c. Floor search
b. Standing search d. Wall search
27. This is ordinarily made at the time and scene of the arrest. To discover
weapons or evidences and determine the identity of the suspects.
a. Preliminary search of a person c. Standing search
b. Wall search d. Floor search
28. Most likely place to look for fingerprints of theft in an automobile, which
has been stolen and abandoned.
a. Dashboard c. Steering wheel
b. Door handles d. Rear view mirror
29. Uses his seeming desire to give information to talk to the law enforcers in
order to get more information from them than he gives.
a. Double-crosser informant c. False informant
b. Mercenary informant d. Self aggrandizing informant
30. That profession and scientific discipline directed to the recognition,

identification, individualization and evaluation of physical science by
application of natural sciences in matters of law and science.
a. Chemist c. Criminalistics
b. Scientist d. Toxicologist
31. Is one in which all the ingredients of the offense are committed in one
place.
a. Local crimes c. Transitory crimes
b. Local action d. Transitory action
32. The number of persons who handle the evidence from the scene of the
crime and between the time of the commission up to final disposition of cases.
a. Time of custody c. Time of disposal
b. Time of disposition d. Chain of custody
154
33. A declaration made under the consciousness of an impending death.
a. Part of res gestate c. Dying declaration
b. Confession d. Admission
34. Principles of science applied to law enforcement.

a. Instrumentation c. Legal medicine
b. Forensics d. Criminology
35. Evidence which offers least resistance to decomposition.

a. Blood c. Saliva
b. Semen d. Hair
36. Refers to criminals whose identity are furnished by eye witnesses.

a. Known criminals c. Unknown criminals
b. Convicted criminals d. Identified criminals
37. This method of identification depends on the ability of the witness to

describe the person seen committing the crime.
a. Verbal description c. Police line-up
b. Photographic files d. General photograph
38. Criminals whose identity may be established background identification.

a. Known criminals c. Convicted criminals
b. Unknown criminals d. Unidentified criminals
39. Compilation of known criminals available from police files and records.
a. Rouge gallery c. Police blotter
b. General photograph d. Modus operandi files
40. Type of shadowing where constant surveillance is necessary.

a. Loose tail c. Close tail
b. Rough shadowing d. None of these
41. The best way to label clothing to be used as evidence is:

a. Place it in a pill box and label it
b. Mark it by an inscription in ink at the lining
c. Place it in a plastic bag and label it
d. Tag it with a label
42. To ensure privacy and avoid distraction an interrogation room must be:
a. With no windows or views c. It must be sound proof
b. There should only be one door d. All of the foregoing
43. In this type of interrogation the investigator must have great knowledge of
the case and is preferable when the subject is not the talkative type.
a. Narrative type c. Stern type
b. Question and answer type d. Simple interrogation
44. What should the investigator do to protect while in transport those

collected evidences from the crime scene?
a. Seal it c. Pack it properly
b. Mark it d. Label it
45. Shadowing has the following purposes, except:

a. To detect evidences of criminal activities c. To locate wanted persons
b. To establish association of a suspect d. None of the foregoing
155
46. “A” wanted to kill “B”. the former pointed his gun to the latter, as “A”
pressed the trigger, the gun jammed and “B” managed to escape. This is an
example of:
a. Attempted felony c. Consummated felony
b. Frustrated felony d. Impossible crime
47. Kind of recognition whereby the description and characteristics maybe

vague that identification is difficult.
a. Known fugitives c. Ordinary criminals
b. Professional criminals d. Unknown fugitives
48. The method of determining and finding the best way to remedy the
specific cause or causes of the complaint or grievance refers to:
a. Cross examination c. Investigative procedures
b. Grievance procedures d. Criminal procedures
49. A type of informant who reveals information usually of no consequence of

stuff produced from thin air.
a. False informant c. Mercenary informant
b. Double-crosser informant d. Frightened informant
50. Clandestine operation in police parlance.

a. Covert intelligence c. Overt intelligence
b. Secret activity d. Surveillance
51. It is an art which deals with the identity and location of the offender and
provides evidence of his guilt through criminal proceeding.
a. Information c. Instrumentation
b. Interrogation d. Interrogation
52. Special crime investigation is more concerned on:

a. Physical evidence c. Testimonial evidence
b. Tracing evidence d. Associative evidence
53. Is a person who provides an investigator with confidential information

concerning a past or projected crime and does not wish to be known as a
source of information.
a. Informants c. Informers
b. Witness d. Confidential informants
54. Vigorous questioning of one who is reluctant to divulge information.

a. Interview c. Investigation
b. Interrogation d. All of these
55. A compilation of photographs of known criminals, utilized in investigation

for identifying suspects in a crime.
a. Photographic file c. Rogue gallery
b. 201 file d. Cartographic sketch
56. This sketch shows the crime scene with its nearest physical surroundings.
a. Finished sketch c. Sketch of locality
b. Sketch of details d. Sketch of grounds
57. The explanation of any symbols used to identify objects in a sketch.

a. Compass direction c. Legend
b. Title d. Scale
156
58. Such articles and evidences which assists the investigator in locating the
suspect.
a. Physical evidences c. Associative evidences
b. Material evidences d. Tracing evidences
59. Objects or substances which are essential part of the body of the crime.
a. Corpus delicti c. Material evidences
b. Physical evidences d. Associative evidences
60. The primary consideration in transporting evidences.

a. Markings should be placed
b. Proper turnover must be observed
c. Avoid altering contents
d. Proper packing to protect the evidence while in transit
61. General rule in handling evidences.

a. MAC rule c. Last clear chance rule
b. Right of way rule d. None of the foregoing
62. In handling clothing used as evidence, the stained areas are usually
encircled. What is the primary objective?
a. To show points of interest c. To avoid contamination
b. To have proper markings d. To prevent alterations
63. If blood is in fluid condition, what is added to preserve the specimen?

a. Formaldehyde c. Alcohol
b. Saline solution d. Distilled water
64. It is the surprise invasion of a building or an area.

a. Assault c. Raid
b. Attack d. Surveillance
65. Primary requisite for conducting raids.

a. Search warrant c. Firearms
b. Raiding team d. Back-up personnel
66. This is an element of crime commission wherein one is induced to commit

the crime.
a. Motive c. Opportunity
b. Intent d. Deceit
67. In a police line-up, in which the purpose is to eliminate the power of

suggestion as a factor in identification as a procedure how many persons is
needed in such a line-up?
a. 3 top 5 c. 7 to 10
b. 5 to 7 d. 10 to 15
68. It is the physical possibility that the suspect could have committed the
crime.
a. Motive c. Opportunity
b. Intent d. Deceit
69. Motive in giving information wherein the informant delights in giving

information to gain favorable attention from the police.
157
a. Competition c. Vanity
b. Repentance d. Jealousy
70. Employed where a general impression of the subject’s habit and associate
are required.
a. Surveillance c. Rough shadowing
b. Loose tail shadowing d. Close tail shadowing
71. More advantageous because it permits immediate changes of men and less
likely to be recognized.
a. One man shadow c. Three man shadow
b. Two man shadow d. ABC method
72. In this method of search, the searchers proceed slowly at the same pace
along the path parallel to one side of the rectangle. At the end of the rectangle,
the searcher turns and proceeds back along new lanes but parallel to the first
movement.
b. Strip method d. Wheel method
73. In this method, the area to be searched is divided into quadrant and each
searcher is assigned in each quadrant.
b. Strip method d. Wheel method
74. The surroundings of the crime scene must be photograph to show the
relative location and distances.
a. Environmental photograph c. Overview
b. Physical reconstruction d. Over-all photograph
75. Made by the investigator at the crime scene. No scale, proportion ignored
and everything is approximate.
a. Sketch c. Rough sketch
b. Draft d. Finished sketch
76. Most common reason in discharging informants.

a. Burn out c. Lack of loyalty
b. Too expensive to maintain d. Reprehensible behavior
77. Object usually utilized in marking hard objects.

a. Stylus c. Ink
b. Pen d. Chalk
78. A form of investigation in which an investigator assumes a different and

unofficial identity.
a. Tailing c. Surveillance
b. Shadowing d. Roping
79. Interrogation fitted for subjects who are willing to talk.

a. Narrative type c. Question and answer type
b. Interrogation type d. Stern type
80. Method employed by the police to deprive the liberty of a person taken into
custody.
158
a. Protective custody c. Police restraint
b. Detaining for questioning d. All of these
81. Necessary to determine the appearance of the crime scene as well as the
objects, what naturally occurred and what were the circumstances of the
crime.
a. Crime scene c. Mental reconstruction
b. Physical reconstruction d. Reconstruction of the crime
82. Paid informants.

a. Anonymous informants c. False informants
b. Rival elimination informants d. Mercenary informants
83. Most common type of shadowing.

a. One man shadow c. Three man shadow
b. Two man shadow d. Rough shadow
84. Articles which are found in connection with the investigation and aid in
establishing the identity of the perpetrator or the circumstances under which
the crime was committed.
a. Tracing evidence c. Associative evidence
b. Corpus delicti d. Physical or material evidence
85. Instrumental detection of deception.

a. Ballistic test c. Question document test
b. Fingerprint test d. Polygraph testing
86. First action of the police unit upon arrival at the scene of homicide.
a. Cordon the area c. Verification of death
b. Prevent contamination of evidence d. Conduct initial investigation
87. The circumstances which must occur to be classified as a crime.

a. Elements of the crime c. Motive and intent
b. Victim and perpetrator d. Desire and opportunity
88. Most common motive in committing a crime.

a. Fame c. Passion
b. Revenge d. Profit
89. They assume jurisdiction in terms of conducting crime scene

investigations.
a. SOCO operatives
b. Investigator on case
c. First police unit who arrived at the crime scene
d. CIDG operatives
90. An official inquiry undertaken by the police on the circumstances

surrounding the death of a person which is always presumed to be unlawful.
a. Criminal investigation c. Homicide investigation
b. Special crime investigation d. Murder investigation
91. Stage where the law enforcer focus on a particular suspect who had been
invited or taken into custody or otherwise deprived of his/her freedom of
action where a process of interrogation is undertaken to illicit incriminating
statements.
a. Investigation c. Custodial investigation
b. Interrogation d. Inquest
159
92. In informal and summary investigation conducted by a public prosecutor
in criminal cases involving persons arrested and detained without the benefit
of a warrant for the purpose of determining whether or not said persons
should remain under custody an correspondingly be charged in court.
a. Investigation c. Custodial investigation
b. Interrogation d. Inquest
93. This investigation technique when used will establish cooperation since
the complainant and witnesses will pin point the subject as the one who
committed the crime.
a. Pleading to a lesser offense c. Split pair method
b. Line-up method d. Revered line-up method
94. Also known as bluff method it is undertaken when there are two or more
culprits and stating to the subject that the others have already confessed and
directly linked him/her with the commission of a crime.
95. This is undertaken by requesting the subject to join a police line-up in

which several persons will point him as having committed fictitious offenses. S
a result of which the subject may tend to confess to the real offense of which
he has taken part of.
96. Generally indicates the dimensions and shape of crime scenes and which
are used as interview aids.
a. Sketch c. Outline sketch
b. Rough sketch d. Detailed sketch
97. Refers to the use of physical evidences, scientific method, deductive

reasoning and their interrelationship to acquire definite and clear knowledge of
the series of events and circumstances that surround the commission of a
crime.
a. Crime scene investigation c. Crime scene reconstruction
b. Crime scene inquiry d. All of these
98. Specific incident reconstruction is used in which of the following

circumstances?
a. Homicide c. Traffic accident investigation
b. Bombing d. All of these
99. When firearms, Blood, glass and other similar physical evidences is in
police custody, what type of crime scene reconstruction is used by the
investigator on case?
a. Specific incident reconstruction c. Specific event reconstruction
b. Specific physical evidence reconstruction d. All of these
100. In determining sequence, direction, condition, relation and identity which

type of crime scene reconstruction is used?
a. Specific incident reconstruction c. Specific event reconstruction
b. Specific physical evidence reconstruction d. All of these
160
II. ARSON INVESTIGATION
1. This type of fire has for its fuel normal combustible materials.
a. Class A fire c. Class C fire
b. Class B fire d. Class D fire
2. In fires wherein the fuel is flammable liquid such as gasoline, kerosene,

alcohol and grease which among the foregoing may be used to put out this fire.
a. Foam extinguisher c. Dry chemicals
b. Water d. Sand
3. The collection of debris at the origin of the fire should include all __________
materials.
a. Solid c. Porous
b. Liquid d. Non-porous
4. Blue flames usually indicate the presence of _______, in a fire.

a. Gasoline c. Alcohol
b. Kerosene d. Petroleum
5. This usually indicates the intensity of the fire.

a. Size of fire c. Size of flame
b. Color of smoke d. Color of flame
6. This would indicate the presence of petroleum in a fire.

a. Blue flame c. White smoke
b. Red flame d. Black smoke
7. Most common motive in arson cases.

a. Economic gain c. Intimidation
b. Concealment of crime d. Punitive measure
8. A rare fire usually occurring in manufacturing facilities wherein the

combustible materials are metals such as magnesium and potassium.
9. In handling class D fires, which among the following may not be used?
a. Dry powder, ABC chemical c. Water
b. Baking soda d. Sand
10. Commonly referred to as an electrical fire.

11. Which among the following is commonly used to put out Class C fires?
a. CO2 c. Water
b. Sand d. Baking soda
12. Class A fires may be extinguished by:

a. CO2 c. Water
c. Sand d. Baking soda
161
13. A fire which uses flammable liquid as fuel is classified as:
14. Excess heat energy liberated by an oxidation reaction is called____.

a. Latent heat c. Specific heat
b. Heat of combustion d. Thermal heat
15. The minimum temperature at which a fuel will burn is:

a. Ignition temperature c. Heat of combustion
b. Thermal heat d. Specific heat
16. Instrument used to open/close fire hydrants.

a. Sprinkler c. Fire hose
b. Fire pump d. Hydrant key
17. Descriptive of any material when by its nature or as a result of its reaction
with other elements promotes a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate
surrounding.
a. Dust c. Pyrolisys
b. Oxidizing material d. Cryogenic
18. Lowest temperature of a liquid in open container at which vapors are

evolved fast enough to support continuous combustion.
a. Ignition temperature c. Fire point
b. Kindling temperature d. Flash point
19. The temperature at which a flammable liquid form a vapor air mixture that
ignites.
a. Ignition temperature c Fire point
b. Kindling temperature d. Flash point
20. Minimum temperature in which the substance in the air must be heated in
order to initiate or cause a self-contained combustion without the addition of
heat from outside sources.
a. Boiling point c. Fire point
b. Ignition temperature d. Flash point
21. An exothermic chemical change in which a combustible material react with

an oxidizing agent.
a. Thermal balance c. Combustion
b. Thermal imbalance d. Oxidation
22. Rapid oxidation accompanied by heat and light.

a. Pyrolysis c. Detonation
b. Combustion d. All of these
23. A chemical decomposition of matter through the action of heat.

a. Pyrolysis c. Detonation
b. Combustion d. Oxidation
24. Measure of the rate of flow of heat, through unit area of the material with
unit temperature gradient.
162
a. Conduction c. Radiation
b. Thermal conductivity d. Oxidation
25. A means of heat transfer when energy travels trough space or materials as
waves.
b. Convection d. Fission
26. It is legally classified as arson and set on purpose with a motive.
a. Providential fire c. Intentional fire
b. Accidental fire d. None of the foregoing
27. Malicious and willful burning of a building, defined in the case of Ong
Chat Lay 60 P 788.
a. Arson c. Accidental fire
b. Providential fire d. None of the foregoing
28. First element known to man by experience, a colorless, tasteless and

odorless gas which supports life and fire.
a. Nitrogen c. Oxygen
b. Hydrogen d. Neon
29. Known as ignition heat, it refers to any contrivance to start a fire.

a. Fuel c. Heat
b. Oxygen d. None of the foregoing
30. Refers to gases liberated by heat.

a. Free radicals c. Thermal balance
b. Flash point d. Thermal imbalance
31. Refers to the normal pattern or movement of fire, smoke and fire gases
within a building or structure under natural conditions.
a. Free radicals c. Thermal balance
b. Pyrolysis d. Thermal imbalance
32. In this phase of the fire the maximum heat and its destructive capabilities
are developed.
a. Initial phase c. Free burning phase
b. Incipient phase d. Smoldering phase
33. A burnt pattern of inverted cone indicates.

a. The fire triangle c. Flashover
b. The fingerprint of the fire d. Incipient phase of the fire
34. An occurrence when the heat has brought the combustible portion of the
ceiling to their ignition temperature, it is characterized by a sudden burst or
shooting forth light and flames.
a. Flashover c. Thermal balance
b. Backdraft d. Thermal imbalance
35. An explosive condition in the smoldering phase of fire, it is a result of a

sudden introduction of oxygen.
163
a. Flashover c. Thermal balance
b. Backdraft d. Thermal imbalance
36. Which among the following is the primary objective in investigating fires?
a. To determine its cause c. To determine liable persons
b. To prevent recurrences d. All of these
37. Reason why fire investigation is unique.

a. It does not conform with regular investigative procedure
b. Unavailability of witnesses
c. Fires destroys evidence
38. They are fires caused by unforeseen acts of God.

a. Providential c. Intentional
b. Accidental d. Incendiarism
39. A combination of three elements namely: fuel, heat and oxygen.

a. Fire c. Fire triangle
b. Origin of fire d. All of the foregoing
40. Most important part of the fire triangle for it is what burns.
a. Fuel c. Oxygen
b. Heat d. Gas
41. A means by which heat is transformed by a circulating medium either gas

or a liquid.
42. It is the amount of heat necessary to convert solid to liquid.

a. Specific heat c. Heat of combustion
b. Latent heat d. Heat of fusion
43. Formed by the incomplete combustion of acetylene or natural cracking of

hydrogen in the absence of air.
a. Carbon black c. Soot
b. Lamp black d. Black bone
44. Matter made up of very fine particles and condensed vapor as a result of
combustion.
a. Fire c. Heat
b. Flame d. Smoke
45. Incandescent gases accompanied by oxidation.

a. Fire c. Heat
b. Flame d. Smoke
164
46. The threat to arson investigators after fire has been contained.
a. Backdraft c. Carbon monoxide poisoning
b. Flashover d. Falling debris
47. Color of smoke produced accompanied by red flames indicates the burning
of what material?
a. Rubber c. Asphalt singles
b. Nitrogen products d. Chlorine
48. Which among the following is commonly used in fire resistant materials?
a. Asbestos c. Asphalt
b. Diamond d. Cotton
49. A form of static electricity or an electrical current of great magnitude

producing tremendous amperage and voltage, it is the most common cause of
providential fires.
a. Rays of the sun c. Arcing
b. Spontaneous heating d. Lightning
50. Most common cause of accidental fires is related to:

a. Smoking c. Sparking
b. Arcing d. Overloading
51. A device used by arsonists to spread the fire within the room or
throughout the structure.
a. Accelerant c. Trailer
b. Plants d. Wick
52. Usually comes in the form of combustible liquid which is a contrivance to

hasten the start of fire.
a. Accelerant c. Trailer
b. Plants d. Wick
53. Most common reason of arson cases.

a. Revenge c. Competition
b. Profit d. Anger
54. It is the result of slow oxidation of a combustible material

a. Spontaneous heating c. Combustible dust
b. Combustible gases d. None of these
55. Refers to the preparation and gathering of materials to start a fire.

a. Plants c. Trailers
b. Accelerants d. Wick
56. Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.

a. Abatement c. Allotment
b. Combustion d. Distillation
57. The burning of low grade heavy oils or resinous tarry materials with
sufficient air forms lamp black commonly known as:
165
a. Black bone c. Soot
b. Used petroleum d. Black iron
58. The use of more electrical devices which draw or consume electrical
current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical system.
a. Overloading c. Wire tapping
b. Jumper d. Arcing
59. One of the following is exempted from paying 0.01 % of the assessed value
of the building:
a. Schools c. Hospitals
b. Department stores d. Single family dwellings
60. An enclosed vertical passage that extends from floor to floor, as well as
from the base to the top of the building.
a. Standpipe system c. Vertical shaft
b. Sprinkler system d. Flash point
61. Designed to prevent the spread of fire, having a fire resistance rating of not
less than four hours with structural stability to remain standing even if the
adjacent construction collapses under fire conditions:
a. Post wall c. Fire wall
b. Fire trap d. Firewood
62. A pre-requisite to grant permit/license by local government for any

particular establishment.
a. Fire service c. Fire drill
b. Fire safety inspection d. Fire protection assembly
63. Heat transfer by direct contact from one body to another.

a. Radiation c. Conduction
64. The active principle of burning characterized by the heat and light of
combustion.
a. Oxidation c. Smoldering
b. Flash point d. Fire
65. A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with all in the proper
proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.
a. Dust c. Fire trap
b. Fire lane d. Fire hazard
66. Changes whereby heat is absorbed before the reaction takes place.
a. Endothermic reactions c. Oxidation
b. Exothermic reactions d. Combustion
67. Product of an incomplete combustion.

a. Soot c. Ashes
b. Charring d. All of these
68. Color of a luminous flame.

a. Orange-red c. Yellow
166
b. Blue d. Red
69. Refers to the amount of heat released during complete oxidation whereby
the organic fuel is converted to water and carbon dioxide.
a. Heat of combustion c. Fuel value
b. Calorific value d. All of these
70. Refers to the quantity of heat absorbed by a substance when it changes

state from solid to liquid or liquid to gas.
a. Calorie c. Thermal heat
b. Latent heat d. Specific heat
71. Refers to gases that remain when the products of combustion are cooled
to normal temperature.
a. Fire gases c. Oxidation gases
b. Combustion gases d. Flame
72. Fires caused by human error and negligence.

a. Providential fires c. Accidental fires
b. Intentional fires d. Incendiarism
73. Primary component of wood.

a. Fiber c. Carbon
b. Cellulose d. Pulp
74. During this fire phase, the burnt inverted cone pattern or fingerprint of
fire is developed.
a. Incipient phase c. Free burning phase
b. Initial phase d. Smoldering phase
75. Phase whereby the fire can no longer support the flame and carbon
monoxide builds up in volume.
a. Incipient phase c. Free burning phase
b. Initial phase d. Smoldering phase
76. Color of smoke produced when nitrogen products is the combustible

material being burned while bright red flame are visible.
a. Black smoke c. White smoke
b. Heavy brown smoke d. Greenish smoke
77. When greenish yellow flames are seen in the fire, what material is being
burned?
a. Petroleum products c. Asphalt shingles
b. Chorine of manganese d. Potassium
78. When this constitutes most of the combustible material in the fire it
produces bright reddish yellow flames.
b. Calcium d. Potassium
79. When black smoke with red and blue-green flames is visible in the fire, it
indicates that this material is burning.
b. Chorine of manganese d. Potassium
80. When potassium is used as a combustible material what would be the

visible color of the flame?
a. Purple c. Lavender
167
b. Violet d. Any of the three
III. VICE CONTROL
1. Prosecuting vice operators poses a severe problem in the enforcement

of vice laws primarily because of:
a. People enjoy engaging in vices
b. Public apathy and indifference
c. It is very hard to get witnesses due to people’s fear of becoming involved in
the litigation and trial.
d. Unwilling government officials to work against vice operations
2. A treatment for alcoholics which calls for hospitalization and is costly

due to the administration of nauseating drugs.
a. Program for alcoholic’s anonymous c. Psychotherapy method
b. Therapeutic method d. Aversion treatment
3. A degree of intoxication wherein the subject is in a state of

unconsciousness or in stupor condition.
a. Coma c. Drunk
b. Very drunk d. Moderate inebriation
4. A method of treatment for alcoholics which aims at eliminating

emotional tensions of the patient which led to their alcoholism.
a. Aversion method c. Psychotherapy method
b. Therapeutic method d. Program for alcoholic anonymous
5. A person who acts as agents of prostitution.

a. Prostitute c. Pimp
b. Whore d. Madam
6. The increase of prostitution is directly proportional with this

problem.
a. Rising number of broken homes
b. Increased white slave trade
c. Rising number of organized crimes
d. Spread of sexually transmitted/venereal diseases
7. Persons who engage in discriminate sexual intercourse with others

for hire or compensation.
a. Call girls c. Factory girls
b. Prostitutes d. Pimps
8. This method calls for public licensing of houses of prostitution, the

registration of its workers and segregation of brothels in restricted districts.
a. Aversion method c. School of total repression
b. School of regulatory control d. Sanitation method
9. This method believes that prostitution is a crime and is to be

prohibited, thus it calls for making it unlawful for both the prostitute and
customer to engage in such acts.
b. School of regulatory control d. All of these
168
10. A French inspired method wherein it is aimed at preventing
prostitution to be engaged in clandestine manner and accepting its existence
and the improbability of eradicating prostitution.
b. School of regulatory control d. Napoleon method
11. Agency which controls and regulates gambling games.

a. PCSO c. DTI
b. PAGCOR d. Gambling lords
12. Refers to a scheme wherein persons have paid valuable consideration

for a chance to obtain a prize.
a. Jueteng c. Topada
b. Lottery d. Bingo
13. A consideration placed on gambling games.

a. Bet c. Reward
b. Price d. All of these
14. Another name for cocaine.

a. Coke c. Crack
b. Horse d. Dolly
15. A medical service rendered to a patient which deals with the physical
and physiological complications arising from drug abuse.
a. Rehabilitation c. Therapy
b. Treatment d. All of these
16. A dynamic process aimed at changing a patient’s health and giving

his fullest potential without the use of drugs or medicine.
b. Treatment d. All of the foregoing
17. The process of gradually depriving drugs from the point of

habituation until such time he is no longer hooked on the substance.
b. Treatment d. Withdrawal method
18. An adaptive condition which results from repeated drug use.

a. Drug dependence c. Withdrawal period
b. Physical dependence d. Poly drug abuse
19. An alkaloid of opium after morphine which has limited use as a pain
killer and more popularly used as a cough syrup and is quite addictive.
a. Heroine c. Codeine
b. Cocaine d. Shabu
20. The psychoactive ingredient in Marijuana which causes the high or

trip of its users.
a. Papaver somniferum c. Opium poppy
b. Hashish d. Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC)
21. Obtained from Indian hemp known as “Cannabis Sativa”, which is a

shrub which grows on tropic and temperate regions.
a. Marijuana c. Cocaine
b. Opium d. Shabu
169
22. Obtained from a female poppy plant known as “Papaver Somniferum”
derived from a Greek word which means juice.
b. Opium d. Shabu
23. Named after the Greek God of dreams, it is obtained from opium.
a. Heroin c. Hasish
b. Morphine d. Cocaine
24. The most powerful derivative from the Papaver Somniferum, it has no
medicinal value.
a. Opium c. Morphine
b. Heroin d. Cocaine
25. Also known as pot, grass, weed, dope, Thai stick or Acapulco gold it
resembles dried parsley mixed with stems and seeds, and is either eaten or
smoked.
a. Marijuana c. Shabu
b. Hasish d. THC
26. It causes nausea, sneezing, nosebleed, loss of appetite, fatigue and

lack of coordination.
a. Inhalants c. Stimulants
b. Depressants d. Barbiturates
27. It resembles a coagulated soap, light brown in color which is smoked

and often packaged in small vials.
a. Hasish c. Shabu
b. Marijuana d. Crack or Freebase
28. A drug which takes the form of capsules, pills and tablets, taken
orally and sometimes injected, its common names are speed, Pep pills,
Footballs, Shabu and Uppers.
a. Amphetamine c. Methamphetamine
b. Hallucinogens d. Stimulants
29. Known commonly as smack, horse, junk, brown sugar, black tar, it is
a powdered substance which may either be injected, smoked or taken orally.
a. Heroin c. Mescaline
b. Cocaine d. Opium
30. It produces altered perception, slurred-speech, staggering gait and

can produce calmness and relaxed muscles.
a. Hallucinogens c. Depressants
b. Stimulants d. Sedatives
31. Most effective way of regulating vices.

a. Continued police action by relentless drives in vice control
b. Sincere and honest law enforcement
c. Both a and b
32. Refers to persons who after prolonged and excessive intake of

alcoholic beverages develop physical and psychological changes and
dependence to alcohol.
a. Alcoholics c. Drunkard
b. Liquor addicts d. Chronic alcoholics
170
33. A fermented juice or product of fruit or plants which contains
alcohol.
a. Liquor c. Booze
b. Wine d. Vodka
34. Refers to a person who manages or owns houses of ill refute whereby
the business of prostitution is conducted.
a. Operator c. Mama
b. Banker d. Pimp
35. Refers to a person who engages in sexual intercourse with another

for hire.
a. Prostitute c. Knockers
b. Whores d. All of the foregoing
36. The procurement and transportation of women from far flung places
for immoral purposes.
a. White slavery c. Organized crimes
b. Prostitution d. All of the foregoing
37. This place usually lodges several number of factory girls or

professional prostitutes under the control of an organized crime ring.
a. Disorderly houses c. Call houses
b. Furnished room houses d. Massage clinics
38. Refers to prostitutes who works in regular homes of prostitution or

brothels, she accepts all customers and has nothing to do with selecting or
soliciting them.
a. Door knocker c. Hustler
b. Call girl d. Factory girls
39. Refers to a person who sets up and furnishes the means with which
to carry on the gambling game.
a. Maintainer c. Banker
b. Conductor d. Gullible person
40. Anti gambling law

a. PD 1869 c. PD 1602
b. PD 1612 d. PD 1866
41. Social causes of prostitution are the following, except:

a. Broken families c. Anonimity of city life
b. Poverty d. All of the foregoing
42. Refers to persons having no apparent means of subsistence.

a. Gambler c. Vagrants
b. Prostitute d. None of these
43. Penalty provided for by law which punishes white slave trade.
a. Prision correccional c. Reclusion temporal
b. Prison mayor d. Reclusion perpetua
44. A person who manages or carries a gambling game.

a. Maintainer c. Banker
b. Conductor d. Operator
45. Refers to the increasing the dosage of drugs to maintain the same
effect.
171
a. Tolerance c. Poly drug abuse
b. Physical dependence d. Drug experimenter
46. A dark brown resin that is collected from the tops of potent Cannabis
Sativa.
a. Marijuana c. Opium
b. Hashish d. Morphine
47. Derived from the Greek word “Narkotikos”, meaning sleep, what is
the other term given to narcotics?
a. Opium c. Morphine
b. Opiates d. Heroin
48. It is the psychoactive agent of Marijuana.

a. Tetrahyrocannabinol c. Papaver somniferum
b. Cannabis sativa d. Methamphetamine
49. Codeine which is an alkaloid of opium is primarily used as :

a. Pain killer c. Stimulant
b. Cough reliever d. Depressant
50. Who among the following acts as the chairman of the DDB?
a. Secretary of Justice c. Secretary of Education
b. Secretary of National Defense d. Secretary of Health
51. Originally known as “Kakuseizai” meaning walking drug, it was

brought to the Philippines by a Japanese tourist.
a. Marijuana c. Shabu
b. Cocaine d. Opium
52. The most potent derivative from opium.

a. Codeine c. Morphine
b. Cocaine d. Heroin
53. Source of Cocaine which is a hardy plant cultivated in Bolivia and

first used by the Incas of Peru.
a. Tetrahydrocannabinol c. Amphetamine
b. Papaver somniferum d. Erythroxylon coca
54. The most popular and latest sex drug, whose chemical name is
“Methy Dioxy Methamphetamine”.
a. Chomper c. Shabu
b. Ecstacy d. Heroin
55. Illegal drugs modified molecularly by chemists to circumvent legal

restrictions.
a. Designer drugs c. Amphetamines
b. Hallucinogens d. Methamphetamines
56. A law which prohibits government officials to enter and gamble in

Philippine casinos.
a. PD 1602 c. PD 510
b. PD 1869 d. PD 483
57. Office that controls and regulates gambling.

a. PAGCOR c. PACC
b. PCGG d. Office of the first gentleman
172
58. A scheme or distribution of prizes by chance among persons who
have paid or agreed to pay a valuable consideration for the chance to obtain a
prize.
a. Gambling c. Lottery
b. Sport d. All of these
59. A bet or consideration placed on gambling games.

a. Wage c. Prize
b. Wager d. Banker
60. Principal alkaloid of opium which constitute as much as 25% of the

substance:
a. Hashish c. Morphine
b. Codeine d. Heroin
61. Amphetamine is a representative of good class of stimulants known

as:
a. Crank c. Knock-out drops
b. Pep pills d. Stick
62. Agency which supervises the enforcement of law on prohibited and

regulated drugs.
a. PDEA c. PACC
b. NBI d. PNP
63. Are drugs which produce insensibility, stupor, melancholy or

dullness of the mind with delusions.
a. Narcotics c. Depressants
b. Stimulants d. Hallucinogens
64. Chemical substance which affects a person in such a way as to bring

out physiological, behavioral or emotional change.
a. Alcohol c. Drug
b. Coca leaf d. Marijuana
65. Drugs that produce perceptual alteration, varying emotional change,

thought disruption and ego distortion.
a. Depressants c. Hallucinogens
b. Tranquilizers d. Stimulants
66. An immoral conduct or habit, the indulgence of which leads to

depravity, wickedness and corruption of the mind and body.
a. Abuse c. Addiction
b. Vice d. Gambling
67. A person who calls and takes bets from gamecock owners and other
bettors.
a. Promoter c. Banker
b. “Cristo” d. Gambler
68. Most common problem encountered by the police in vice control

measures:
a. Unwillingness of government officials to work against vices
b. Lack of cooperation from the victims of vices
c. Public apathy
d. Clandestine nature of the commission of the acts
173
69. The process of undergoing or producing gradual chemical change
which later becomes sour or alcoholic.
a. Distillation c. Ionization
b. Fermentation d. Purification
70. A degree of intoxication wherein the person becomes argumentative

and over confident.
a. Slight inebriation c. Drunk
b. Moderate inebriation d. Coma
71. This degree of intoxication causes reddening of the face, but no sign
of incoordination and difficulty of speech.
a. Slight inebriation c. Drunk
b. Moderate inebriation d. Coma
72. This method of therapy for alcoholics is based on conversion and

fellowship.
a. Aversion treatment c. Withdrawal method
b. Psychotherapy method d. Program for alcoholic anonymous
73. Oldest profession known to man which involves habitual indulgement

in sexual intercourse for money or profit.
a. Gambling c. Addiction
b. Prostitution d. Stealing
74. Classy type of prostitute who engages in prostitution to supplement

their income.
a. Call girls c. Hustler
b. Factory girls d. Door knocker
75. Usually operated by experienced madam, who rent legitimate roomers

to maintain an appearance of responsibility.
a. Disorderly houses c. Call houses
b. Furnished room houses d. Massage clinics
76. The Golden triangle where 80% of illicit drugs of the world originated
is located specifically in:
a. Thailand-Burma-China border
b. Laos-Thailand-China border
c. Thailand-Burma-Laos border
d. Burma-Vietnam-Thailand border
77. Grass or marijuana, is a crude drug made from Cannabis Sativa a

plant that contains meal altering ingredient. Which among the following is not
an immediate effect of weed?
a. Moderate heart beat and pulse rate
b. Impaired reflexes coordination and concentration
c. Acute panic, anxiety reaction –external fear of losing control
d. Altered sense of time/disorientation
78. A drug obtained from the leaves of coca, a South American shrub. It
is a central nervous system stimulant.
b. Shabu d. Opiates
79. A game or scheme the result of which depends wholly upon chance or
hazard.
a. Gambling c. Tupada
174
b. Sports d. Bingo
80. Study reveal that the reason why “Marijuana” is difficult to control is
that:
a. The big demand
b. The plant can be easily cultivated
c. Can easily be smuggled from outside the country
d. Can be easily smoked surreptitiously
81. Another term for Heroin:

a. PCP c. Blue heaven
b. Red Dragon d. Horse
82. Drugs that produce persistent memory loss, speech difficulties and
self-inflicted injuries.
b. Stimulants d. Narcotics
83. Most abused form of tranquilizers, taken orally and comes in tablets.
a. Valium c. Miltown
b. Serax d. Equanil
84. Its effects are similar to that of alcohol, can produce calmness and
relaxed muscles.
b. Stimulants d. Narcotics
85. Most common form of stimulant.

a. Cocaine c. Morphine
b. Heroin d. Codeine
86. One who originally use any narcotic substance for reason of curiosity,
peer pressure or other similar reasons.
a. Drug dependant c. Polydrug abuse
b. Drug addict d. Drug experimenter
87. A state of physical dependence on dangerous drug arising in a person

following a periodic or continuous use of that drug.
a. Drug addiction c. Drug abuse
b. Drug experimentation d. Drug dependence
88. A state of chronic or periodic intoxication detrimental to the

individual and society at large produced by repeated drug consumption.
a. Drug addiction c. Drug abuse
b. Drug experimentation d. Drug dependence
89. Opium which is derived from the Greek word meaning juice, is
derived from what plant?
a. Papaver somniferum c. Erythroxylon coca
b. Cannabis sativa d. Indian hemp
90. Low grade methamphetamine.

a. Shabu c. Lahar
b. Bato d. Katorse
91. Cocaine, Amphetamine, Caffeine and nicotine are drugs that affect the
central nervous system causing alertness, cub hunger and make the user
awake. They are classified as:
175
b. Stimulants d. Barbiturates
92. They are drugs which cause distortion of perception of time and space its
common forms are marijuana, Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), Ecstacy,
PCP, Peyote and Psilocybin.
93. Are drugs that cause the body system of the user to relax, to which
narcotics, barbiturates, tranquilizers, inhalants, solvents and alcohol belong.
94. Which among the following is a factor that contributes to the effects of
drugs in the body system of the user?
a. Amount of drug taken c. Mood of the user
b. Environment where the drug is taken d. All of these
95. Which among the following is classified as psychoactive drugs?

a. Hallucinogens (all arounders) c. Depressants (downers)
b. Stimulants (uppers) d. All of these
96. Refers to the sale, distribution, supply or transport of legitimately

imported, in-transit, manufactured or procured controlled precursors and
essential chemicals, in diluted, mixtures or in concentrated form, to any
person or entity engaged in the manufacture of any dangerous drug, and shall
include packaging, repackaging, labeling, relabeling or concealment of such
transaction through fraud, destruction of documents, fraudulent use of
permits, misdeclaration, use of front companies or mail fraud.
a. Clandestine laboratory c. Controlled delivery
b. Chemical diversion d. Cultivate
97. Refers to any act of knowingly planting, growing, raising, or permitting the
planting, growing or raising of any plant which is the source of a dangerous
drug.
a. Clandestine laboratory c. Controlled delivery
b. Chemical diversion d. Cultivate or culture
98. A place where any dangerous drug and/or controlled precursor and
essential chemical is administered, delivered, stored for illegal purposes,
distributed, sold or used in any form.
a. Dive c. Resort
b. Den d. All of these
99. A coddler or protector who knowingly and willfully consents to any

violations of the Comprehensive Dangerous Drugs Act of 2002 (RA 9165) is
punished with an imprisonment of 12 years and 1 day to twenty years plus a
fine ranging from 100,000 to ________.
a. 300,000 c. 1,000,000
b. 500,000 d. 2,000,000
100. For possession of dangerous drugs in the following quantity, regardless of

the degree of purity thereof: (1) 10 grams or more of opium; (2) 10 grams or
more of morphine; (3) 10 grams or more of heroin; (4) 10 grams or more of
cocaine or cocaine hydrochloride; (5) 50 grams or more of methamphetamine
hydrochloride or "shabu"; (6) 10 grams or more of marijuana resin or
marijuana resin oil; (7) 500 grams or more of marijuana; and (8) 10 grams or
176
more of other dangerous drugs such as, but not limited to,
methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDA) or "ecstasy",
paramethoxyamphetamine (PMA), trimethoxyamphetamine (TMA), lysergic acid
diethylamine (LSD), gamma hydroxyamphetamine (GHB) the law imposes a
penalty of life imprisonment to death and a fine ranging from 500,000 to
_____________.
a. 1,000,000 c. 5,000,000
b. 2,000,000 d. 10,000,000
101. Under RA 9165, any person charged for any violation of the
comprehensive dangerous drugs act regardless of the imposable penalty shall
not be allowed to avail of the provision on plea-bargaining. This statement is;
a. Partly False c. False
b. Partly True d. True
102. The policy-making and strategy-formulating body in the planning and

formulation of policies and programs on drug prevention and control. It shall
develop and adopt a comprehensive, integrated, unified and balanced national
drug abuse prevention and control strategy. It shall be under the Office of the
President.
a. Philippine Drug Enforcement Agency c. Department of Health
b. Dangerous Drugs Board d. NAPOLCOM
103. Under the law, he serves as permanent consultant of the Dangerous

Drugs Board while serving their tenure.
a. PNP Chief c. DILG Secretary
b. Director of the NBI d. Both A and BA
104. For the purpose of establishing adequate drug rehabilitation center in the
country, the PAGCOR is mandated by law to provide ______ million a month to
the PDEA and the DDB.
a. One c. Four
b. Two d. Five
105. Preliminary investigations for cases involving violations to the

comprehensive dangerous drugs board shall be terminated within a period of
____ days from the date of their filing.
a. 5 c. 15
b. 10 d. 30
106. Any substance that directly alters the normal functioning of the central
nervous system.
a. Dangerous drugs c. Regulated drugs
b. Prohibited Drugs d. Psychoactive drugs
107. Refer to the combined effects of the abused drugs taken by the user.
a. Tolerance c. Withdrawal sickness
b. Synergistic effects d. All of these
108. Also known as paregoric, dakers powder and parapectolin.

a. Codeine c. Heroin
b. Opium d. Methadone
109. Also known as horse, brown sugar, junk, mud, black tar, smoke.
b. Opium d. Methadone
110. Pectoral syrup or sweet amorphous refers to;

177
b. Opium d. Morphine
IV. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT AND ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
1. Yardstick of an effective traffic law enforcement program.

a. Smooth traffic flow
b. Increased traffic enforcement action
c. Less traffic law enforcement officers deployed with the same output
d. Reduction of traffic accidents and delays
2. A suspected drunk driver should undergo this last test.

a. Pupils of the eyes c. Breath test
b. Walking and turning d. Balance test
3. When a traffic officer halts a driver for traffic violation, the remark “do you
know why I called your attention” should be avoided, mainly because:
a. It implies corruption
b. It is a leading question
c. It is a presumption that it is a false arrest action
d. It invites a denial on the part of the traffic law violator.
4. A traffic patrol not engaged in taking action against a particular violator;

should without any instruction:
a. Keep off congested routes but in a location to spot traffic violations
b. Park in position visible to motorists to act as deterrent
c. Use its own discretion in achieving maximum efficiency
d. Maintain visible patrol continuously
5. Most common defect attributed to the human element in cases of traffic

vehicular accidents.
a. Intellectual c. Perceptual
b. Decision d. Attitudinal
6. This represents the ratio of traffic arrests, citations and warnings to the
frequency of traffic accidents.
a. Enforcement tax c. Non-index crime
b. Crime Index d. Crime rate
7. It is the sum of indulgence or restraint by the public in judging the

reasonableness of the traffic enforcement program.
a. Traffic tolerance c. Fair play enforcement
b. In the hole enforcement d. All of these
8. It refers to the practice of traffic law enforcers to hide in places where they
await traffic violations.
a. In the hole enforcement c. Fair play enforcement
b. Traffic tolerance d. None of these
9. The installation of traffic lights will logically result to a decrease in:

a. Accidents involving right of way c. Cross traffic accidents
b. Accidents of confusion d. Accidents due to drunk driving
10. Statistically it is considered as the most common reason for public utility
vehicular accidents.
178
a. Not observing the proper distance and following too close.
b. Unnecessary speed
c. Recklessness
d. Discussion regarding fare
11. A passenger AUV skidded on a wet pavement, injuring several bystanders

in the process. In making the report, apparent good condition should not be
employed in reference to.
a. The injured by-standers c. The driver
b. The brakes d. The tires
12. The predominant factor which causes traffic accidents.

a. Traffic educational background of the traffic law violators
b. Human behavior
c. Unsafe road conditions
d. Speeding
13. To best determine the proper distribution of personnel the best criterion
would be the number of:
a. Fatal accidents c. Accidents involving negligence
b. Reported accidents d. Amount of traffic using the public road
14. The standard behind selective enforcement in traffic control.

a. A warning for minor offenses
b. Direction of enforcement activities to areas prone to traffic danger
c. Selection of strategic areas for strict enforcement
d. Concentration of enforcement activities during peak traffic hours
15. The fundamental rule in traffic accident investigation.

a. Consider road conditions
b. Look for the key event
c. Consider the degree of damage or injury
d. Consider the violation of traffic law
16. In implementing new parking regulations it is most advisable to utilize.

a. Verbal warning c. Issue citation
b. Written warning d. Traffic arrest
17. It is considered as the most effective deterrent to traffic accidents.

a. Regular maintenance and check-up of the traffic units.
b. Increase insurance premium
c. Arrest and prosecution of traffic law violators
d. Decrease car insurance liability to a minimum
18. In Metro Manila the responsibility for developing traffic program primarily
rest with:
a. Department of Transportation and Communication
b. Land Transportation Office
c. Metro Manila Development Authority
d. Land Transportation Franchising Regulatory Board
19. In the Independence Day parade, a traffic officer is instructed not to allow
vehicles to cross the route where the parade is to pass, however an ambulance
vehicle with an injured passenger is about to cross the route, the traffic law
enforcement officer should:
a. Direct the driver to the nearest short cut without passing the route
b. Follow the order not to allow any vehicle to cross the route
c. Stop the parade to allow the ambulance to cross the street
179
d. Call his superior office for the prompt decision.
20. It has been observed that the intersection of Lacson and Dimasalang has
more traffic accidents than any other area in your jurisdiction, the traffic law
enforcement officer assigned in that area should be advised to:
a. Park near the intersection within view of passing vehicles to act as
deterrent.
b. Park near the intersection hidden from view to surprise traffic law violators
c. Give an extra attention to the particular intersection but cruise all areas
within his jurisdiction.
d. Park his vehicle in the center of the intersection to help control and direct
traffic flow.
21. Foremost among the preliminary action when the officer receives a call
regarding the occurrence of an accident.
a. Number of injured c. Name of the victim
b. Seriousness of the injury d. When and where the accident occurred
22. In interviewing persons involved in a traffic accident what is the primary

consideration to be taken by the police investigator.
a. Conduct each interview separately
b. Listen only to witnesses because they are not biased
c. Listen to both sides
d. Conduct the interview jointly
23. Skid marks as evidence in accident cases would show:

a. If the vehicle was traveling in the wrong direction or on the wrong side of
the road.
b. If the driver failed to observe the right of way
c. If the driver did not obey the traffic signal
24. Refers to the distance traveled before applying the brakes.

a. Coefficient of friction c. Maximum accident speed
b. Drag factor d. Reaction time
25. The measurement of the maximum frictional resistance of pavements.

a. Skid marks c. Drag factor
b. Scuff marks d. Reaction time
26. When two vehicles approach or enter an intersection at the same time who
shall yield the right of way as a general rule.
a. The driver on the left c. The faster vehicle
b. The driver on the right d. The slower vehicle
27. An executive function, which includes planning, directing, organizing,

supervising, coordinating, operating, recording and budgeting the affairs of
traffic.
a. Traffic management c. Traffic law enforcement
b. Traffic supervision d. All of these
28. Agency which regulates and prescribes transport routes for public utility
vehicles.
a. LTFRB c. DOTC
b. LTO d. MMDA
29. A traffic control signal by which traffic is alternately commanded to stop

and permitted to proceed in accordance with a pre-determined time schedule.
180
a. Fixed time signal c. Alternative system
b. Simulated system d. Simple progressive system
30. Number of days which constitutes the physical cycle or man’s cycle of
strength.
a. 21 c. 28
b. 23 d. 33
31. It refers to the right to proceed ahead of another vehicle or pedestrian?

a. Right-of-way c. Go
b. Last clear chance d. All of these
32. It is an accident wherein one or more person was seriously injured or has
died as a result of the mishap. In traffic accident investigation how is it
classified?
a. 1 c. 4
b. 2 d. 5
33. It is an accident, which is always accompanied by an unidentified road

user who usually flees immediately after the said collision.
a. Hit and run accident c. Motor vehicle non-traffic accident
b. Motor vehicle traffic accident d. Non motor vehicle non traffic accident
34. It refers to the separation of traffic units involved in a vehicular accident.

a. Final position c. Disengagement
b. Hazards d. Stopping
35. It is the place and time at which the normal person could perceive the
unusual or unexpected condition or movement.
a. Point of no escape c. Perception of hazards
b. Point of possible perception d. All of these
36. It is a regulation which prescribes proper conduct and decorum during

confrontation with or of traffic law
a. Memorandum circular 19-05 c. Memorandum circular 19-0005
b. Memorandum circular 19-005 d. Section 55 of R.A. 4136
37. In cases wherein a vehicle on the traffic way suddenly stopped due to
engine failure. What would be then duration period of the validity of the
citation given by the enforcer?
a. 2 days c. 72 hours
b. 1 days d. 7 days
38. What refers to an occurrence in a sequence of events, which usually

produces unintended death, injury or property damage?
a. Motor vehicle traffic accident c. Non motor vehicle non-traffic accident
b. Motor vehicle non-traffic accident d. Accident
39. It is defined as telling the drivers and pedestrians when, how and where
they may or may not move or stand at a particular place.
a. Traffic supervision c. Traffic control
b. Traffic direction d. All of these
40. It is a means to control the movements of vehicles, pedestrians at certain

point of a certain area by mechanical objects or manpower.
a. Traffic supervision c. Traffic control
b. Traffic direction d. None of these
181
41. Prohibitive signs and restrictive signs shall have:
a. Green background with white and black symbols.
b. White background with black symbols and red border
c. Red background with white symbols and red border
d. Blue background and white symbols.
42. It refers to any motor vehicle accident occurring on a place other than
traffic way.
a. Motor vehicle traffic accident
b. Motor vehicle non-traffic accident
c. Non motor vehicle non-traffic accident
d. Non motor vehicle traffic accident
43. What are physical channels within the roadway, which are constructed to
establish physical channels thru which vehicular traffic is guided without the
use of signals?
a. Traffic Signs c. Pavement markings
b. Traffic Islands d. Traffic signals
44. A term used to denote any vehicle used for commercial purposes without
any franchise.
a. Tricycle c. Mega taxi
b. FX d. Colorum
45. What is the real objective of traffic enforcement?

a. To apprehend traffic law violators
b. To improve safety traffic conditions
c. To change the wrong driving habits and attitude of violators
d. To prevent traffic accidents
46. Common cycle length is used at each intersection and the GO indications
are given independently in accordance to the time schedule designated o
permit a continuous movement of vehicles along the street at a designed
speed.
a. Flexible progressive system c. Simulated system
b. Simple progressive system d. Alternative system
47. All signals along a given street always show the same indication at the
same time.
a. Flexible progressive system c. Simulated system
b. Simple progressive system d. Alternative system
48. A power operated traffic control device by which traffic is warned or

directed to take some specific action.
a. Traffic signs c. Traffic islands
b. Warning lights d. Traffic light signals
49. Period of validity of a professional driver’s license which may be renewable

every 3 birth months of succeeding years and automatically expires if not
renewed on due date.
a. One year c. Three years
b. Two years d. Four years
50. Refers to seeing, feeling or hearing and understanding an unusual or

unexpected condition indicative of a sign that an accident might takes place.
a. Perception of hazard c. Initial contact
b. Start of evasive action d. Maximum engagement
182
51. In hit and run accident investigation, what should be the initial step or
phase in the investigative process?
a. Gather the evidences
b. Establish the identity of the persons involved
c. Cordon the area
d. Check the victims for injuries
52. Common type of thing carried away in cases of burglary and hit and run
vehicular accident.
a. Glass c. Hair
b. Blood d. Metal
53. All lines, patters, words, colors or other gadgets EXCEPT signs set into the
surface or applied upon or attached to the pavement or curbing officially place
for the purpose of regulating traffic is called.
a. Pavement markings c. Traffic signs
b. Traffic islands d. Traffic engineering
54. Any motor vehicle accident that result in injuries other than fatal to one or
more persons.
a. Non-fatal injury accident c. Fatal accident
b. Traffic accident d. Property damage accident
55. Refers to traffic signs intended to warn road users of special obligations.
a. Danger warning signs c. Informative signs
b. Regulatory signs d. Mandatory signs
56. It includes pedestrians, pedal cyclist, drivers and passengers utilizing the
public roads.
a. Road users c. Traffic system
b. Road user system d. Enforcement system
57. Traffic warning, is an enforcement action which does not contemplate

possible assessments of penalty by the court or otherwise as a result of a
warning alone. What kind of activities it represents?
a. Preventive activities c. Persuasive activities
b. Punitive activities d. All of these
58. It refers to a dangerous conduct and attitude, which indicates lack of

concern for injurious consequences likely to result from such a behavior.
a. Drunk driving c. Reckless imprudence
b. Reckless driving d. Reckless negligence
59. It is a wholly police responsibility and entails looking for defects in the
behavior of the motorist, pedestrian, vehicles and roadway condition.
a. Apprehension c. Adjudication
b. Defection d. Prosecution
60. Hazardous traffic law violations are:

a. Unsafe condition and unsafe behavior c. Disregarding safety of others
b. Physically handicapped drivers d. Obstructions
61. The theory which asserts that man exhibits a constant variation of life
energy and mood state.
a. Biorhythm c. Right of way
b. Last clear chance d. None of the foregoing
183
62. A number representing the resistance to sliding of two surfaces in contact
is known as:
a. Attribute c. Contact damage
b. Traffic jam d. Coefficient of friction
63. The first action taken by a traffic unit to escape from a collision course or
otherwise to avoid hazard.
a. Final position c. Start of evasive action
b. Point of possible perception d. Point of no escape
64. Key to determining which traffic unit first tried to prevent the motor
vehicle accident, this marking is made while the wheel is still turning.
a. Pavement markings c. Scuff marks
b. Skid marks d. All of these
65. As a rule, traffic control devices and aids have elementary requirements
before they are installed on the roadway, which among the following is not
considered as a requirement for such devices?
a. They should compel attention
b. They should convey meaning which are simple and easy to
understand
c. They should command respect
d. They should not allow time for proper response
66. If a traffic law enforcer would decide to arrest a traffic law violator, what
would not be his basis for such action?
a. The offense is serious
b. Detention is necessary to avoid continued violation
c. There is a reasonable doubt that the person will appear in the court.
d. The offender would attend the hearing
67. What is the goal of Traffic safety education for drivers?

a. To give them the basics regarding traffic safety
b. To give them actual application of traffic safety knowledge
c. It is a pre-requisite for licenses
d. To impart traffic morality to drivers for safe movement on public roads
68. They are objects commonly left at the scene of the collision involved in
accidents.
a. Debris c. Skid marks
b. Scuff marks d. Hazards
69. It is an enforcement action, wherein the violator is commanded to appear

in court, but without detaining him
a. Traffic arrest c. Traffic warning
b. Traffic citation d. All of these
70. It is the last part of the enforcement process wherein penalties are imposed
by the court to parties found guilty of an offense pertaining to traffic law
violations.
a. Adjudication c. Penalization
b. Apprehension d. Prosecution
71. The greatest advance in land transportation after the sled was the _____
and originated in the Tigris Euphrates valley about 3,500 B.C.
a. Feeder roads c. Wheel
b. Roads d. The harness
184
72. The credit of having invented the internal combustion engine was given to
a Frenchman named;
a. Napoleon Bonaparte c. Nicolas Otto
b. Etiene Leonir d. Gottlieb Daimler
73. The Romans brought road building to its peak of perfection in ancient
times, hence the saying “all roads, lead to _______.”
a. Forum c. Paris
b. Coliseum d. Rome
74. Refers to the main road as conduit system with a right of way ranging from
20 meters to 120 meters.
a. Provincial roads c. City roads
b. National roads d. Municipal roads
75. Linkages between two municipalities with a right of way from 15 meters to
60 meters.
a. Provincial roads c. City roads
b. National roads d. Municipal roads
76. A road intended for farm to market traffic.

a. Local collector road c. Feeder road
b. Expressway d. Subway
77. A modern urban system of roadway above street level for free flow of traffic.
a. Expressway c. Skyway
b. Subway d. Major collector road
78. A road intended for free flow vehicular movement.

a. Expressway c. Skyway
b. Subway d. Subway
79. For private vehicles a green sticker is issued, for hire vehicles yellow, red
for government vehicles and _____ for diplomatic vehicles.
a. Pink c. Black
b. Blue d. Orange
80. For open country roads with no blind corners the maximum allowable
speed is 80 km/h for passenger vehicles and motorcycles, 50 km/h for trucks
and buses; for through streets clear of traffic 40 km/h and 20 km/h
respectively; for city and municipal streets 30 km/h and for through crowded
streets approaching intersections at blind corners passing school zones the
maximum allowable speed is ___ km/h for both passenger cars, motorcycles as
well as trucks and buses.
a. 10 c. 20
b. 15 d. 25
V. COURT TESTIMONY
1. The relevance of the study of practice court is to criminology is:
a. Acquaintance with court room conduct and trial procedures
b. Familiarization with court personnel and legal forms
c. Train criminologist how to testify effectively and properly
d. All of the above
2. The usual role of police officers during judicial proceedings.
185
a. To protect the judge c. To protect the accused
b. To serve as a witness d. To act as an expert witness
3. This occurs when the judge enters the court room and the clerk or bailiff
announces his presence.
a. Roll call of cases c. Arraignment
b. Call to order d. Order of trial
4. When the call to order has been undertaken, it is an indication that:

a. All must rise c. The court is in session
b. All must be silent d. All of the above
5. Which among the following is not a court personnel?

a. Clerk of court c. Interpreter
b. Stenographer d. Policeman
6. His primary duty is to keep peace during trials.

a. Clerk of court c. Policeman
b. Bailiff d. Judge
7. The prosecutor in a criminal case would usually utter in roll call:

a. “For the accused your honor, ready”
b. “For the plaintiff your honor, ready”
c. “ For the people your honor, ready.”
d. “ For the state your honor, ready”
8. It is a list of cases usually placed or posted on the door of a trial court.

a. Roll call of cases c. Call to order
b. Calendar d. All of these
9. Trials and court sessions are usually:

a. Open to the public
b. Exclusive for the litigants
c. Exclusive to the litigants and their relatives
d. Open to the members of the bar
10. Before giving his testimony the witness must:

a. Undertake the witness oath c. Must pray for truthful answers
b. Must sign his affidavit d. Must pledge to tell the truth
11. When evidences are presented to the court, this constitutes.

a. Witness oath c. Roll call of cases
b. Call to order d. Marking of exhibits
12. A procedure wherein the case number is called and the litigants
represented by counsel should signify their readiness for trial.
a. Witness oath c. Roll call of cases
b. Call to order d. Marking of exhibits
13. Primary duty of the prosecutor.

a. To see to it that due process is observed
b. To acquit the accused
c. To prove the guilt of the accused beyond reasonable doubt
d. To secure justice
14. He is the lawyer for the plaintiff.

a. Counsel de officio c. Public prosecutor
b. Private prosecutor d. All of the above
186
15. Another lawyer hired by the victim is designated as:
a. Counsel de officio c. Public prosecutor
b. Private prosecutor d. Counsel for the defense
16. When an objection has been made to the testimony of the witness and the
judge orders that it be sustained, the witness:
a. Is allowed to continue and answer
b. Is not allowed to answer the question directed by counsel
c. Is instructed to sit down
d. Is instructed to get out of the witness stand
17. The question, “when did you first meet the accused” is an example of a:
a. Direct examination c. Re-direct question
b. Cross examination d. Re-cross examination
18. After the evidence of the defense is presented, the next step for the order of
trial is:
a. Evidence for the prosecution c. Sur-rebuttal evidence
b. Rebuttal evidence d. Cross examination
19. It is usually used to test the credibility of the witness and leading
questions may be allowed.
a. Direct examination c. Re-direct examination
20. It is used to establish facts wherein leading questions are not allowed.
a. Direct examination c. Re-direct examination
21. A person named and appointed by the court to defend an absentee

defendant in suit which the appointment is made.
a. Attorney at law c. Counsel de officio
b. Attorney ad Hoc d. Attorney of record
22. An attorney whose name must appear in the permanent record or file of
the case.
a. Attorney at law c. Counsel de officio
b. Attorney ad Hoc d. Attorney of record
23. The counsel on either side of the litigated action who is charges with the
principal management and direction of party’s case.
a. Attorney in fact c. Lead Counsel
b. Attorney ad Hoc d. House counsel
24. Literally it means a friend of the court, a person with strong interest in or
views on the subject matter of an action but not a party to it.
a. Attorney in fact c. Counsel de officio
b. Amicus Curiae d. House counsel
25. A preliminary fee given to an attorney or counsel to insure and secure

services and induce him to act for the client.
a. General retainer c. Special retainer
b. Retaining fee d. Acceptance fee
187
VI. POLICE REPORT WRITING
1. This information is written on a need basis specifically when the

commanding officer has to know the actual circumstances of a particular
incident which can be of public interest.
a. Investigation report c. Spot report
b. Special report d. Situation report
2. Also known as an after patrol report, this is a common practice in station

level.
a. Formal report c. Beat inspection report
b. Special report d. Situation report
3. Refers to an issuance intended to inform the majority in a particular

directorate, not for those in the field is:
a. Memorandum circular c. Office circulars
b. General circular d. Office orders
4. They usually contain administrative instructions which are advisory,

directory or informative in nature, general in application, requiring compliance
by the personnel and the general public and long term in duration.
a. Memorandum circular c. Office circulars
5. An administrative instruction which deals with subjects such as

explanations or classification of regulations and rules to be complied with by
subordinates.
a. Memorandum circular c. Office circular
6. This written account is done after an important incident took place in a

certain area within 24 hours from occurrence.
a. Formal report c. Beat inspection report
b. Special/spot report d. Situation report
7. An accomplishment report is generally classified as:

a. Investigation report c. Progress report
b. Formal report d. Special report
8. They refer to sets of instructions regarding the course of action to be taken

in a particular situation followed on a routinary basis.
a. Letter orders c. Office orders
b. Letter directives d. Standing operating procedures
9. They refer to directives which usually affect the status of individuals such
as promotions, appointments, relief from duty, leave of absence, demotions
and separation.
a. Letter orders c. Office orders
b. Special orders d. Standing operating procedures
10. They are primarily internal instructions, mandatory in character and

regulatory in nature.
a. Office circulars c. Letter orders
b. Office orders d. Letter directives
11. It is s considered as a name word?

a. Pronoun c. Nouns
188
b. Proper noun d. Consonant
12. Which of these words are commonly used as a predicate

a. Noun c. Adverb
b. Verb d. Adjective
13. In police investigative report writing, it is a must that you write it in the:
a. First person c. Third person
b. Second person d. Fourth person
14. If an adjective modifies a noun or a pronoun, the adverb is used to modify

what part of speech?
a. An adjective c. A verb
b. An adverb d. All of these
15. If A is used before the beginning of a consonant, what is used before a

vowel?
a. A c. And
b. An d. At
16. Refers to a high social position or standing.

a. Seniority c. Rank
b. Privilege d. Status
17. Willful and deliberate betrayal of trust or confidence.

a. Treachery c. Cunning
b. Craft d. Dishonesty
18. Interruption or disturbance committed by three or more persons armed

and provided with a means of violence.
a. Band c. Tumultuous
b. Brigandage d. Rumble
19. Circumstance pertaining to the moral in order which adds disgrace and
suffering to the material injury caused by the crime.
a. Ignominy c. Unkindness
b. Cruelty d. Brutality
20. An act of any person who with intent to gain for himself or for another
shall buy, receive, possess, conceal, sell or dispose of any article, object or
property which he knows or ought to know to have been derived from the
proceeds of a crime.
a. Robbery c. Estafa
b. Theft d. Fencing
21. An exact narrative of facts, discovered during the course of an

investigation for present or future use.
a. Initial report c. Final report
b. Progress report d. Police report
22. Report undertaken and submitted for solved cases or those classified as
closed.
a. Initial report c. Final report
b. Progress report d. Police report
23. Magnitude
a. Size c. Strength
b. Degree d. Duration
189
24. Refers to the act of persuading the would be defendant into committing the
offense.
a. Entrapment c. Unlawful arrest
b. Detention d. Instigation
25. History or family descent.

a. Family tree c. Heredity
b. Social history d. Pedigree
26. An agreement made by two or more parties.

a. Compromise c. Covenant
b. Proposal d. Contract
27. A set of belief held by a group.

a. Creed c. Principles
b. Doctrine d. Ideology
28. Mental capacity to distinguish what is right and wrong and to realize the
consequences of one’s unlawful acts.
a. Discernment c. Liability
b. Understanding d. Culpability
29. Scurrilous
a. Vulgar c. Rude
b. Discreet d. Cruelty
30. One’s inability to copulate

a. Impotence c. Lesbianism
b. Homo sexuality d. Abnormality
31. The correct choice of word selecting the exact precise objective words to
convey a meaning.
a. Exclamation point c. Vocabulary
b. Diction d. Exclamation point
32. The first basic step in writing police report.

a. Gather the facts c. Organize the facts
b. Record the facts d. Write the report
33. Administrative instructions which are directory, advisory or informative in

nature, more or less permanent in duration.
a. Circulars c. Memorandum
b. Office orders d. Issuance
34. Inter-office communications dealing with official matters. Interpreted in

the simplest way and the message are boiled down to the fewest word possible.
a. Circulars c. Memorandum
b. Office orders d. Issuance
35. In police investigative report writing, one must make use of what part of
speech to avoid redundancy?
a. Adverb c. Pronoun
b. Adjective d. Predicate
36. Hypothetical
a. Provable c. Exaggerated
b. Assumed d. Temporary
190
37. Temerity
a. Fear c. Arrogance
b. Rashness d. Force
38. Macho
a. Angry c. Stubborn
b. Assertive d. Heroic
39. A word or group of word that expresses a complete thought.

a. Sentence c. Subject
b. Phrase d. Verb
40. Subside
a. Undermine c. To yield
b. Decrease d. Descend upon
41. Also known as face sheets they are completed when the preliminary
investigation results in the conclusion that a crime occurred.
a. Clearance report c. Crime report
b. Arrest report d. Evidence report
42. A report which details the events which took place in the apprehension of
a person.
43. A report which is used to document the disposition of a criminal case.

44. When the police respond to calls which is not crime related, they are to
accomplish this report.
b. Incident report d. Evidence report
45. A daily activity report is used to detail the location of the activity, its
nature; time spent and number of persons contacted is also known as;
a. Clearance report c. Daily activity report
46. The first sentence immediately at the beginning which is known as the
main subject.
a. Police sentence c. Introductory sentence
b. Topic sentence d. None of these
47. A grammatically structured sentence with a subject and predicate using

distinctive police words, phrases and clauses without being too technical,
vulgar or legal.
a. Police sentence c. Introductory sentence
b. Topic sentence d. None of these
48. A type of correspondence that offices and members of the police force
subscribe to.
a. Routing slip c. Format
b. Action form d. All of these
49. Aimed primarily for transmitting papers from office to office

a. Routing slip c. Format
191
b. Action form d. All of these
50. The file reference itself.

a. Action form c. File number
b. Routing slip d. Subject
192
CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY, ETHICS AND HUMAN RELATIONS
Scope: Concepts of crime and criminology. Theories of crime

causation; crime topologies; the criminal justice system, human
behavior and crisis management, police ethics and community
relations, and current police issues and problems. (15%)
193
I. INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINOLOGY
1. Urban sociologist who pioneered research on social ecology of the city,

who contended that social forces operating in urban areas create criminal
interactions.
a. Chicago School c. Radical Criminology
b. Conflict Criminology d. Positivist Criminology
2. It contends that the exploitation of the working class would eventually

lead to class conflict at the end of the capitalist system.
a. Chicago School c. Radical Criminology
b. Conflict Criminology d. Positivist Criminology
3. Crime is a function of learning, up bringing and control parents, peers

and teachers influence behavior.
a. Ecological forces c. Socialization forces
b. Economic and political forces d. Multiple forces
4. Crime is a function of competition for limited power and resources. Class

conflict produces crimes.
5. Crime rates are a function of neighborhood conditions, norm conflict

and cultural forces.
6. It originated around 1764, a criminological theory advocated by Becarria

and Bentham. The classical theory focuses its core idea on:
a. People choose to commit crime after weighing the benefits and costs of
their actions.
b. Crime is a function of class struggle
c. Some people have biological and mental traits that make them crime
prone.
d. A person’s place in the social structure determines his/her behavior.
7. It was advocated by Karl Marx, William Bonger, George Vold and Ralf
Dahrendorf during the year 1848. It centers on the view that capitalist
system emphasizes competition and wealth and produces and economic
and social environment in which crime is inevitable.
a. Classical theory c. Positivist theory
b. Marxist/Conflict theory d. Sociological theory
8. It started around the year 1810, whose core idea is the fact that mental
and degeneracies are the causes of crime.
a. Classical theory c. Positivist theory
b. Marxist/Conflict theory d. Sociological theory
9. The sociological theory which started in the year 1897 contends that:
a. People choose to commit crime after weighing the benefits and costs of
their actions.
b. Crime is a function of class struggle
c. Some people have biological and mental traits that make them crime
prone.
d. A person’s place in the social structure determines his/her behavior.
194
10. Acts of violence or intimidation designed to frighten people considered
undesirable because of religion, sexual orientation, ethnic origin or race.
a. Hate crimes c. Discriminatory crimes
b. Class crimes d. Oppressive crimes
11. Offenses designed to improve the financial or social position of a

criminal.
a. Economic crimes c. Instrumental crimes
b. Acquisitive crimes d. White collar crimes
12. It holds that offenders adhere to conventional values while drifting into
periods of illegal behavior, in order to drift; they must overcome moral and
legal values.
a. Neutralization theory c. Rational theory
b. Clinical theory d. Modern theory
13. According to Freud it is the ability to learn about the consequences of

one’s action through experience.
a. Reality principle c. Pain principle
b. Pleasure principle d. All of the foregoing
14. A term that used to describe motorists who assault each other.
a. Road rage c. Predation
b. Reactive hate crime d. Anarchy
15. The killing of a large number of people over time by an offender who
seeks to escape detection.
a. Road rage c. Hate crime
b. Continuing crime d. Serial murder
16. A computer program that disrupts or destroys existing programs and

networks.
a. Virus c. Computer glitch
b. Firewall d. All of the foregoing
17. Crimes that violate the moral order in which there is no actual target
and society as a whole is considered the victim.
a. Hate crimes c. Serial crimes
b. Violent crimes d. Victimless crimes
18. Crimes that is committed when members of a group are prevented from
achieving their fullest potential because of status bias.
a. Hate crimes c. Crimes of repression
b. Violent crimes d. Discriminative crimes
19. The study of criminal behavior involving research on the links between
different types of crimes and criminals.
a. Criminal typology c. Criminology
b. Crime typology d. All of the foregoing
20. A branch of criminology that examines change in criminal career over

the life course.
a. Strain theory c. Developmental theory
b. Differential Association theory d. Biosocial theory
21. Refers to the mental processes of criminals in action.

a. Criminogenic process c. Human behavior
b. Criminal behavior d. Criminal sychodynamics
195
22. Refers to morbid propensity to make love.
a. Erotomania c. Megalomania
b. Logomacy d. Dipsomania
23. He developed a system of classifying criminals according to bodily

measurements, his method of identification centered on the fact that no
two individuals are alike in all dimensions.
a. Dr. Charles Goring c. RH Goddard
b. Alphonse Bertillon d. John Howard
24. This school on crime causation emphasized economic determinism and

concentrated on the need for equality among all citizen. They provided
statistical data which claimed to show that variations in crime rates are
associated with variations in economic conditions.
a. Carthographic School
b. Socialist School
c. Psychiatric School
d. Sociological and Social-Psychological School
25. This school on crime causation is primarily concerned with the

distribution of crimes in certain areas both social and geographical.
a. Carthographic School
b. Socialist School
c. Psychiatric School
d. Sociological and Social-Psychological School
26. The study of victimology, which deals on the role of the victim in the
commission of a crime is also referred to as:
a. Crime target c. Criminal ecology
b. Criminal anthropology d. Criminal psychology
27. Jose a 16 year old child, usually commits petty crimes as a form of
rebellion brought about by communication gap, disrespect and conflict
with his parents may be classified as a:
a. Environmental delinquent c. Psychiatric delinquent
b. Emotional maladjusted delinquent d. Juvenile delinquent
28. This specific theory of criminal law argues that crime is essentially a
morbid and mental phenomenon and as such it cannot be solely treated by
the application of abstract principles of jurisprudence.
a. Classical Theory c. Neo-classical theory
b. Positive Theory d. Modern theory
29. This explains that crime is a result of free will of men; but committed
due to some compelling reasons that prevailed upon the person to commit
a crime.
a. Classical School of Thought c. Positive School of Thought
b. Neo Classical School of Thought d. Italian School of Thought
30. This School of Thought advocated that criminals are essentially born.
a. Classical School of Thought c. Positive School of Thought
b. Neo Classical School of Thought d. Clinical School of Thought
31. Those who commit crimes because they are pushed to it by

inducement, reward or promise without considering its consequences.
a. Passive inadequate criminals c. Socialized delinquents
b. Active aggressive criminals d. Chronic criminals
196
32. This theory in the causes of crime states that crime may be caused by
one or more factors, while in other instances caused by another set of
factors.
a. Single theory c. Multiple factor theory
b. Unitary cause theory d. Eclectic theory
33. Refers to the reversion of man to his apelike ancestor.

a. Stigmata c. Anomaly
b. Atavism d. All of the foregoing
34. The study of the relationship between facial features and human
conduct of a person in relation to his crimes.
a. Craniology c. Physiognomy
b. Phrenology d. All of the above
35. Claimed that the shape of the head of criminals is different from that of
non-criminals.
a. Lavator c. Casare Becarria
b. Cesare Lombroso d. Franz Joseph Spurzheim
36. Temperament of persons characterized generally by relaxation of the

body, loves luxury and comfort.
a. Romotonic c. Mesomorphic
b. Cerebrotonic d. Viscerotonic
37. According to Kretchmer, this type of physique is generally stout with

round bodies. Persons of this type commit deception, fraud and violence.
a. Pyknik type c. Asthenic type
b. Athletic type d. Mixed type
38. Persons of mixed type physique tend to commit what particular crimes?
a. Deception and fraud c. Petty thievery
b. Violence d. Offenses against decency
39. Sheldon noted that this type of physique have relatively predominant
muscles, bone and motor organs of the body.
a. Endomorphic c. Ectomorphic
b. Mesomorphic d. Viscerotonic
40. They are skinny and slender type persons who commit petty thievery.
a. Pyknik c. Asthenic
b. Athletic d. Mixed
41. A temperament with active dynamic gestures and characterized by

aggressive and assertive behavior.
a. Viscerotonic c. Cerebrotonic
b. Romotonic d. Mesomorphic
42. Relatively predominance of the skin and its appendages which includes
the nervous system, lean fragile and delicate bodies.
a. Endomorphic c. Ectomorphic
b. Mesomorphic d. Romotonic
43. Known as the “Mother of Criminals”

a. Margaret Juke c. Ada Kallikak
b. Ada Juke d. Ada Edwards
197
44. Claimed that crime is an expression of the mental content of an
individual.
a. Healy c. Cyril Burt
b. Bromberg d. Abrahamsen
45. Coined in the formula, “Criminal behavior equals criminalistic

tendencies plus crime inducing situation, divided b y the person’s mental
or emotional resistance to temptation.”
46. Stated that criminality is a result of emotional immaturity.

47. Stated that the cause of delinquency is the faulty development of the
child during the first few years of his life.
a. Aichorn c. Bromberg
b. Healy d. Abrahamsen
48. Developed the psycho-analytical theory of human personality and

crimes.
a. Aichorn c. Healy
b. Sigmund Freud d. Bromberg
49. Refers to the conscience of man.

a. Ego c. Super ego
b. Id d. Spirit
50. It behaves only in terms of the pleasure principle.

a. Ego c. Super ego
b. Id d. Spirit
51. A mental deficiency which makes a person incapable of managing

themselves, and their mentality is that of a child 2 to 7 years of age.
a. Idiots c. Feeble-mindedness
b. Imbeciles d. Epileptics
52. Complete loss of consciousness and general contraction of the muscles.

a. Seizures c. Petit mal
b. Grand mal d. Jacksonian type
53. Mild or incomplete loss of consciousness and contraction of the

muscles.
54. Localized contraction of the muscles with or without loss of

consciousness.
55. Better attained when the group is homogenous, isolated, undisturbed

by migration and cultural clash.
a. Containment c. Social organization
b. Disorganization d. Imitation suggestion theory
198
56. It was maintained that a person pursues a criminal behavior to the
extent that he identifies himself with a real or imaginary person from
whose perspective his criminal behavior seems acceptable.
a. Differential identification theory
b. Imitation suggestion theory
c. Differential social disorganization
d. Conflict of culture theory
57. Argues that delinquency and crime patterns are learned and adopted.
58. High crimes and delinquency rates is explained by exposure to diverse

and incongruent standards and code.
59. Explains human behavior and the experiences which helps determine
the nature of a personality as a reacting mechanism.
a. Giandell index to criminality c. Criminogenoc process
b. Crime rate d. Human behavior
60. A false belief about self, caused by morbidity.

a. Illusion c. Erotomania
b. Delusion d. Melanchola
61. This forms part of man’s physical organization between his sensory
stimuli on one hand and his motor activity on the other.
a. Ego c. Super ego
b. Id d. Spirit
62. Explains that the person before committing a crime is likely to feel
unhappy, resentful and unsatisfied.
a. Need frustration c. External inhibition
b. Internal inhibition d. Contact with reality
63. Refers to the balance of “gain and loss” that a person may experience if
he commits a given crime.
a. Situational crime potential c. Contact with reality
b. Potential satisfaction d. Need frustration
64. Extent to which a person can learn from his past experiences,
especially his mistakes, to the extent to which he can evaluate accurately
the present situation and foresee the consequences of his action to the
future.
a. Situational crime potential c. Contact with reality
b. Potential satisfaction d. Need frustration
65. Called dementia praecox, which is a form of psychosis characterized by

thinking disturbance and regression.
a. Mental deficiency c. Schizophrenia
b. Imbecility d. Epilepsy
66. Persons whose mentality may be compared to that of a 2 year old child.
199
a. Idiots c. Feeble-mindedness
b. Imbeciles d. Moral defectiveness
67. Uncontrollable resistance to do something.

a. Schizophrenic c. Epileptic
b. Idiocy d. Compulsive neurosis
68. Compulsive desire to set fire.

a. Dipsomania c. Kleptomania
b. Pyromania d. Homophobia
69. Compulsive desire to drink alcohol.

b. Pyromania d. Homophobia
70. Irresistible urge to kill somebody.

b. Pyromania d. Homicidal compulsion
71. A mental disorder in which the person thinks of himself as great or

exalted.
a. Hallucination c. Erotomania
b. Delusion d. Megalomania
72. Morbid craving for the dead. A perversion wherein gratification is

achieved by having sexual intercourse with or mutilation of a dead body.
a. Megalomania c. Necrophilia
b. Erotomania d. Autophobia
73. A statement which says we have no crime if we have no criminal law.

a. Ignorantia legis c. Dura lex sed lex
b. Logomacy d. None of the foregoing
74. The attempt to correlate the frequency of crime between parents and
children or siblings.
a. Melancholia c. Logomacy
b. Megalomania d. Biometry
75. Transmission of physical characteristics, mental traits, tendency to

disease from parents to offspring.
a. DNA c. Heredity
b. Inheritance d. All of the foregoing
76. He advocated the Positivist Theory or the Italian School of Thought,

and claimed that criminals are born with some physical defects which in
turn become the causes of crimes.
a. Cesare Lombroso c. Alphonse Bertillon
b. Cesare Becarria d. Charles Goring
77. According to criminologists, crimes exists when:

a. A person has been convicted in court of felony
b. It is committed by a certain person
c. When police authorities are informed in such commission
d. All of the above
78. A stab B at the back, killing the latter instantly, it was committed at
Sales Street, Manila and A left for Laguna to escape captivity for his felony.
What type of crime did he commit?
200
a. Extinctive Crime c. Static crime
b. Acquisitive Crime d. Continuing crime
79. The theory of criminal law which is based on human free will and the
purpose of the penalty is retribution is referred to as the?
a. Classical Theory c. Positivist Theory
b. Neo Classical Theory d. Neo-Positivist Theory
80. G wanted to kill AJ, G shot AJ while the latter was walking to school as
a result AJ died, the act was to be classified as a:
a. Attempted felony c. Consummated felony
b. Frustrated felony d. All of the above
81. An American authority in criminology who first considered criminology

as a science.
a. R. Garofalo c. Edwin H. Sutherland
b. W.A. Bonger d. George L. Wilker
82. It is considered as the maximum penalty for any crime under the
Philippine Penal Law?
a. Death by lethal injection c. Reclusion temporal
b. Reclusion perpetua d. Prision mayor
83. A mental disorder characterized by brooding and depression of spirits.

a. Hallucination c. Masochism
b. Melanchola d. Megalomania
84. Which among the following is not considered an origin of criminal law?
a. Criminal law originated from tort(quasi-deli) or private wrong
b. Criminal law originated from the local process of a disorganized
society
c. Criminal law originated from development of customs, usage and
traditions
d. Criminal law originated from conflict of interest between different
social groups
85. Argued that criminology can never be a science.

a. R. Garofalo c. R.H. Goddard
86. In a situation when an offender comes to possession of something out

of the commission of the crime, what type of crime he has committed?
a. Extinctive crime c. Static crime
b. Acquisitive crime d. Episoidal crime
87. International authority in criminology who classified crimes by motives

of the offenders
a. R. Garofalo c. R.H. Godard
88. It refers to crimes, which occur with sufficient regularity, and is used
as the basis in determining the peace and order situation in a particular
locality.
a. Simple crimes c. Index crimes
b. Complex crimes d. Non-index crimes
89. It is defined as an act committed or omitted in violation of a public law

forbidding or commanding it.
201
a. Felony c. Delinquency
b. Tort d. All of the above
90. Generally, the study of Criminology has not gained acceptance as a

science, however it may be considered as an applied science. What do we
refer to when we apply forensic chemistry, legal medicine, ballistics,
questioned documents in crime detection and investigation?
a. Criminalistics c. Forensics
b. Instrumentation d. All of the above
91. Ballistics is the study of firearms and bullets. Who has been recognized
as the Father of Ballistics?
a. Col. Calvin H. Goddard c. Hans Gross
b. Albert Osborn d. Cesare Lombroso
92. Refers to the study of human mind in relation to criminality.

a. Criminal epidiomiology c. Criminal etiology
b. Criminal psychiatry d. Criminal ecology
93. When we refer to the fact that our penal laws is applicable equally to
all persons what particular principle of criminal law do we refer?
a. Territoriality c. Extra-territoriality
b. Generality d. Prospectivity
94. It deals specifically with the study of the relationship between

criminality and population, wherein direct proportionality is applied
between the two.
a. Criminal Epidemology c. Criminal Demography
b. Criminal Ecology d. Criminal Physical Anthropolgy
95. It has been said that the victim plays an important role in the
commission of crimes. What do we refer to the study that focuses on such
part of the victim in crimes?
a. Criminal Psychology c. Victimology
b. Criminal Psychiatry d. Criminal Ecology
96. In its narrower sense, criminology is the scientific study of crimes and
criminals. Which among the following is not considered part of its extended
scientific study?
a. Investigation of the nature of criminal law and its application
b. Analysis of the causation of crimes
c. Crime prevention
d. Control and rehabilitation of offenders
97. Study of criminality in relation to spatial distribution in a community.

a. Criminal demography c. Criminal anthropology
b. Criminal epidiomology d. Criminal ecology
98. When the offender has used his free will and intended to commit a
certain crime while being sane, he has committed what type of crime?
a. Rational crime c. Instant crime
b. Irrational crime d. Blue collar crime
99. According to the type of offenders, crimes may be duly classified. If a

pharmacist has adulterated the production of certain drugs not within the
standards set by BFAD, what crime did he commit?
a. Professional crime c. Blue collar crime
b. White collar crime d. Rational crime
202
100. When crimes are committed with malicious desire it is said that it has
been committed with?
a. Deceit c. Negligence
b. Fault d. Imprudence
101. The application of science to law.

a. Instrumentation c. Forensics
b. Criminalistics d. All of the foregoing
102. Austrian magistrate who is considered as the father of criminalistics.

a. Hans Gross c. Leon Lottes
b. Alphonse Bertillion d. Albert Osborne
103. Father of questioned document examination.

a. Hans Gross c. Leon Lottes
b. Alphonse Bertillion d. Albert Osborne
104. Science of fingerprinting.

a. Dactyloscopy c. Penology
b. Polygraphy d. Ballistics
105. Crimes which occur per 100,000 population per month. It is the
theoretical basis which determines peace and order situation.
a. Index crimes c. Crime rate
b. Non index crime d. Crime statistics
106. The end result of the criminal act is destructive.

a. Instant crime c. Extinctive crime
b. Acquisitive crime d. Static crime
107. Those crimes committed by ordinary criminals to maintain their

livelihood.
a. White-collar crimes c. Professional crimes
b. Blue collar crimes d. All of the foregoing
108. Lowest form of criminal career. They lack organization and require
limited skill.
a. Ordinary criminals c. Acute criminals
b. Professional criminals d. Chronic criminals
109. Persons who violate the law because of the impulse of the moment, fit
of passion or anger or extreme jealousy.
a. Normal criminals c. Chronic criminals
b. Ordinary criminals d. Acute criminals
110. Those who commit crimes in an impulsive manner usually due to

aggressive behavior of the offender. Such is clearly manifested in crimes of
passion, revenge or resentment.
a. Passive inadequate criminals c. Socialized delinquents
b. Active aggressive criminals d. Chronic criminals
111. Murder, assault, forcible, rape and child molesting are crimes which
are sociologically classified as:
a. Occasional proper crimes c. Conventional crimes
b. Violent personal crimes d. Occasional crimes
112. Shoplifting, auto theft, vandalism and forgery may be considered as:
203
b. Violent personal crimes d. Occasional crimes
113. Which among the following is classified as professional crimes?

a. Forgery c. Confidence games
b. Counterfeiting d. All of these
114. Occasional crimes are also known as:

a. Blue collar crimes c. Incidental crimes
b. White collar crimes d. Accidental crimes
115. Sedition, espionage, sabotage, treason are sociologically referred to as:

b. Political crimes d. Occasional crimes
116. Public order crimes like vagrancy, prostitution, gambling, drug

addiction are also known as:
a. Blue collar crimes c. Incidental crimes
b. White collar crimes d. Victimless crimes
117. Which among the following is not considered as conventional crimes?

a. Robbery c. Larceny
b. Offenses by gangs of youth d. Non forced sex offenses
118. Which among the foregoing is not classified as forms of organized

crimes?
a. Control of drug traffic c. Racketeering
b. Illegal gambling operations d. None of these
119. They are persons who continue to commit criminal acts as opposed to
most criminal offenders who discontinue their antisocial activity.
a. Chronic offenders c. Recidivists
b. Career criminals d. Both a and B
120. A method popularized by Cesare Lombroso undertaken by studying

criminals in an effort to scientifically determine whether law violators were
physically different from people of conventional values and behavior.
a. Social positivism c. Biological determinism
b. Chicago School d. Sociological criminology
121. A field of sociology which scientifically studies the major social

changes and its effects and impact to criminality.
a. Social positivism c. Biological determinism
b. Chicago School d. Sociological criminology
122. The first written criminal code developed in Babylonia about 2000
B.C.
a. Code of Kalantiao c. Sumakawel Code
b. Code of Hammurabi d. Codico Penal
123. This approach made use of social statistics that were being developed
in Europe in the early 19 th century that provided important demographic
information on the population, including density, gender, religious
affiliations and wealth. Many of the relationships between crime and social
phenomena identified then still serve as basis for criminology study.
a. Cartoraphic School of criminology c. Sociological criminology
b. Conflict Criminology d. Marxist Criminology
124. Theft of an automobile by threat or force.

204
a. Carnapping c. Robbery
b. Carjacking d. None of these
125. Violent acts directed toward a particular person of members of a

group merely because the target share a discernible racial, ethnic, religious
or gender characteristic.
a. Bias crimes c. Social crimes
b. Hate crimes d. Both A and B
126. The best known and most widely cited source of official criminal
statistics.
a. Interpol c. Uniform Crime Report
b. Victimization Survey d. FBI
127. Crime is a function of free will and personal choices and punishment
is a deterrent to crime.
a. Internal forces c. Multiple forces
b. Situational forces d. Socialization forces
128. Criminology, which is the study of crimes and criminals was derived
from what field of study?
a. Forensics c. Sociology
b. Law d. Penology
129. Crime is a function of chemical, neurological, genetic, personality,

intelligence or mental traits.
a. Internal forces c. Multiple forces
b. Situational forces d. Socialization forces
130. When multiple forces are considered such as biological, social-

psychological, economic and political forces which combine to produce
crime. What major perspective of criminology is used?
a. Conflict perspective c. Process perspective
b. Developmental perspective d. Choice perspective
II . POLICE ETHICS AND VALUES
1. Refers to the essence of good manners, which show sportsmanship,

culture and gentility.
a. Courtesy c. Loyalty
b. Discipline d. Morale
2. Public officers and employees who serve with the highest degree of
integrity, loyalty, responsibility and efficiency manifests:
a. Love of country c. Allegiance to the constitution
b. Allegiance to the government d. Public office is a public trust
3. Component of moral science which deals with the duties and

responsibility which a law enforcement officer owes to the community and
public.
a. Loyalty c. Police Ethics
b. Courtesy d. Police community relations
4. One’s obligation and duty to his nation of origin.

a. Code of ethics c. Loyalty and love of country
205
b. Allegiance to the constitution d. Allegiance to the government
5. Acts and omissions not involving moral turpitude, but affecting the
internal discipline of the PNP, such as simple negligence and misconduct,
frequent absences, gambling prohibited by law, tardiness and
insubordination.
a. Serious offense c. Felony
b. Grave offense d. Minor offense
6. The most significant power exercised by a police officer as a first-line

supervisor.
a. Control over organization c. Cost control
b. Manpower control d. Planning control
7. Mental and moral training that makes a man willing to be subject to

regulation and control for the benefit and interest of the group where he
belongs.
a. Courtesy c. Morale
b. Discipline d. Ethics
8. Primary attribute for effective leadership.

a. Be a born leader
b. Have acquired the techniques of handling men.
c. Have enough experience and training.
d. Have normal intelligence and a sincere desire to serve.
9. Self-esteem, self confidence, drives a person’s attitude and emotional

feeling regarding their way of life and the people whom they interact with.
a. Leadership c. Discipline
b. Morale d. Ethics
10. Discontent and grievance would logically result to:

a. Impersonal attitude c. Inconsistent administration
b. Severe punishment d. Unusual strictness
11. It refers to the sum total of dealings of the police with the people it
serves.
a. Police relations c. Police public relations
b. Police community relations d. Human relations
12. Designed to bridge any communication gap between the police and the
people.
a. Public information program c. Mass communication
program
b. Civic action program d. Public relations program
13. Designed to influence public opinion in favor of the police force.

a. Public information program c. Mass communication program
b. Civic action program d. Public relations
14. Involves local officials and the citizenry in the preservation of peace and
order.
a. Barangay police c. People’s Law Enforcement Board
b. COPS on the block d. Integrated Police Advisory Council
206
15. Consist of moral and legal precepts which govern the relationship of
man in all aspects of life.
a. Public relations c. Police community relations
b. Human relations d. Civic action program
16. In terms of its use in effective supervision, discipline is considered as:
a. Authority c. Training
b. Control d. Regulation
17. The most significant element in reprimanding a subordinate should be

to:
a. Conduct an immediate investigation
b. Implement rules and regulations
c. Improve the morale of your men
d. Maintain discipline
18. Discipline should be strict but must always be tempered with

sympathy and understanding. To abide by this principle, a superior officer
must:
a. Investigate thoroughly all the facts before making a decision
b. Always implement the policies, rules and regulations
c. Treat all personnel equally.
d. Always listen to the explanation of the erring subordinate.
19. Willful and continuous commission of minor offenses shall constitute:

a. Felony c. Ground for dismissal
b. Recidivism d. Serious offense of habitual dereliction
20. Reason why a police officer must always wear his uniform securely
buttoned.
a. Loose clothing is shabby.
b. A complete uniform gets women’s attention
c. It is a minor offense
d. A neat appearance will command respect
21. It concerns those actions that pertain to one’s duties towards his
neighbors and himself.
a. Moral virtue c. Responsibility
b. Dignity d. Discipline
22. Policy in exercising utmost restraint by law enforcers in the

performance of their duties.
a. Command responsibility c. Maximum tolerance
b. Parens Patria d. Rules of engagement
23. Power to own, use and exact something.

a. Authority c. Right
b. Privilege d. All of these
24. Authority a person exercise over his subordinates.

a. Command c. Command responsibility
b. Responsibility d. Chain of command
25. A normative science of the conduct of human being living in a society.

a. Norms c. Ethics
b. Behavior d. Virtue
26. A virtue which regulates carnal appetite for sensual pleasure.

a. Prudence c. Fortitude
207
b. Temperament d. Justice
27. Ability to last.

a. Patience c. Perseverance
b. Endurance d. Fortitude
28. Courage to endure without yielding.

a. Perseverance c. Fortitude
b. Endurance d. Perseverance
29. Composure and calmness in enduring something.

a. Perseverance c. Patience
b. Endurance d. Prudence
30. The ability to go on despite the tremendous adversity.

31. Which of the following traits/capabilities is most essential to a police

officer?
a. Physical stamina and hearing c. High intelligence
b. Absence of physical fear d. High standard of morality
32. Is the process which constantly endeavors to obtain good will

cooperation and support of public for effective law enforcement and to
accomplish police objectives.
a. Public relations c. Community relations
b. Police public relation d. Police community relations
33. It can be said that the best public relations between the police and the
public exist when the public attitude is one of:
a. Formal acceptance c. Confidence, approval and respect
b. Taut acceptance d. Due approval
34. The most important medium to determine public attitudes between the
police and the public is the:
a. Radio and Television c. Individual policeman
b. Print Mass Media d. Public Relations Officer
35. The most important criterion of a Policeman’s performance of his duties

the:
a. Public’s attitude towards him
b. The fact of lack of absences
c. His service and seniority rating
d. Number of orders/writs served daily
36. The policeman views public relations primarily as:

a. An attitude towards the public while at work
b. Improving contacts with the public
c. Winning the confidence of the public
d. Something affecting him as he does his duty effectively
37. The most important consideration a policeman should pay attention

too while in contact with the public is the:
a. Character of the person he serves
b. Time when contacts are being made
c. Impression he creates
d. Attitudes of the public towards his actuations
208
38. Public opinion for a police department is best obtained by:
a. The daily contacts of uniform police officers with the public
b. Keeping a check on the number of complaints and commandments
received by the police
c. Holding the opinion expressed in any adequate sample if newspaper
articles
d. Degree to which the community cooperates voluntarily with the police
department in the performance of their duties
39. The totality of efforts of policemen to improve public attitudes should

be largely directed towards:
a. Insuring that the policeman is also an exemplary citizen
b. The creation of as many favorable public contacts as possible
c. The tolerant enforcement of minor regulatory statutes/ordinances
d. The improvement of contacts with the public
40. Of the following steps in planning of Community Relations program,

the step that should be undertaken first is:
a. Study the public with which the police department deals
b. Contact editors of local newspaper
c. Develop procedures for dealing with the public
d. Establish civilian complaints procedure
41. Fundamental duty of a law enforcement officer.

a. Protect society c. Protect life
b. Serve mankind d. Protect liberty
42. Public office is a public _______.

a. Trust c. Responsibility
b. Confidence d. Property
43. Best public relations for police officers to a community.

a. Press conference c. Public information campaign
b. Bribing the media d. Credible & good performance
44. In launching police-community programs, success can be attained by

linkage with:
a. Community c. Civic organizations
b. Barangay officials d. NGOs
45. To develop goodwill, a policeman on duty should do the foregoing,

except:
a. Annoy or inconvenience any law abiding citizen
b. Perform his job with dedication
c. Project an honest image
d. Be courteous
46. Act of bringing about better understanding, confidence and acceptance

for an individual or an organization.
a. Propaganda c. Public relations
b. Human relations d. Public information program
47. A program which makes the policeman a friend and partner of the
people.
a. Public relations c. Police community relations
b. Human relations d. Civic action program
209
48. Includes all rights enjoyed by individual as provided for under the
constitution and international law.
a. Rights c. Privileges
b. Human rights d. Justice
49. Personal behavior.

a. Discipline c. Virtue
b. Conduct d. Dignity
50. A doctrine which imposes commensurate accountability to one who is

vested with authority.
a. Chain of command c. Span of control
b. Unity of command d. Command
responsibility
51. Worst form of graft and corruption in the government.

a. Bribery c. Electioneering
b. Abuse of authority d. Influence peddling
52. Self control and obedience means:

a. Virtue c. Morals
b. Conduct d. Discipline
53. A habit which inclines man to act in a way that harmonizes with his
nature.
a. Ethics c. Virtue
b. Value d. Dignity
54. Voice of reason bidding oneself to avoid evil and do good.

a. Ethics c. Dignity
b. Virtue d. Conscience
55. Rules of conduct applied to law enforcement.

a. Police ethics c. Code of police ethics
b. Rules of engagement d. All of these
56. Ability to govern and discipline oneself.

57. Virtue which inclines the will to give everyone his due and respect every
person’s rights.
a. Morality c. Prudence
b. Justice d. Judgment
58. Regulates those actions that involve the rights that exist between
private individuals.
a. Justice c. Distributive justice
b. Commutative justice d. Legal justice
59. Regulates those actions in which an individual claims his rights from
society.
a. Justice c. Distributive justice
b. Commutative justice d. Legal justice
60. An important agency for social control.

a. Norms c. Code
b. Ethics d. Code of ethics
210
61. A police officer’s practice of engaging in any other calling or business
aside from law enforcement while on active service.
a. Immorality c. Moonlighting
b. Illegal business d. Unauthorized business
62. Refusal or omission with no sufficient excuse to perform an act, which

a law enforcement officer is obligated to perform.
a. Misconduct or malfeasance c. Neglect of duty or nonfeasance
b. Misfeasance d. Malfeasance
63. Acting without authority, abuse of power either through ignorance,

malice or inattention an act which a police officer has right to perform.
64. Lack of sufficient fitness and ability for the adequate of official duties of
a law enforcement officer by reason of vices and vicious habits.
65. Distortion or concealment of truth relevant to one’s office or in the

performance of duties.
a. Dishonesty c. Disloyalty
b. Incompetence d. Immorality
66. Renunciation of one’s allegiance to the government of the Philippine

republic.
a. Treason c. Disloyalty
b. Incompetence d. Immorality
67. A police office on the field and while engaged in the performance of his
duties is not permitted to engage in useless and idle conversation which
refers to:
a. Humiliating any person
b. Vexing
c. Engaging in casual talk with others outside the organization
d. Gossip and idle talk.
68. An essential duty for police officers to ensure that the constitutional
rights of an arrested person is respected.
a. Civil liberties c. Human rights
b. Miranda Doctrine d. Due process
69. An obligation for retirees or terminated police personnel.

a. Illegal use of insignia c. Illegal use of uniform
b. Usurpation of authority d. Surrender of property
70. Reporting to work on time on a daily basis.

a. Punctuality c. Honesty
b. Integrity d. Commitment to work
71. Lifestyle fitted for PNP members.

a. Simple c. Credible
b. Dignified d. All of these
72. Most common and basic form of showing respect for uniformed
personnel.
211
a. Salute c. Gun Salute
b. Hand salute d. All of these
73. A formal act or set of formal acts established by customs or authority

as proper to special occasion.
a. Tradition c. Ceremony
b. Courtesy d. Social Decorum
74. A set of norms and standards practiced by PNP members during social
and other functions.
a. Tradition c. Courtesy
b. Social Decorum d. Ceremony
75. A manifestation or expression of consideration and respect for others.

76. Bodies of beliefs, stories, customs and usages handed down from
generation to generation with the effect of an unwritten law.
77. PNP members during a new year’s call pay a visit to;
a. Local officials c. Commanders
b. PNP members d. Family and friends
78. The flag is raised in this manner in deference to deceased uniformed

members of the command.
a. Flag retreat c. Half mast
b. Honor ceremony d. Funeral service and honors
79. It signals the end of an official day’s work, where PNP members salute
the lowering of the flag.
a. Flag retreat c. Half mast
b. Honor ceremony d. None of these
80. When a PNP member visits his superior due to relief or reassignment it
is considered as:
a. Promotion call c. Courtesy of the Post
b. Exit call d. None of these
81. The host unit extends hospitality to visiting personnel who pays respect
to the command or unit.
82. A Christmas call of PNP member is a visit to;

a. Friends and Family c. Commanders
b. God Parents d. Local executives
83. When a newly assigned or appointed member visits key personnel of

the unit or command for orientation, accounting and other purposes this is
called:
a. Courtesy Call c. Promotion Call
b. Exit Call d. All of these
84. To give due recognition and congratulations this form of courtesy call is
undertaken by peers of a PNP member for such deserved accomplishment.
212
85. Honor ceremonies are given during arrival and departure of VIP’s,
dignitaries and uniformed members of the PNP and AFP and their
equivalent rank whose rank is _____________ or higher unless waived.
a. Superintendent c. Chief Superintendent
b. Senior Superintendent d. Director
86. It commemorates the relinquishment and assumption of command or

key position and publicly announced.
a. Exit call c. Turn-Over Ceremony
b. Promotion call d. Anniversary
87. A manifestation of love of country with a pledge of allegiance to the flag

and vow to defend the constitution.
a. Loyalty c. Patriotism
b. Discipline d. Valor
88. To sacrifice life and limb for the sake of the people they pledge to serve
is a manifestation of:
b. Discipline d. Valor
89. The binding spirit that enhances teamwork and cooperation in the
police organization.
b. Camaraderie d. Valor
90. Created to oversee the internalization and institutionalization of the

PNP Code of Professional Conduct and Ethical Standards.
a. PNP Internal Affairs Service
b. PNP Office of Ethical Standards and Public Accountability
c. National Police Commission
d. Ombudsman
III. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
1. An act providing for stronger deterrence and special protection against

child abuse, exploitation and discrimination.
a. P.D. 603 c. P.D. 1612
b. P.D. 1602 d. R.A. 7610
2. Refers to persons below 18 years of age or those over but unable to fully
take care of themselves from neglect, abuse, cruelty, exploitation or
discrimination due to some physical defect or mental disability or
condition.
a. Minor c. Wards
b. Youth d. Children
3. Refers to bodily damage, whether external or internal.

a. Abuse c. Psychological injury
b. Cruelty d. Physical injury
213
4. A condition or act which may cause suffering emotional or physical
harm on the part of the child.
a. Physical injury c. Psychological injury
b. Cruelty d. Child abuse
5. A harm done to a child’s intellectual functions which causes a change in
behavior, awareness and emotional response.
a. Cruelty c. Child abuse
b. Physical injury d. Psychological injury
6. Anything said or done that degrades, debases or demeans the inherent

worth and dignity of a child.
a. Cruelty c. Neglect
b. Abuse d. Discrimination
7. Failure to provide for the needs of a child.

a. Neglect c. Abuse
b. Cruelty d. Discrimination
8. Lewd or sexually motivated acts done to others.

a. Lascivious conduct c. Unjust vexation
b. Obscenity d. Sexual abuse
9. Acts or conditions harmful to children that take advantage of their

innocence.
a. Exploitation c. Obscenity
b. Abuse d. Lascivious conduct
10. Anything deliberately done that result in a child engaging in sexual

activity with any person willingly or otherwise.
a. Sexual abuse c. Lascivious conduct
b. Molestation d. Obscenity
11. Putting a child under duress to consent to engage in an activity.

a. Molestation c. Abuse
b. Coercion d. Cruelty
12. Forcing an activity on the child without consent.

a. Coercion c. Cruelty
b. Molestation d. Abuse
13. Aside from the child, who may file a complaint against any violation of
R.A. 7610?
a. Parents or guardians
b. Ascendants or collateral relatives within the 3 rd degree of consanguinity.
c. Barangay Chairman, Officer of DSWD or at least any three responsible
citizen.
14. Duty of any head of a public or private hospital upon any knowledge of
a child who have been treated or suffered from abuse.
a. Report the incident to the family
b. Report the incident to the law enforcement authority
c. Report to the DSWD within 48 hours upon discovery of abuse
d. File a case in court in behalf of the child
15. A teacher upon learning that a child under his/her supervision has
been a victim of abuse shall:
a. Report the incident to the family
214
b. Report the incident to the law enforcement authority
c. Report the incident to the DSWD, whether oral or written
d. File a case in court in behalf of the child
16. This type of delinquent youth is characterized by aggressiveness and

resentment to the authority of any person who tries to control his behavior.
a. Social c. Asocial
b. Neurotic d. Accidental
17. A delinquent child who internalizes his conflicts and becomes

preoccupied with his feelings is a:
a. Social delinquent c. Asocial delinquent
b. Neurotic delinquent d. Accidental delinquent
18. A remorseful, cold, vicious and brutal delinquent.

a. Social delinquent c. Asocial delinquent
b. Neurotic delinquent d. Accidental delinquent
19. Refers to a person whose behavior results with repeated conflict with
the law.
a. Juvenile c. Delinquent
b. Habitual criminals d. Recidivist
20. It attributes variations in delinquency to influence social structures.

a. Biogenic approach c. Sociogenic approach
b. Psychogenic approach d. All of these
21. It explains delinquency is a result of critical factors such as personality

problems to which misbehavior is a response mechanism.
b. Psychogenic approach d. None of these
22. Delinquency is a result of faulty biology or some hereditary defect.

b. Psychogenic approach d. Biologic approach
23. This cause of behavioral disorder of the youth is a result of factors

such as personal problems, ignorance, and curiosity.
a. Predisposing factor c. Biologic factor
b. Precipitating factor d. Environmental factor
24. Refers to inherited propensities which cannot be considered a criminal

one unless there is a probability that a crime will be committed.
a. Predisposing factor c. Biologic factor
b. Precipitating factor d. Environmental factor
25. Refers to a type of delinquent gang which in which the manipulation of

violence predominates as a way of winning status and respect.
a. Criminal sub culture c. Conflict sub-culture
b. Juvenile gang d. Retreatist sub culture
26. A child with no parent or guardian.

a. Abandoned child c. Neglected child
b. Dependent child d. All of these
27. If the offender is over nine years of age but under 18 years of age at the
time of the commission of the crime, he is often referred to as?
a. Socialized delinquent c. Youth offender
215
b. Criminal d. Truant
28. Not a mere creature of the state but regarded as its most important
asset.
a. Family c. Child
b. Women d. Youth
29. Basic unit of society.

a. Family c. School
b. Church d. Community
30. Foundation of the nation.

a. Family c. School
b. Church d. Community
31. Implies the keeping of unlawful behavior from occurring.

a. Control c. Repression
b. Prevention d. Recession
32. Acknowledges the existence of unlawful behavior.

a. Control c. Repression
b. Prevention d. Recession
33. Community hazards harmful to youth.

a. Undesirable conditions c. Obstruction
b. Attractive nuisance d. Police hazards
34. A type of gang in which vices, consumption of drugs and illicit

experiences is stressed.
a. Retreatist sub culture c. Criminal subculture
b. Conflict sub culture d. All of these
35. Absence without cause for more than 20 school days.

a. Vices c. Truancy
b. Undesirable behavior d. Attractive nuisance
36. Provides temporary protection and care to children requiring

emergency reception.
a. Detention home c. Receiving home
b. Shelter-care institution d. Foster home
37. Age wherein children may engage in gainful light work.

a. 15 c. 17
b. 16 d. 18
38. Shall refer to any organization of individuals below 21 years of age.

a. NGO c. Youth organization
b. Civic organization d. Youth association
39. Aggregate of persons or those responsible persons from various sector

of the community.
a. Organization c. Samahan
b. Club d. Association
40. Shall refer to any organization whose members are 21 years or older.
a. NGO c. Youth organization
b. Civic organization d. Youth association
216
41. Shall mean local government together with society of individuals or
institutions.
a. Family c. Community
b. School d. All of the foregoing
42. Criminal liability attached to parents who neglect parental duties.
a. Imprisonment from 1 month to 2 months
b. Imprisonment from 2 to 6 months
c. Imprisonment from 6 months to 1 year
d. Imprisonment from 1 year to 3 years.
43. What do we call a child whose basic needs have been deliberately
unattended?
b. Dependent child d. All of the foregoing
44. Known as the child and youth welfare code.

a. PD 968 c. PD 1081
b. PD 1602 d. PD 603
45. Refers to anti social act which deviates from normal pattern of rules
and regulations.
a. Juvenile delinquency c. Quasi recidivism
b. Recidivism d. Delinquency
46. A child deserted with no proper care from his/her parents or guardian
b. Dependent child d. All of the foregoing
47. Age of majority under Philippine law.

a. 18 c. 20
b. 19 d. 21
48. A place of residence whose primary function is to give shelter and care
to pregnant women and their infants.
a. Rehabilitation center c. Foster homes
b. Hospital d. Maternity home
49. Family home type which provide temporary shelter from 10 to 20 days
for children under observation by the DSWD.
a. Nursery c. Receiving homes
b. Maternity homes d. Shelter care institution.
50. A 24-hour child-caring institution that provide short term resident care
for youthful offenders.
a. Child caring institution c. Nursery
b. Detention home d. Foster home
51. A condition in individuals characterized by an absence or diminution of

standards and values.
a. Delinquency c. Criminal behavior
b. Anomie d. Atavism
52. The recruitment, transportation, transfer, harboring or receipt of a

child for the purpose of exploitation.
a. Kidnapping c. Prostitution
b. Trafficking in persons d. White Slave Trade
217
53. Is one that provides twenty-four resident group care service for the
physical, mental, social and spiritual well-being of nine or more mentally
gifted, dependent, abandoned, neglected, handicapped or disturbed
children, or youthful offenders.
a. Child caring institution c. Shelter home
b. Detention home d. Nursery
54. An institution or person assuming the care, custody, protection and

maintenance of children for placement in any child-caring institution or
home or under the care and custody of any person or persons for purposes
of adoption, guardianship or foster care.
a. Child caring institution c. Shelter home
b. Detention home d. Child placing agency
55. The members of this classification are severely or profoundly retarded,

hence, the least capable group. This includes those with I.Q.s to 25.
a. Trainable group c. Educable group
b. Borderline or low normal group d. Custodial group
56. This is the highest group of mentally retarded, with I.Q.s from about 75
to about 89. The members of this classification are only slightly retarded
and they can usually get by in regular classes if they receive some extra
help, guidance and consideration.
57. The members of this group consist of those with I.Q.s from about 25 to
about 50; one who belongs to this group shows a mental level and rate of
development which is 1/4 to 1/2 that of the average child, is unable to
acquire higher academic skills,
58. This group's I.Q. ranges from about 50 to about 75, and the intellectual
development is approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of that expected of a normal child
of the same chronological age.
59. Refers to children who, although not afflicted with insanity or mental
defect, are unable to maintain normal social relations with others and the
community in general due to emotional problems or complexes.
a. Mentally ill c. Handicapped
b. Emotionally disturbed d. Disabled
60 __________ children are those with any behavioral disorder, whether

functional or organic, which is of such a degree of severity as to require
professional help or hospitalization.
a. Mentally ill c. Handicapped
b. Emotionally disturbed d. Disabled
61. Any person duly appointed by the court of competent authority to

exercise care and custody of or parental authority over the person of such
child/employee.
a. Parents c. Mother
b. Father d. Legal guardian
218
62. Under the law, a child less than 15 years of age may be allowed to work
for not more than twenty hours a week provided that the work hour shall
not be more than ____ hours in any given day.
a. 3 c. 5
b. 4 d. 8
63. Refers to a child who is vulnerable to and at the risk of committing

criminal offenses because of personal, family and social circumstances.
a. Juvenile c. Delinquent
b. Child in conflict with law d. All of these
64. Refers to the programs provided in a community setting developed for

purposes of intervention and diversion as well as rehabilitation of a child in
conflict with law.
a. Day care center c. Rehabilitation center
b. Community based program d. Foster home
65. An alternative, child-appropriate process of determining the

responsibility and treatment of a child in conflict with the law on the basis
of his/her social, cultural, economic, psychological or educational
background without resulting to formal court proceedings.
a. Intervention c. Rehabilitation
b. Diversion d. Probation
66. A series of activities which are designed to address issues that caused
the child to commit an offense. It may take the form of an individualized
treatment program which may include counseling, skills training,
education, and other activities that will enhance his/her psychological,
emotional and psycho-social well-being.
a. Diversion c. Rehabilitation
b. Intervention d. Probation
67. System dealing with children at risk and children in conflict with the
law, which provides child-appropriate proceedings, including programs and
services for prevention, diversion, rehabilitation, re-integration and
aftercare to ensure their normal growth and development.
b. Juvenile justice system d. Restorative justice
68. A principle which requires a process of resolving conflicts with the

maximum involvement of the victim, the offender and the community. It
seeks to obtain reparation for the victim; reconciliation of the offender, the
offended and the community; and reassurance to the offender that he/she
can be reintegrated into society. It also enhances public safety by
activating the offender, the victim and the community in prevention
strategies.
b. Juvenile justice system d. Restorative justice
69. Offenses which discriminate only against a child, while an adult does
not suffer any penalty for committing similar acts. These shall include
curfew violations; truancy, parental disobedience and the like.
a. Child offense c. Delinquency
b. Status offense d. All of these
70. Police enforcers who have taken into custody a child in conflict with
law, under the juvenile justice act is mandated to turn over said child to
the custody of the Department of Social Welfare and Development or any
219
accredited Non-Government Organization immediately but not later than
____ hours after apprehension.
a. 8 c. 24
b. 12 d. 36
IV. HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND CRISIS MANAGEMENT
1. P/Insp. Tan while on his way home heard a scream for help coming from
a certain house, no unusual disturbance was observed, he should;
a. Enter the residence cautiously to investigate
b. Call for back before entering the premises
c. Report the matter to the nearest police block
d. Call for public assistance before entering the house
2. A police would generally render efficient service by;

a. Standing in conspicuous places for police visibility
b. Observing unusual things
c. Being well dressed and always in proper uniform and bearing
d. Always recording detailed entries for future reference.
3. SPO2 Javier discovered a fire at 3:00 am on the third floor of a six storey
building. What should be his first action?
a. Call the police headquarters
b. Call for the fire bureau for an emergency response
c. Try to call for public assistance
d. Enter the premises and try to save the persons trapped inside
4. A mentally deranged man took several children hostage and barricaded

a room after which he threatened to kill them and himself, as the first
police officer on site, you should;
a. Immediate assault the room to save the hostages.
b. Try reason with the hostage taker
c. Ask for the demands of the hostage taker
d. Try to calm the hostage taker down before the crisis team arrives.
5. As an administrator, what should you do to eliminate friction between

two of your subordinates?
a. Define the authority of each person concerned
b. Reprimand both of them
c. Transfer one of them to other units
d. Call both parties concerned and explain the need for cooperation.
6. A deviant sexual behavior wherein one obtains gratification by showing

to others his/her naked body.
a. Voyeurism c. Transvetism
b. Exhibitionism d. Fetishism
7. A child molester.
a. Transvestite c. Masochist
b. Peeping tom d. Pedophile
8. Ariel who usually gets sexual stimulation and gratification with another
man manifests what deviant sexual behavior?
a. Lesbianism c. Homosexuality
b. Fetishism d. Pedophilia
9. Noel who likes to engage in sexual intercourse with his pet dog, exhibits:
220
a. Homosexuality c. Necrophilia
b. Bestiality d. Incest
10. Joy and Joey are brothers and sisters who fell in love with each other;
their relationship is prohibited by law because this is an abnormality
involving.
a. Homosexuality c. Necrophilia
b. Bestiality d. Incest
11. You are the first to respond to a call wherein a dead body is found at
the crime scene with several onlookers, as a rule you are not allowed to
express your opinion, why?
a. No useful purpose will be served
b. You do not know the cause of death
c. The killer may be around
d. Your opinion may influence the negotiator
12. While regulating traffic at a school intersection during break time, you
were notified that a homicide had occurred a few blocks away, what would
be your initial action?
a. Call an ambulance
b. Request for an investigator
c. Go to the scene after notifying headquarters and the school
administration
d. Call the funeral parlor for service.
13. A person approached you and told you that a dead man is on the
street, what would be your course of action if you are the policeman
concerned.
a. Verify the statement c. Ask him to notify station
b. Obtain the informer’s name d. Call for an investigator
14. One of the following tasks of supervisory work that may be successfully
delegated.
a. Discipline
b. Reporting to chief
c. Checking completed work
d. Responsibility for accomplishing mission
15. A policeman can be most effective if:

a. He does not take bribes c. Stands in inconspicuous place
b. Observes unusual things d. He is in complete uniform
16. Functional allocation should involve:

a. The assignment of a single power to an administrative power
b. Distribution of responsibility among all levels
c. Integration of assignments
d. Decentralization of responsibility
17. Standard procedure to avoid conflicts in the delegation of authority.

a. Review all assignments periodically
b. Provide workable span of control
c. Use of linear method in giving assignments
d. Assign all related work to the same control
18. The most important person in hostage crisis situations.

a. Negotiator c. Hostage taker
b. Commander d. Hostage
221
19. In hostage taking incidents, there should be how may number of
negotiators?
a. 1 c. 3
b. 2 d. 4
20. If one unit head is constantly bogged down with detail work. And
investigation revealed that this overload did not take place under same
conditions but different predecessors, what is the logical reason for such
overload?
a. The division has incompetent supervisors
b. The division has too many supervisors
c. He assigns to much important work to his subordinates
d. He failed to implement proper delegation
21. A type of reaction to facts of relationship between the individual and

his environment which is substituted.
a. Habitual c. Instinctive
b. Symbolic d. Complex
22. An attribute of human behavior which concerns function of time.

a. Duration c. Intensity
b. Extensity d. Quantity
23. Human behavior in terms of magnitude.

24. It refers to two or more habitual behavior which occurs in one

situation, such as smoking in bed after a sexual intercourse.
a. Habitual c. Instinctive
b. Symbolic d. Complex
25. It refers to knowledge of stimulus.

a. Sensation c. Awareness
b. Perception d. All of these
26. Impression of stimulus by utilizing one’s sense of smell.

a. Olfactory c. Auditory
b. Cutaneous d. Gustatory
27. Mike after tasting an unripe mango grimaced this sensation is said to
be:
a. Olfactory c. Auditory
b. Cutaneous d. Gustatory
28. It refers to a psychological activity according to the interpretation and

experience.
b. Perception d. All of the foregoing
29. It speaks of an attribute of human behavior which deals with spatial

characteristics.
30. In terms of normality and abnormality, what attribute of human

behavior is manifested?
222
31. A peeping tom who gains gratification by seeing nude woman/man in

some form of sexual act.
a. Transvetism c. Exhibitionism
b. Fetishism d. Voyeurism
32. Connotes hypersensitivity, unwarranted suspicion, envy and jealousy.

a. Compulsive personality disorder
b. Paranoid personality disorder
c. Hysterical personality disorder
d. Passive aggressive personality disorder
33. It refers to an abnormal behavior caused by environment.

a. Functional c. Psycho physiological
b. Organic d. Neuroses
34. When anxiety, depression or unusual fear(phobia) is displayed it refers

to:
a. Neuroses c. Psycho physiological
b. Psychoses d. Personality disorder
35. A person who believes he is always threatened and persecuted suffers

from:
a. Paranoid c. Severe depression
b. Sociopathethic personality d. Personality disorder
36. In hostage taking situations which among the following may never be
negotiated?
a. Money c. Food
b. Firearm d. Transportation
37. First step hostage taking crisis.

a. Crowd control c. Negotiations
b. Traffic control d. Assault
38. Last option in hostage taking incidents

a. Crowd control c. Negotiation
b. Assault d. Giving in to the demands
39. A police officer regulating traffic sees an injured boy hit by a car, what
should be his first action?
a. Call an ambulance
b. Administer first aid
c. Arrest the driver
d. Remain at his post and request some persons to make the emergency
call
40. A doctor violated traffic law, what should the officer do in case the
physician informs him that he is on his way to administer emergency
treatment.
a. Follow the physician to the hospital
b. Forget the citation
c. Go by normal procedures
d. Take the address of both the physician and patient and allow him to
continue.
223
41. One’s ability to compromise is an example of this human interaction?
a. Parent ego state c. Child ego state
b. Adult ego state d. All of the foregoing
42. An impatient, rebellious, dependent and emotional person manifests:

a. Parent ego state c. Child ego state
b. Adult ego state d. All of the foregoing
43. If stimulus and response pattern from one ego state to another are
parallel, human transaction is said to be:
a. Complimentary c. Compensatory
b. Non complimentary d. All of the foregoing
44. Jun angry at his girlfriend’s continuous nagging, boxed a nearby tree;
this manifests what particular aggressive reaction?
a. Displacement c. Scapegoating
b. Free floating anger d. Isolation
45. This study which deals with criminal behavior is a necessity for police
officers to assess the difference in abnormal and normal behavior to enable
them to make important judgment in a specific situation.
a. Criminal dynamics c. Criminal psychiatry
b. Criminal psychology d. Criminal psychiatry
46. Refers to feeling or impression of stimulus.

b. Perception d. Behavior
47. Human behavior which refers to the reaction to facts of relationship

between the individual and his environment is a product of:
a. Heredity c. Learning or training
b. Environment d. All of these
48. Ricky always worried when his brother Jay goes home late at night
manifests what particular human interaction?
a. Parent ego stage c. Child ego state
b. Adult ego stage d. Non of the above
49. A person defending himself from harm, exhibits what type of human
behavior?
a. Habitual c. Symbolic
b. Instinctive d. Complex
50. Jose after an argument with his wife went to a bar to talk with friends
uses what compromise reaction?
a. Sublimation c. Substitution
b. Over compensation d. Isolation
51. Jimmy who enjoys slapping a sexual partner while engaged in sexual
intercourse has an abnormal sexual behavior called:
a. Masochism c. Sadism
b. Exhibitionism d. Voyeurism
52. Romeo a known businessman who likes to have sexual intercourse

with young ladies whose age ranges from 12 to 16 manifests what deviant
sexual behavior?
a. Pedophilia c. Masochism
b. Lesbianism d. Voyeurism
224
53. While engaging in sexual intercourse, Mary likes to slap he face. This is
an example of.
a. Lesbianism c. Masochism
b. Exhibitionism d. Sadism
54. Ms. Aquino who likes to wear male underwear, uses male perfume and
wears attire for men is a:
a. Masochist c. Transvestite
b. Exhibitionist d. Lesbian
55. JJ works at a local funeral parlor, more often than not while working
with the body of a deceased female he usually engage in sexual intercourse
with the corpse. This act constitutes;
a. Bestiality c. Transvetism
b. Necrophilia d. Fetishism
56. Usual motive of terrorist attacks.

a. Revenge c. Better treatment
b. Political and economic leverage d. Vindication
57. A prisoner who takes hostages has for his intent and motive;
a. Revenge c. Economic gain
b. Escape d. Vindication
58. A group of bank robbers barricaded themselves inside the bank

together with their hostages; their demand is geared towards;
a. Revenge c. Economic gain
b. Escape d. Vindication
59. Who among the following hostage takers is deemed to the easiest to
deal with?
a. Professional criminals c. Escapees
b. Terrorist d. Psychotic individual
60. Who among the foregoing poses more complexity and difficulty in
hostage negotiations?
a. Professional criminals c. Escapees
b. Terrorists d. Psychotic individuals
61. In hostage situation, primarily before negotiation a ______ must be

established.
a. Portalet c. Coordination post
b. Command post d. Field office
62. During hostage negotiations hand held radios should be;

a. Open c. Close
b. With restricted channel d. None of these
63. This period starts with the victim’s recognition that she/he is going to
be a sufferer of a criminal offense.
a. Anticipatory phase c. Post traumatic recall phase
b. Impact phase d. Re-constitution phase
64. Characterized by emotional instability, immaturity and self

dramatization.
a. Anti-social personality c. Personality disorder
b. Historionic personality d. Borderline personality
225
65. A person who virtually violates the rights of others through unethical
behavior is considered as having;
66. Characterized by a person’s hypersensitivity to rejection.

a. Compulsive personality c. Dependent personality
b. Avoidant personality d. Passive personality
67. This behavior is manifested by instability in drastic mod and other

behavioral problems.
68. These are assumptions about how things could be possibilities for
change, opportunities for personal growth and social progress.
a. Value assumptions c. Reality assumptions
b. Possibility assumptions d. All of these
69. He argued that behavior is determined by unconscious processes and

psychosexual stages. Also referred to as the “Father of Psychoanalysis.”
a. Carl Jung c. Francis Galton
b. Sigmund Freud d. Charles Darwin
70. A field of research in psychology pioneered by Francis Galton that aims

to how much of the behavior is attributed to genetic factors.
a. Carl Jung c. Francis Galton
b. Sigmund Freud d. Charles Darwin
V. CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
1. A body officially assembled under authority of law in which judicial

power is vested or the administration of justice is delegated.
a. Court c. Corrections
b. Prosecution d. Law Enforcement
2. Mandated by law to bring to justice all criminal cases for action and
prove the guilt of the accused beyond reasonable doubt.
a. Prosecution c. Corrections
b. Courts d. Tribunal
3. A body of civil authority tasked to maintain peace and order, enforce the
law, protect life, liberty and property and ensure public safety.
a. Police c. Prosecution
b. Court d. Corrections
4. System of taking care of the custody, rehabilitation and treatment of

persons convicted of committing a crime.
a. Police c. Prosecution
b. Court d. Corrections
5. The Anti Graft and Corrupt Practices Act.

a. Act No. 3815 c. RA 6425
b. PD 971 d. RA 3019
226
6. Law which created the National Bureau of Investigations.
a. RA 6975 c. RA 157
b. RA 8551 d. RA 147
7. The agency under the Department of Finance tasked to enforce tariff

duties in all Philippine seaports and airports.
a. Bureau of Customs c. Bureau of Quarantine
b. Bureau of Internal Revenue d. Maritime Industry Authority
8. The Bureau of Immigration and Deportation, which is tasked to enforce

Philippine Immigration Laws, is an attached agency of:
a. Department of the Interiors and Local Government
b. Department of Justice
c. Department of Foreign Affairs
d. Department of Tourism
9. It regulates marine and shipping industry and oversees the worthiness

of all sea-going vessels.
a. Maritime Industry Authority (MARINA)
b. Philippine Ports Authority
c. Philippine Navy
d. Philippine Coast Guard
10. It is mandated by law to operate against fake and pirated VHS, VCD,
CD and DVD format tapes.
a. Video Gram Regulatory Board c. BIR
b. MTRCB d. Intellectual Property Office
11. The Intellectual Property office which is mandated to operate against

the violations of the copy right and intellectual property law is under the:
a. Department of Finance
b. Department of Trade and Industry
c. Department of Justice
d. Department of the Interiors and Local Government.
12. It investigates and arrests unscrupulous manufacturers and makers of

substandard food and drugs without license and permit.
a. Bureau of Food and Drugs c. Department of Health
b. Bureau of Quarantine d. All of the foregoing
13. The Bureau of Quarantine is empowered to enforce measures to stop,

monitor and control the spread of disease by conducting quarantine in all
air and seaports across the country is an attached agency of:
a. DOH c. DOTC
b. DILG d. PPA
14. It operates against pornography films shown on television and movie

houses.
a. Video Gram Regulatory Board
b. Movie and Television Review and Classification Board
c. DILG
d. PNP
15. It enforces banking laws and regulates the banking industry.

a. Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas c. Department of Budget
b. Department of Finance d. Bureau of Internal Revenue
227
16. Refers to a court which is created by law to amicably settle disputes
between neighbors within a particular community.
a. Barangay court c. Municipal circuit trial court
b. Municipal trial court d. Court of appeals
17. Refers to that sector of society composed of NGO’s, cause oriented

groups and advocacy groups that promotes the welfare of the people
against all forms of abuse and exploitation.
a. Crime control c. Political parties
b. Civil society d. All of the foregoing
18. Directly under the supervision of the Department of Justice, its most
important function in the Criminal Justice System is to maintain and
recognize the rule of law through the speedy delivery of services
particularly in the prosecution and investigation of all crimes.
a. National Prosecution Service c. Sandigan Bayan
b. Tanod Bayan d. Ombudsman
19. Refers to all disciplines involved in the study of crimes and criminals.
a. Criminology c. Crime prevention
b. Criminological enterprise d. Crime control
20. Refers to restraining or isolating criminals behind prison facilities to

effectively protect society.
a. Crime control c. Crime prevention
b. Crime deterrence d. All of the foregoing
21. The political will of the state to punish criminals in accordance with
law.
22. Refers to all governmental and non-governmental activities to thwart,

preempt and stop the crime from occurring.
23. In the attempt to prevent crimes, what must be eliminated by the

police?
a. Opportunity to commit crimes c. Motives to commit crimes
b. Desire to commit crimes d. Intent to commit crimes
24. Primary objective of law enforcement.

25. An attached agency of the office of the president tasked to implement

and undertake drug law enforcement.
a. Narcotics command c. PDEA
b. DARE d. PNP
26. In making arrests under rule 113, Sec 5, par 3(fugitives from justice) of
the rules of court, what is the duty of the arresting officer?
a. Deliver the person to the nearest jail
b. Deliver the person to the nearest police station
c. Deliver the person to the custody of the prosecutor
d. Either a and b
228
27. When an offense has in fact been committed, and he has personal
knowledge of facts indicating that the person to be arrested has committed
it; this contemplates warantless arrest involving:
a. Hot pursuit c. Caught in the act
b. Fresh pursuit d. Both a and b
28. Refers to all the systems and interplay of activities in the community
which addresses all the negative factors affecting security, health and
welfare of the public in natural calamities, disaster, famine, criminality,
drought and epidemics.
b. Crime deterrence d. Social defense
29. A blueprint for a responsive and well suited anti crime machinery that
shall operate its strategic purposes.
a. Crime control c. National Anti Crime Strategy
b. Crime prevention d. Social defense
30. Period prescribed by law for the preliminary investigation to be

undertaken by the prosecutor.
31. It is defined as “… The machinery of the state or government which

enforces the rules of conduct necessary to protect life and property and
maintain peace and order”.
a. Juvenile justice system c. Criminal procedures
b. Due process d. Criminal justice system
32. Its most important function in the Criminal Justice System is to

maintain and recognize the rule of law through the speedy delivery of
services particularly in the prosecution and investigation of all crimes.
a. Police c. Courts
b. Prosecution d. Corrections
33. They are referred to as the initiator of the criminal justice system.
a. Police c. Courts
b. Prosecution d. Corrections
34. Primary function of every court system.

a. Help keep domestic peace c. Issuance of warrants of arrests
b. Decide controversies d. Administrative role
35. Tasked for the treatment of national prisoners, which is under the
Department of Justice.
a. Bureau of Corrections c. BJMP
b. Bureau of Prisons d. Board of Pardon and Parole
36. A special court tasked to handle criminal cases involving graft in

corruption and other offenses committed by public officers and employees
in connection with the performance of their functions.
a. Supreme court c. Tanod Bayan
b. Court of Appeals d. SandiganBayan
37. Highest court of the land with 1 chief justice and fourteen associate
justices who may sit en banc or in division of 3, 5 and 7 members.
a. Supreme court c. Tanod Bayan
b. Court of Appeals d. SandiganBayan
229
38. Persons authorized by law to issue warrants of arrests.
a. Judges c. Police
b. Prosecutor d. Warden
39. Most vital component of the criminal justice system due to its massive
membership.
a. Police c. Corrections
b. Courts d. Community
40. Passive instruments which decide controversies brought before them.

a. Police c. Corrections
b. Courts d. Prosecution
41. Considered as the second pillar of the Philippine criminal justice

system, The National Prosecution Service is under the;
a. Department of Justice
b. Department of Interior and Local Government
c. Supreme Court
d. Public Attorney’s Office
42. The course of action or process whereby accusations are brought before
the court of justice to determine the guilt of the accused.
a. Trial c. Corrections
b. Prosecution d. Criminal Justice System
43. Under this law, the uniform system of preliminary investigation was
established giving the complainant and respondent in a preliminary
investigation the right to confront each other and their witnesses.
a. RA 5188 c. RA 5180
b. RA 5189 d. BP 129
44. Complaints must be supported by a _______.

a. Affidavit c. Sworn affidavit
b. Verified affidavit d. Notarized affidavit
45. The investigating fiscal must resolve the case within ___ days from its
termination giving the parties copies of his resolution.
a. 5 c. 15
b. 10 d. 30
46. Submitted by the accused to answer the complaint against him.

a. Affidavit c. Compliant affidavit
b. Counter affidavit d. Reply
47. The court of last resort, all the justices are appointed by the president
from a list submitted by the ______ to fill up any vacancy within 90 days.
a. Department of Justice c. Congress
b. Judicial and Bar Council d. Commission on Appointments
48. Retirement age for a justice of the Supreme Court is ____.

49. Established under the Judiciary Reorganization Act of 1980, BP 129 it

is composed of one presiding justice and 68 associate justices all of whom
are appointed by the president, and operates in 10 divisions each
comprising of five members.
a. Regional Trial Courts c. Shari’a Courts
230
b. Court of Appeals d. Inferior Courts
50. Created by law to hear cases involving civil aspects of our Muslim
brothers.
a. Regional Trial Courts c. Shari’a Courts
b. Court of Appeals d. Inferior Courts
51. Under the legal system in the Philippines as provided by Article VIII
Section 15 of the 1987 Constitution, the Supreme Court must decide or
resolve a case or matter within the period from date of submission;
b. 12 months d. 1 month
Section 15 of the 1987 Constitution, the Court of Appeals must decide or
resolve a case or matter within the period from date of submission;
Section 15 of the 1987 Constitution, the Regional Trial Courts must decide
or resolve a case or matter within the period from date of submission;
54. For summary procedure in criminal cases, judgment is rendered within

___ days after termination of trial.
Under the legal system in the Philippines as provided by Article VIII Section
15 of the 1987 Constitution, the Supreme Court must decide or resolve a
case or matter within the period from date of submission;
b. 12 months d. 1
55. Composed of 10 to 20 members this body is constituted every three

years to oversee katarungang pambarangay.
a. Pangkat ng Tagapagkasundo c. Barangay court
b. Lupong Tagapamayapa d. Barangay assembly
56. Consists of three members chosen by the opposing parties involved in a

dispute at the barangay level.
a. Pangkat ng Tagapagkasundo c. Barangay court
b. Lupong Tagapamayapa d. Barangay assembly
57. As a general rule, if the penalty is less than 1 year imprisonment and
the opposing parties are neighbors, co workers, the complainant must file
the action before;
a. Inferior Court c. Lupong Tagapamayapa
b. Municipal Circuit Trial Court d. Barangay Court
58. Law which created the Katarungang Pambarangay.

a. RA 7160 c. RA 5199
b. PD129 d. RA 6981
59. Means the settlement of a dispute by a person or persons chosen to

hear both sides and come to a decision.
a. Arbitration c. Intervention
b. Conciliation d. Amicable settlement
231
60. RA 6981. Otherwise known as the “ _______________” to encourage ,
protect and give support to persons who may have witnessed a crime to
participate in the legal system by giving their testimonies in court for the
proper prosecution of cases in order to secure justice to those aggrieved by
the commission of crimes.
a. Juvenile Justice Act
b. Witness Protection Security and Benefit Act
c. Judiciary Reorganization Act
d. Uniform System of Preliminary Investigations.
VI. SEMINAR ON CONTEMPORARY POLICE PROBLEMS
1. It refers to a schedule of budgeting task to be undertaken during a

specific budget year.
a. Budget cycle c. Budget guidance
b. Budget call d. Budget calendar
2. Number of days allocated for a fiscal year.

a. 365 c. 367
b. 366 d. 368
3. The logical result of authority with no accountability.

a. It will be prone to abuse c. It will give rise to usurpation
b. It will foster corruption d. All of the foregoing
4. It refers to the state of being accountable.

a. Responsibility c. Authority
b. Accountability d. Delegation
5. Ceiling for emergency expenses shall not exceed ____ for activities that
cannot be delayed of the annual agency expenditure program for supplies
and materials.
a. 4% c. 10%
b. 5% d. 15%
6. Responsible for the authorization and appropriation of the PNP budget.

a. DILG c. PNP Offices
b. NAPOLCOM d. Congress
7. The result of responsibility without authority.

a. It will be prone to abuse c. It will give rise to usurpation
b. It will foster corruption d. All of the foregoing
8. A document issued by higher authorities which prescribes the national

priorities and constraints in the budget year.
a. Budget call c. Budget cycle
b. Budget guidance d. Budget calendar
9. It refers to a document that initiates the preparation of the budget.

a. Budget call c. Budget cycle
b. Budget guidance d. Budget calendar
10. Regular purchase of supplies, materials and equipment shall not

exceed ______ limitation of the normal inventory or stock.
232
11. Substandard shoes issued to police personnel is attributed to.
a. Low budget
b. Procurement of inferior quality materials and equipment
c. Kickback
d. Budget constraints
12. The failure to comply with increase in base pay would be attributed to:
a. Low tax collections
b. Low budget
c. Deficient release of budget from the national treasury
d. Graft and corruption
13. It refers to the filing of simultaneous cases with different venues

against a police officer.
a. Forum shopping c. Blackmail
b. Ambulance chasing d. Coercion
14. A problem of organizing wherein incompetent men are designated their

posts.
a. Staffing
b. Personnel doing unnecessary work
c. Personnel doing necessary work inefficiently
d. Palakasan system
15. A villain in organizing manifested by personnel who encroaches upon

the duties and responsibilities of another.
a. Staffing
b. Personnel doing unnecessary work
c. Personnel doing necessary work inefficiently
d. Palakasan system
16. Authorized strength of the PNP for non-urban areas.

a. 1:500 c. 1:750
b. 1:100 d. 1:1500
17. Time in grade requirement for promotion from Supt. to Sr. Supt.
18.Training required for permanency for a police Chief Inspector.

a. OSEC c. Officer’s Basic Course
b. POAC d. Officer’s Candidate Course
19. A quota allocated promotion.

a. Regular promotion c. Meritorious promotion
b. Special promotion d. All of the foregoing
20. Total period of time a candidate has acquired in a certain grade in

permanent status.
a. Time-in-grade c. Seniority in Rank
b. Rank d. Eligibility
21. More often than not PNP members are confused with what particular
rank they are supposed to address themselves, this is due to the fact that
for a long time they have been acquainted with using old military ranks
instead of their civilian rank, General Sipsip Matapat of the PNP is
supposed to be addressed as;
233
a. Sir c. Senior Superintendent
b. Chief Superintendent d. Superintendent
22. The commensurate military rank of Police Inspector is;

a. Lieutenant c. Major
b. Captain d. Lt. Colonel
23. In crime scenes, it is common that the public or the “UZISEROS” who
are curious onlookers troop and flock the area numbering more than the
police personnel who are supposed to process it; hence to protect the
integrity of the evidences it is wise to;
a. Cordon the area c. Sanitize the area
b. Evacuate the area d. All of these
24. Ideally there should be at least three rings or cordon to protect the
integrity of the crime scene, the outermost cordon is to ward off the curious
onlookers, the middle should be occupied by the press, police personnel,
government officials, the innermost would allow entrance only to;
a. SOCO team c. Commanding officer
b. Police Investigator d. Both A and B
25. They are policemen who are honest to a fault and straightforward. They
are willing to take extreme positions on ethical issues due to their idealism.
They are referred to as;
a. Angels c. Rouges
b. White Knights d. Straight Shooters
26. Although honest individuals, these policemen are willing and ready to
hide the corrupt practices of their comrades for the sake of “hiya”, “utang
na loob” and “pakikisama” which is the top three “Pinoy” values.
a. Angels c. Rouges
27. They are police officers who engage in minor type of corruption as they
present themselves.
a. Grass Eaters or Vegetarian Cop c. Rouges
28. They are police officers who actively seek out corruption opportunities
and engaged in both minor and major patterns of corruption.
a. Angels c. Rouges
b. Meat Eaters or Carnivorous Cops d. Straight Shooters
29. They are policemen who are considered as having all deviant behaviors
of a corrupt law enforcer.
a. Angels c. Rouges
30. It is defined as a dereliction of police duties either because of

malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance.
a. Police corruption c. Police Misbehavior
b. Police Misconduct d. Police Deviancy
31. It refers to the unnecessary and unreasonable use of force in effecting

arrest or abuse in the manner of conducting search and seizure.
a. Abuse of Authority c. Rouge
b. Police Misconduct d. Brutality
234
32. Considered to be a part of police working environment, this lying is a
deceptive ploy to allow discreet police operations.
a. Accepted lying c. Deviant lying
b. Tolerated lying d. Dishonesty
33. To hide police inadequacy o inefficiency, this type of lying is resorted by

the police in situations wherein the crime is impossible to solve.
34. This involves lies that violate substantive or procedural laws.

35. This is an act of extortion usually committed by policemen who caught

in the act criminals.
a. Opportunistic theft c. Fixes
b. Shakedowns d. Kickbacks
235
CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION
Scope: History from past to present, their theories and

philosophies. The management and operation of all institution
and community based correctional system. Diagnosis,
classification and handling and treatment of offenders and their
rehabilitation programs and activities.
The implementation of punishment and application of modern

theories and principles of corrections; renal rationale and
procedures. BJMP (Bureau of Jail Management and Penology,
PNP, PPA, BPP, DSWD and other correctional agencies manual.
(10%)
236
I. JAIL AND PENAL MANAGEMENT
1. It is effected by the use of stocks and pillery, docking stool, branding and
shaving off the hair of the offender.
a. Corporal punishment c. Shaming
b. Public humiliation d. Both B and C
2. By this justification of punishment it resulted in retaliation and unending

vendetta between the offender and the victim.
a. Retribution c. Protection
b. Expiation d. Deterrence
3. An offense committed by a member against another member arouses the

condemnation of the whole group against the offender.
b. Atonement d. Deterrence
4. It believes that punishment gives a lesson to the offender, and that it holds
crime commission in check.
b. Atonement d. Deterrence
5. He advocated the theory that punishment should prevent others from

committing like offenses and should be in the degree of severity enough to
deter others.
a. Lombroso c. Becarria
b. Bentham d. Ferri
6. A system of trial and punishment which is reformatory in purpose.

a. Canonical Courts c. Primitive justice
b. King’s Courts d. Judicial Individualization
7. He made the first attempt to explain crime, wherein he noted in his book
“Nicomedian Ethics” that punishment is a means of restoring balance between
pleasure and pain.
a. Aristotle c. Lombroso
b. Becarria d. Hentig
8. It resulted in class discrimination due to wide use of discretion in imposing

penalties.
a. Canonical Courts c. Primitive Justice
b. King’s Courts d. Judicial Individualization
9. Its main advantage was it was easy to administer and eliminated arbitrary
sentence.
a. Classical School c. Positivist School
b. Neo-Classical School d. Modern Clinical School
10. It admits that minors and certain adults are incapable of committing
crimes.
11. It gave rise to exemption and mitigation of punishment.

237
12. Country which first established prison facilities.
a. England c. United States of America
b. France d. Spain
13. System advocated by the Americans because it is cheaper to maintain.

a. Elmira Reformatory c. Auburn System
b. Borstal d. Pennsylvania System
14. It abolished corporal punishment.

a. UN Standard Minimum Rules c. Pennsylvania Reform Law of 1790
b. League of Nations d. Sursis
15. Its unique features of incarceration were adopted by most European

countries.
16. It is a training school type of institution program, social case work and
extensive use of parole.
17. The first parole was passed in 1837, in:

a. Valencia, Spain c. Massachusetts
b. Chicago d. Pennsylvania
18. It was responsible for holding international penal and penitentiary

congress every 5 years and was established in 1875.
a. IPPC c. UN
b. League of Nations d. Human Rights Commission
19. A warden who limits his role to consider policy matters and major
problems, his responsibility is centered on:
a. Decision Making c. Public Relations
b. Personnel Program d. Executive Leadership
20. A warden’s responsibility to provide leadership and assign responsibility

for selection, training, recruitment and supervision.
a. Decision Making c. Public Relations
b. Personnel Program d. Executive Leadership
21. During the primitive days, this punishment was given to criminal offenders
by means of flogging, mutilation, maiming, disfiguration:
a. Corporal punishment c. Public humiliation
b. Death d. Shaming
22. Modern justification for punishment which concludes that society will be
best protected if criminal offenders are rehabilitated.
a. Reformation c. Expiation
b. Protection d. Retribution
23. People would tend to believe that by putting the offender in prison, society
is safeguarded from further criminal depredation.
a. Reformation c. Expiation
b. Protection d. Retribution
238
24. He asserted that criminals are not free moral agents, but are products of
traits and circumstances.
a. Ferri c. Lombroso
b. Garofalo d. Becarria
25. He contributed to the progressive system by dividing prisoners into

companies and appointed prisoners as petty officers in charge and prescribes
academic classes of one hour a day for inmates under 20 years of age.
a. Manuel Montesinos c. Domets of France
b. Sir Walter Crofton d. ZR Brockway
26. Established agricultural colonies for delinquent boys and his reformation
system is based on re-education rather than force.
a. Manuel Montesinos c. Sir Walter Crofton
b. Domets of France d. ZR Brockway
27. Chairman of the Director of Irish prisons, he introduced the progressive

system which attempted to place the responsibility for self improvement on the
prisoner himself through successive stages.
a. Manuel Montesinos c. Sir Walter Crofton
b. Domets of France d. ZR Brockway
28. He introduced the Elmira, a new institutional program for boys from 16-30
years of age. This system was based on parole and indeterminate sentence and
referred to as the forerunner of modern penology.
a. Manuel Montesinos c. Domets of France
b. Sir Walter Crofton d. ZR Brockway
29. For minimum security institution, the purpose of fencing the surrounding
is:
a. To keep away the civilian population from entering the institution.
b. It is designed to prevent escapes.
c. It is designed for agricultural purposes.
d. It is designed to facilitate open view of the surrounding.
30. Inmates placed under a super security facility are considered as:
a. Incorrigibles c. Escape artists
b. Chronic trouble makers d. All of the foregoing
31. It is regarded as the most important program that aide in the rehabilitation
of prisoners.
a. Recreational program c. Educational program
b. Religious program d. Employment of prisoners
32. Minimum number of times in counting the inmates on a daily basis.

a. Two c. Four
b. Three d. Five
33. Person who are deemed instrumental in the reformation of prisoners due
to their daily contact with the inmates.
a. Chaplain c. Psychologist
b. Warden d. Prison guards
34. It is a continuing state of good order.

a. Discipline c. Communication
b. Morale d. Loyalty
239
35. It is a relationship in which one endeavors to help another understand and
solve his problems of adjustment.
a. Preventive Discipline c. Counseling
b. Communication d. All of the above
36. It is a method of punishment resorted to in extreme cases when lighter

penalties are ineffectual.
a. Bartolina c. Close confinement
b. Solitary Confinement d. All of the above
37. He opened the Borstal prison, considered as one of the best reformatory
institutions for young offenders.
a. Sir Evelyn Ruggles Brise c. Zebulon Reed Brockway
b. Sir Walter Crofton d. Macanochie
38. It prescribes the means to be utilized in carrying out the treatment

programs for convicted criminal offenders.
a. Admissions summary c. Classification meeting
b. Admissions procedure d. Case summary
39. Utilized as method in searching the prisoner for possession of contrabands

inside the prison cells and compound.
a. Frisking c. Greyhound operations
b. Body search d. Body frisk
40. A person who is sentenced to serve imprisonment for not more than six
months.
a. Municipal prisoner c. Provincial prisoner
b. City prisoner d. Insular prisoner
41. Which among the following is not among the classification of prisoners
under Presidential Decree 29?
a. Municipal Prisoners c. Insular prisoners
b. Provincial Prisoners d. Detention prisoners
42. What particular country utilized transportation of prisoners?

a. Spain c. England
b. Portugal d. France
43. It has been noted as the best reform institution for young offenders?
a. Pennsylvania system c. Elmira Reformatory
b. Auburn System d. Borstal Institution
44. It is given to prisoners who have returned to their places of confinement

within 48 hours after a calamity.
a. Good conduct time allowance c. Visitation privilege
b. Special time allowance d. All of the above
45. It is an institution originally intended to detain or house political

offenders.
a. Iwahig Penal Colony c. San Ramon Prison and Penal Farm
b. Davao Penal Colony d. Sablayan Prison and farm
46. A person convicted to serve a sentence of 12 years of imprisonment would

be classified as what kind of prisoner?
a. Municipal Prisoner c. National Prisoner
b. Provincial Prisoner d. Detention Prisoner
240
47. It is considered as the highest income earner among the Philippine
Correctional Institution.
b. Davao Penal Colony d. Sablayan Prison and Farm
48. This states that incarceration should establish in the convicts the will to
lead law abiding and self-supporting lives after their release in prison.
a. United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for the treatment of prisoners.
b. Indeterminate sentence Law
c. Prison Law
d. Probation Law
49. Nobody can assume the suffering for a crime committed by others.
a. Justice c. Deterrence
b. Expiation d. Personal
50. The most common problem for national penitentiaries.

a. Excessive number of inmates c. Sex problems
b. Lack of funding d. Discipline of inmates
51. It is a primitive justification of punishment in the sense that it is in the

form of personal vengeance or putting the law into one's own hand.
a. Retribution c. Expiation
b. Deterrence d. Reformation
52. This theory emphasized that punishment has a redemptive purpose.

a. Judean Christian theory c. Neo-Classical School of Thought
b. Classical theory d. Positivist School of Thought
53. Who among the Italian advocates of the Positive theory wrote the book "
Theory of the Imputability and Denial of the Free will".
a. Ferri c. Lombroso
b. Garofalo d. Becarria
54. It refers to anything which is against or contrary to the rules and

regulation of a prison or jail facility?
a. Jewelry c. Deadly weapons
b. Dangerous Drugs d. Contrabands
55. It is one of the forerunners of modern correctional systems wherein they

confine the prisoners in single cells at night but allow them to work in
congregate shops during the day?
a. Auburn system c. Elmira Reformatory
b. Pennsylvania system d. All of the foregoing
56. It enables the prisoner to roam outside the prison for a minimum period
per day to make work out arrangement for his release.
a. Pre release leave c. Leave for work
b. Individual or group counseling d. Granting greater freedom
57. If the scientific method is utilized in segregation, what is the method

employed in the diagnosis and treatment of the convicts?
a. Individualized method c. Scientific method
b. Casework method. d. Individual therapy
58. Considered as the most persistent problem in almost all prison facilities
which contribute to failure of the reformation programs.
a. Idleness c. Riots
241
b. Deplorable conditions d. Escapes
59. All persons in custody shall, before final conviction, be entitled to bail as a
matter of______________.
a. Right c. Preference
b. Privilege d. Choice
60. The Bureau of Corrections is under the--

a. Department of Social Welfare and Development
b. Department of the Interior and Local Government
c. Department of Justice
d. Department of Health
61. Place wherein a newly convicted prisoner is housed for at least a

minimum period of five days for the conduct of medical examination,
vaccinations, X-ray to prevent physical contamination.
a. Reception diagnostic center c. Infirmary
b. Medical center d. Quarantine unit
62. An advocate of the classical school of penology who claimed that society
must reward those who accept responsibility and punish those who do not.
a. Bentham c. Lombroso
b. Becarria d. Ferri
63. It starts from the admissions report of individual inmates and serves as
the basis in granting parole.
a. Admissions Summary c. Misconduct Report
b. Behavior Report d. Cumulative Case Summary
64. Issued by the court to a correctional facility indicating the basis for the
confinement of a prisoner.
a. Mittimus c. Bail
b. Detention order d. Probation order
65. School of thought advocated by Dr. Lombroso, Ferri and Garofalo.

a. Modern clinical school c. Neo-Classical School of Thought
b. Italian school d. Classical School of Thought
66. Country wherein the last recorded burning at stake was made.
a. Germany c. England
b. USA d. France
67. A nation who pioneered banishment as a form of punishment.

a. England c. France
b. Spain d. Rome
68. A code which adopted the principle an eye for an eye a tooth for a tooth.
a. Code of Kalantiaw c. Bible
b. Hammurabi’s code d. French Code
69. Year when the League of Nations adopted the “Standard Minimum Rules
for the Treatment of Prisoners.”
a. 1932 c. 1936
b. 1934 d. 1938
70. Year when the first International Prison Congress was Held in London.
a. 1870 c. 1876
b. 1872 d. 1880
242
71. It refers to an act of grace of the chief executive which grants general
pardon to certain class of offenders, but requires concurrence of congress.
a. Amnesty c. Commutation
b. Pardon d. Reprieve
72. The temporary stay in the execution of the court, ordered by the president
verdict to enable review of the merits of the case.
a. Appeal c. Reprieve
b. Pardon d. Commutation
73. It is a change in the court’s verdict made by the president which lowers the
degree of penalty imposed by the court.
a. Amnesty c. Commutation
b. Pardon d. Reprieve
74. Suspension of sentence of convict after serving the minimum term of

indeterminate penalty without granting pardon.
a. Parole c. Commutation
b. Reprieve d. Fine
75. It refers to a sentence of imprisonment for the maximum period defined by

law subject to the termination by the parole board at anytime after service of
the minimum period.
a. Indeterminate sentence c. Parole
b. Good time conduct allowance d. Probation
76. Deduction to the term of imprisonment due to the convict’s exemplary

behavior while in prison.
a. Indeterminate sentence c. Parole
b. Good time conduct allowance d. Probation
77. A law which mandated that offenders as punishment would have served a
portion of their sentence in institutions and thereby released to undergo
probation.
a. Huber Law c. PD 968
b. Split Sentence Law d. Indeterminate Sentence Law
78. A method undertaken to allow prisoners opportunity for normal sex life.
a. Visitation c. Sodomy
b. Masturbation d. Conjugal visit
79. Most common form of sexual perversion in prison and jail facilities.
a. Homosexuality c. Pseudo marriages
b. Masturbation d. Sodomy
80. A writ issued by the court ordering the confinement of person so named in
penal institutions.
a. Probation order c. Detention order
b. Bail d. Commitment order
81. For a maximum security facility how high should the walls be
constructed?
a. 8 to 12 feet c. 18 to 20 feet
b. 12 to 14 feet d. 18 to 25 feet
82. This type of institution is usually constructed without a fence?

a. Minimum Security Institution c. Maximum Security Institution
243
b. Medium Security Institution d. Open Institution
83. What is the main objective of segregation?
a. Diversification by Age
b. Diversification by sex
c. Diversification by degree of imprisonment
d. Prevention of physical and moral contamination
84. It is the original intention of imposing prison labor?

a. Punitive c. Reformatory
b. Afflictive d. Business
85. It refers to the formulation for the tentative rehabilitation program of the
convict.
a. Diagnosis c. Execution of Treatment Program
b. Treatment Planning d. Re-classification
86. It is mainly responsible for the implementation of a prisoner’s treatment

program?
a. RDC c. Classification committee
b. Warden d. All of the above
87. It is part of the classification wherein the prisoners are examined and
tests are administered to check on the physical and mental condition of the
prisoners.
a. Diagnosis c. Execution of treatment program
b. Treatment Planning d. Re-classification
88. This forerunner of penology considered and made emphasis on physical

characteristics as basis for atavism.
a. Lombroso c. Ferri
b. Becarria d. Garofalo
89. What country popularized the use of prisons as detention facilities?

a. United States of America c. France
b. England d. Spain
90. Credited for introducing the use of jails.

a. Europeans c. Asians
b. Americans d. Cavemen
91. Its main objective is to prevent unnecessary custodial risk and prevent
physical and moral contamination from one group to another.
a. Diversification c. Discipline
b. Segregation d. Classification
92. Ideal number of days for an inmate to be placed in the quarantine unit at
the Reception and Diagnostic Center.
a. 2 days c. 4 days
b. 3 days d. 5 days
93. Sometimes referred to as Case conference or Guidance conference wherein

the tentative formulation of rehabilitation program is conducted with the
inmate concerned.
a. Staff Conference c. Classification Meeting
b. Admission Classification Meeting d. Staff interview
94. Calls the attention of inmates for certain misconduct or positive traits
manifested while serving sentence.
244
a. Post sentence report c. Misconduct report
b. Behavior report d. Admissions summary
95. A written report detailing particular inmate and the violations incurred
with reference to the rule book.
a. Post sentence report c. Misconduct report
b. Behavior report d. Admissions summary
96. The most challenging problem that confronts the administrators of penal
institution worldwide.
a. Over crowding c. Sex problems
b. Unsanitary conditions d. Lack of funding
97. A means of social control.

a. Penalty c. Retribution
b. Punishment d. Atonement
98. Group vengeance as a justification for imposition of punishment.

a. Retribution c. Deterrence
b. Expiation d. Protection
99. Primitive punishment of the transgressor carried out trough personal

vengeance.
a. Retribution c. Deterrence
b. Expiation d. Protection
100. It paved the way for exempting law violators from their criminal liability
by reason of insanity.
a. People Vs. Vera c. Sursis
b. M’Naghtan Case (1843) d. Furlough
101. Golden age of penology

a. 1860 to 1870 c. 1180 to 1190
b. 1870 to 1880 d. 1890 to 1900
102. Upon the assumption of the IPPC’s work, the United Nations preferred to
identify its activities and programs under the broader concept of:
a. Social offense c. Social justice
b. Social defense d. Juvenile justice
103. Oldest penal institution operated under the Bureau of Corrections.

b. Davao Penal Colony d. Sablayan Penal Colony
104. An inherent responsibility of a warden in seeing to it that he continually

motivates his staff and personnel to perform at their best.
a. Control of prison operation and activities c. Personnel program
b. Decision making d. Executive leadership
105. First juvenile court established in 1899.

a. Chicago c. Massachusetts
b. England d. Valencia, Spain
106. He advocated the progressive system, by issuing ticket to leave for

deserving inmates which is equivalent to parole, and he was noted as the
Father of Modern Penology.
a. Alexander Maconochie c. Z.R. Brockway
b. Walter Crofton d. Sir Evelyn Ruggles Brise
245
107. It has been regarded as the forerunner of modern penology due to its
extensive use of parole, social case work and training school type of
institution.
a. Pennsylvania system c. Elmira Reformatory
b. Auburn System d. Borstal Institution
108. Pardon is exercised when a person is____________.

a. Already convicted c. Under custodial investigation
b. About to be convicted d. Under trial
109. Type of prison labor where products from the prison are mainly used by
the government.
a. Public account system c. Price per piece system
b. Lease system d. State use system
110. What division is in charge of personnel recruitment and training and

procurement of supplies?
a. Business management division c. Classification and Treatment Division
b. Custodial Division d. Medical Division
111. It was made as an alternative for corporal punishment and death penalty.
a. Transportation of prisoners c. Parole
b. Imprisonment d. Probation
112. This activity is undertaken to minimize the anxiety of the offender in

returning to the free society.
a. Pre release leave c. Granting greater freedom
b. Individual or group counseling d. Leave for work
113. It is the primary objective of custodial and security division?

a. To prevent riots c. To implement discipline
b. To prevent escapes d. To help in the reformation of prisoners
114. It is regarded as one of the finest open penal institution in the world.
b. Davao Penal Colony d. Sablayan Prison and Farm
115. A person held in custody for the violation of a law or ordinance and has
yet not been convicted is a:
a. Detention prisoner c. Provincial prisoner
b. Municipal prisoner d. Insular prisoner
116. A person who is sentenced to serve a prison term of over three (3) years
is a –
a. City prisoner c. National prisoner
b. Detention prisoner d. Municipal prisoner
117. They are prisoners who may be allowed to work outside the fence of the
institution under guard escorts. Generally they are employed as agricultural
workers
a. Super- security prisoners c. Medium security prisoners
b. Maximum security prisoners d. Minimum security prisoners
118. The BJMP is under the administration of ___________.

a. DILG c. PNP
b. Executive Department d. DOJ
246
119. The basis of this school in penology is human free will.
a. Classical school c. Positivist School
b. Neo Classical school d. Italian school
120. Pardon cannot be extended to one of the following instance.

a. Murder c. Rape
b. Arson d. Impeachment
121. A typical correctional institution or prison should ideally have ____

distinct subdivisions.
a. 3 c. 5
b. 4 d. 6
122. It is charged with the function of personnel including training and

recruitment and plant maintenance.
a. Business/ Management or Administrative Division
b. Custodial Division
c. Classification Division
d. Production Division
123. Mainly responsible for security and safekeeping of inmates.

a. Business/ Management or Administrative Division
b. Custodial Division
c. Classification Division
d. Production Division
124. It calls for segregation of boys and girls under 18 from the older group.
a. Diversification by sex c. Segregation
b. Diversification by age d. Diversification by degree of custody
125. A general agreed principle that women prisoners should be placed in a

special building on the same site with the men’s prison.
126. It houses a small population of inmates who are considered chronic

trouble makers, escapees and incorrigibles, similar to Alcatraz.
a. Super Security Facility c. Medium Security Institution
b. Maximum Security Institution d. Minimum Security Institution
127. The housing units are of cell type blocks and prisoners are not allowed to
work outside.
128. Type of institution usually constructed without a fence.

129. In this institution, inmates may be allowed to work outside under guard
supervision.
130. The U.N. Standard Minimum Rules for the treatment of offenders
prescribes that penal facilities should not exceed ____ inmates.
a. 1000 c. 1500
b. 1200 d. 2000
247
131. A prison should be diversified by institution.
132. Ideally the reception diagnostic center should house new inmates within
the first _____ days of their commitment to prison.
a. 30 c. 90
b. 60 d. 120
133. An institution designed to service a big institution it makes a critical

study of the prisoners for their proper treatment program.
a. Classification Committee c. Quarantine Unit
b. Reception Diagnostic Center d. Infirmary
134. Examines the mental and emotional make-up of the prisoner.

a. Psychiatrist c. Sociologist
b. Psychologist d. Chaplain
135. An RDC member who diagnose the attitude, behavior and peculiarities of
an inmate.
136. He makes analysis on the prisoner’s personal history.

137. It consists of giving rules and regulations and explaining the rules to the
new prisoners.
a. Admissions c. Segregation
b. Classification d. Orientation Procedures
138. He recommends the transfer and type of custody applicable to the

prisoner.
a. Medical Officer c. Custodial-Correctional Officer
b. Vocations Counselor d. Chaplain
139. It is the nucleus of the cumulative case history of the prisoner.

a. Admissions Summary c. Reclassification
b. Staff Conference d. Personal history
140. Periodic assessment of a prisoner’s treatment program to cater to

adjustment with his personality and behavior.
a. Classification c. Execution of the treatment program
b. Treatment Planning d. Reclassification
141. The first workhouse in England (1557-1576)

a. Singsing prison c. Alcatraz
b. Bridewell d. Walnut Street Prison
142. Which among the following are reasons or purpose of confinement in our
prison systems of convicted criminal offenders?
a. To segregate the offender from society.
b. To rehabilitate the offender so that upon his return to society ha shall be a
responsible and law abiding citizen.
c. To punish the criminal offender
d. Both A and B
248
143. Under the Bureau of Corrections manual, an inmate refers to a national
prisoner or those sentenced by a court to serve a maximum term of
imprisonment of more than three years or to a fine of not more than one
thousand pesos, the term inmate shall also refer to a detainee. This statement
is:
a. True c. Partly True
b. False d. Partly false
144. A person confined in prison pending preliminary investigation, trial or

appeal; or upon legal process issued by a competent authority.
a. Inmate c. National Prisoner
b. Detainee d. Insular Prisoner
145. Refers to the institutional record of an inmate which consists of his

mittimus/commitment order, the prosecutor’s information and the decision of
the trial court.
a. Prison record c. Admission record
b. Carpeta d. All of these
146. The information containing an inmates personal circumstances, the

offense he committed, the sentence imposed, date of confinement and
expiration of sentence is placed in the;
a. Prison record c. Admission record
b. Carpeta d. All of these
147. Ideally, a newly confined inmate should remain at the RDC for
psychiatric, sociological, vocational, educational, religious and psychological
examinations for a period not exceeding ___ days.
a. 30 c. 60
b. 55 d. 75
148. Personal items particularly electrical equipment such as a television,

radio cassette, video player, electric fans is allowed in prison facilities,
provided that;
a. The prison personnel will use them
b. The warden permits it
c. They are intended for common use with other inmates
d. All of these
149. An inmate who has been either previously committed for three or more
times as a sentenced inmate, except those imprisoned for non-payment of a
fine and those who had been reduced from a higher class.
a. Colonist c. Third class inmate
b. Second class inmate d. First class inmate
150. One whose character and credit record for work while in detention earned
assignment to this class.
151. A newly arrived inmate is given this classification as to entitlement of

privilege.
152. An inmate who has been a first class inmate for at least 1 year may be
promoted to this class.
249
153. A colonist when classified by the director of the Bureau of Corrections

who is punished with reclusion perpetua will have benefit from an automatic
reduction from a maximum term of forty years to _______;
154. Who among the following inmates may not be allowed to view the remains
of a dead immediate family member?
a. Minimum security c. Maximum security
b. Medium security d. None of these
155. Duration of viewing privilege of a deceased relative is limited to ____

hours.
a. 3 c. 9
b. 6 d. 12
156. The privilege to view a deceased relative is permitted if the wake is in a

place within a radius of 30 kilometers by road from the prison, if more than 30
kilometers, the privilege may be extended in the inmate can leave and return
to his place of confinement during _______ hours of the same day.
a. Sunlight c. Afternoon
b. Morning d. Daylight
157. Prison labor is allowed provided the inmate must be able and willing to
work at least 8 hours except on;
a. Saturdays c. Legal Holidays
b. Sundays d. Both B and C
158. An inmate may at anytime withdraw from his compensation earning in an

amount not exceeding ___ of his total earnings.
a. 1/3 c. 1/4
b. ½ d. 1/5
159. Age of an inmate who may be excused from mandatory labor.

a. 50 c. 60
b. 55 d. Over 60
160. Telephone calls is permitted for inmates for a period not exceeding 5
minutes every ____ days.
a. 30 c. 90
b. 60 d. 120
161. Visiting days for immediate relatives of inmates is allowed from Sundays
to Thurs from 9:00 am to ______ pm.
a. 3 c. 6
b. 5 d. 7
162. There shall be 3 shifts for guards with each guard having a duty of 8
hours. ___ of the guards in each shift shall be detailed on reserve duty for a
period of 8 hours prior to entrance duty.
a. ½ c. 1/4
b. 1/3 d. 1/5
163. When a riot or escape alarm is sounded, either by siren bell or gun fire,
all inmates arte ordered to;
250
a. Lie flat on the ground c. Arms and legs spread out
b. Face ground d. All of these
164. This is the initial wave of anti riot assault contingent who shall be armed
with wicker shields, protective headgear, gas masks and night sticks to
disperse the rioter and get their leaders.
a. 1st group c. 3rd group
b. 2nd group d. None of these
165. A back up force equipped with tear gas guns and gas grenades.
b. 2nd group d. None of these
166.These are guards who are trained in the proper handling and use of
firearms, they shall provide cover fire.
nd
b. 2 group d. None of these
167. If escorting an inmate a guard shall keep distance of not less than ____
paces from his charge.
a. 10 c. 30
b. 15 d. 45
168. For escort duties there shall be ___ guards for every inmate.
a. 1 c. 3
b. 2 d. 4
169.When the death penalty was still enforced by means of lethal injection
four guards keep a death watch, the convict is confined in an individual cell
____ hours prior to the scheduled time of execution which is usually 3:00 in
the afternoon.
a. 6 c. 24
b. 12 d. 36
170. Means of entrusting for confinement of an inmate to a jail by a competent

court or authority for investigation, trial and/or service of sentence.
a. Detention c. Confinement
b. Commitment d. Imprisonment
171. An inmate who is not covered by _____ shall not be required to work but
he may be made to polish his cell and perform other works as may be
necessary for hygienic or sanitary reasons.
a. Agreement c. Privilege
b. Certification d. None of these
172. Close confinement in cells shall not exceed ___ days in any calendar
month.
173.In mess hall and dining area for purposes of precaution, the prescribe
utensil for inmates shall be mage of;
a. Wood c. Paper
b. Plastic d. Carton
174. On Fridays and Saturdays, visitation privileges are cancelled due to;
a. Inspection by members of the custodial force c. Weekly mustering
b. Wash day d. All of these
251
175. For inspections by the custodial force the ratio is 1 guard for every ____
inmates.
a. 5 c. 9
b. 7 d. 10
II- REHABILITATION , PROBATION AND PAROLE
1. The first probation law was passed in the year 1878, in.
a. Chicago c. England
b. Massachusetts d. Pennsylvania
2. The purpose of this meeting is to evaluate the inmate’s readiness for early
release.
a. Pre-release treatment c. Classification meeting
b. Pre-parole interview d. Admissions meting
3. A program specifically planned to prepare the offender prior to his release

on parole.
a. Pre-release treatment c. Classification meeting
b. Pre-parole interview d. Admissions meting
4. When prisoners are used for repair of buildings, roads, bridges and flood
control, this type of prison labor is:
a. Lease System c. Publics Works Systems
b. Contract System d. Public Account System
5. Products made by prisoners are sold in the open market.

a. Lease System c. Public Works System
6. Under this system, a contractor supplies raw materials and pays the state
for the amount of work or output produced by the prisoner.
a. Lease System c. Price-Piece System
7. When a contractor merely engages prison labor and the state retains control
of the prisoner, the prison labor is classified as:
a. Lease System c. Public Works System
8. Ministration of the sick is an important function of the:

a. Chaplain c. Medical officer
b. Custodial officer d. Psychiatrist
9. It provides development and acquisition of skills necessary for successful

work in a socially accepted occupation while in prison.
a. Vocational training program c. Work program
b. Education program d. Prison labor
10. It provides an environment that will be conducive to the mental and

physical development of an inmate.
a. Vocational training program c. Recreational program
b. Work program d. Education program
252
11. It is an integral part in prisoner’s rehabilitation which serves as an outlet
for human expression and a form of release from one’s inherent desire to
create.
a. Music c. Arts and Crafts
b. Sports d. Drama and literary activities
12. It helps in the improvement of the prisoner in the cultural and practical
aspect of social living.
a. Recreational program c. Sports Activities
b. Arts and Crafts d. Library service
13. Which among the following is not a part of an ideal medical service in a
prison facility?
a. Medicine and Surgery c. Dentistry
b. Psychiatry d. None of these
14. A mild form of punishment which is enough deterrence for prisoners with
clean record who wants to be considered for early release.
a. Counsel and reprimand c. Loss of privilege
b. Solitary confinement d. Loss of good time
15. It is not to be considered as a punishment when used to prevent an inmate

from influencing witnesses or of preventing injury to himself or others.
a. Counsel and reprimand c. Loss of privilege
b. Solitary confinement d. Loss of good time
16. It aims to obtain clear case description and social history as well as help in
solving immediate family problems of the inmate.
a. Casework c. Counseling
b. Case method d. Individualized treatment
17. It provides extensive diagnosis and treatment to discover the cause of a

prisoner’s maladjustment and improve his behavior.
a. Casework c. Counseling
b. Clinical services d. Individualized treatment
18. Serves primarily as a mechanical release of felt physical tension while in

prison for male inmates, it is based on is self gratification.
a. Homosexuality c. Masturbation
b. Sodomy d. Conjugal Visit
19. It provides some opportunities for inmates of a normal sex life.

a. Homosexuality c. Masturbation
b. Sodomy d. Conjugal Visit
20. Inmates who have attained the status of __________ is allowed by law to
live with their families, it is a common practice in Sablayan, Iwahig and Davao
Prison and Penal Farm.
a. Trustees c. Parolees
b. Colonists d. Both A and B
21. Referred to as the Law on Working Detention

a. Act No. 1533 c. Act No. 3326
b. Act No. 3316 d. Act No. 4103
22. Law on prescription of penalty

a. Act No. 1533 c. Act No. 3326
b. Act No. 3316 d. Act No. 4103
253
23. Basis for granting good conduct time allowance for inmates.
a. Act No. 1533 c. Act No. 3326
b. Act No. 3316 d. Act No. 4103
24. Indeterminate Sentence Law

a. Act No. 1533 c. Act No. 3326
b. Act No. 3316 d. Act No. 4103
25. Empowered by law to exercise supervision over jails by means of standard

setting to promote discipline of inmates and secure reformation and safe
custody of prisoners of all classes.
a. Bureau of Jail Management and Penology
b. Bureau of Prisons
c. Bureau of Corrections
d. Commission on Human Rights
26. Nature of conditional pardon given to inmates in which the recipient must
accept it before it takes effect, and the pardonee is under obligations to comply
imposed therein.
a. Contract c. Punishment
b. Privilege d. Act of Grace
27. In the practice and procedure of probation, who is considered as the most
important person?
a. Probationer c. Chief Probation Officer
b. Probation officer d. Probation Aides
28. Unit within the probation office charged with the task of selecting
defendants for probation.
a. Investigation division c. Custodial division
b. Supervision division d. RDC
29. It pertains to information regarding significant family, personal, economic

factors of the offender’s life.
a. Social history c. Antecedent
b. Marital status d. Character and behavior
30. Primary basis in granting parole:

a. Response with correctional treatment
b. Progress within the correctional institution
c. Good behavior and rapport among inmates and prison guards
d. Both a and b
31. Parole although not a form of executive clemency is:

a. Judicial function c. Legislative function
b. Executive function d. Court function
32. In the Philippines the members of the Board of Pardon and Parole is
a. Full time board c. Governmental agency
b. Part time board d. NGO
33. This is prepared by the prison’s classification committee for the purpose of
indicating what is essential for the best interest of the future parolee and
contains an appraisal of the prisoner’s personality and need for adjustment
upon return to society.
a. Pre-release Progress Report c. Parole Referral Summary
b. Pre-Board Summary d. Post Sentence investigation Report
254
34. It is used by the parole board as a guide in determining the prisoner’s
eligibility for parole and preparing his parole program.
a. Pre-release Progress Report c. Parole Referral Summary
b. Pre-Board Summary d. Post Sentence investigation Report
35. A parole officer undertakes what particular broad function?

a. Community protection c. Supervision of parolee
b. Service to individuals d. Both a and b
36. This is a method of helping parolees by which the parole office performs
referral services.
a. Manipulative technique c. Case work technique
b. Executive technique d. Guidance and counseling technique
37. Refers to a formal group or association organized to promote social or

individual welfare.
a. Community agencies c. Family service agencies
b. Social service exchange d. NGO’s
38. A security facility, usually operated by the police for temporary detention
of persons held under custodial investigation.
a. Lock-up c. Ordinary jail
b. Work house jail d. Detention center
39. Frank an inmate is unable to sleep and eat while serving his sentence due
to loneliness and despair should undergo:
a. Rehabilitation c. Corrections
b. Guidance d. Counseling
40. RA 4225 created what particular government agency?

a. Department of Justice c. Probation Office
b. Bureau of Corrections d. Board of Pardon and Parole
41. Maximum term of office for those appointed as members of the Board of
Pardon and Parole.
42. Who is the granting authority in giving probation to qualified petitioners?

a. Court c. President
b. Probation officer d. Board of indeterminate sentence
43. Under the Indeterminate sentence law, who acts as chairman of the board
of pardon and paroles?
a. DILG Secretary c. PNP Chief
b. DOJ Secretary d. Chief Justice
44. Minimum period of probation provided for by law.

a. 1 year c. 3 years
b . 2 years d. 4 years
45. It refers to the community’s reaction to convicted offenders.

a. Corrections c. Rehabilitation
b. Probation d. Parole
46. Under rules and methods employed by probation, what is the maximum
number of minor violations that would result in the revocation of the probation
order?
255
a. 5 violations c. 3 violations
b. 4 violations d. 2 violations
47. The merging of supervision of parole and probation is mandated by what

particular law?
a. Executive Order 392 c. PD 968
b. Executive Order 292 d. RA 4221
48. Probation is a privilege granted to deserving and qualified petitioners,

when does it become a matter of right?
a. After the submission of the PSIR
b. When the convict files a petition for probation
c. When no appeal was undertaken.
d. When his probation is approved
49. Under our laws when will probationer report to his designated probation
officer?
a. Upon initial interview
b. Upon the completion of the PSIR
c. Upon court order
d. Within 72 hours after probation order has been granted
50. A US law which allowed convicts to be gainfully employed during the day
while residing in prison.
a. Huber Law c. Split Sentence Law
b. Harbard Law d. Furlough Law
51. It refers to the continuing relationship between the probationer and the
probation officer.
a. Initial Interview c. Supervision
b. Post Sentence Investigation d. Orientation
52. Before travel of probationer outside the jurisdiction of the City/Provincial

Probation Office, application for court approval should be filed within how
many days?
53. A French and Belgian innovation to probation which requires no

supervision on the condition that the probationer would not commit an offense
within a prescribed period.
a. Split Sentence c. Furlough
b. Sursis d. Parole
54. Within how many days should the request for outside travel shall be filed
by the probationer to the probation office, prior to the date of his intended
departure?
a . 5 days c. 15 days
55. It refers to the note given to police agencies which signifies that the
probationer is under the supervision of his designated probation officer.
a. Chrome Card c. Flash Sheet
b. Kardex Card d. Field Sheet
56. The maximum period of probation when the sentence is not more than one
year.
256
57. When will the court deny application for probation of a petitioner?
a. Petitioner is a foreigner
b. Petitioner is a drug dependant
c. Petitioner violates the condition
d. Petitioner can be treated well in an institution
58. When will you close a probation case?

a. When the probationer absconds the place
b. When he incurred violations
c. When there is recommendation for revocation
d. When the termination order is approved
59. Under PD 603, should a juvenile offender become incorrigible during his
reformation period; he is brought to the court for____.
a. Release c. Probation
b. Pronouncement of judgment d. Pardon
60. It refers to the relation between CPPO and the SPPO and the Probationer.
a. Supervision c. Executive supervision
b. Courtesy supervision d. Administrative supervision
61. The probationer is not exempted from the legal effects of his punishment
upon final discharge.
a. Penalty c. Civil liability
b. Fine d. Criminal liability
62. The unprecedented achievement of martial law which transported the

Philippine corrections toward the modern system of convict rehabilitation.
a. Price control c. Probation Law
b. Peace and order d. Infrastructure program
63. Probation started in what particular country, in the year 1841?

a. England c. USA
b. France d. Spain
64. Sponsored House Bill 393, “An Act establishing Adult Probation in the
Philippines.”
a. Juan Ponce Enrile c. Ferdinand E. Marcos
b. Teodulo C. Natividad d. Ramon Bagatsing Sr.
65. A procedure by which prisoners are selected for release on the basis on
individual response and progress.
a. Probation c. Pardon
b. Parole d. Amnesty
66. The primary purpose of probation

a. Rehabilitation c. Retribution
b. Welfare of the community d. Punitive sanction
67. Effect of executive Order 292.

a. Courtesy Supervision c. Board of Pardon and Parole
b. Administrative Supervision d. Merging Supervision
68. This decree mandated the disqualification of the petitioner’s application for
probation is an appeal is perfected.
a. PD 603 c. PD 1990
257
b. PD 968 d. PD 1257
69. Created the Board of Pardons and Parole.

a. Indeterminate Sentence Law c. Probation Law
b. Executive order 292 d. House Bill 393
70. The preliminary form filed up by the probationer within 72 hours after the
release of his probation order.
a. Work Sheet c. Flash Sheet
b. Filed notebook d. Chrome Card
71. It is the supervision undertaken by other probation office which is mot

permanent in nature.
a. Merging Supervision c. Transfer Supervision
b. Courtesy Supervision d. Operational Supervision
72. Brief of an investigation conducted by probation officer not within the

jurisdiction of the court.
a. Post Sentence Investigation Report c. Courtesy investigation report
b. Pre sentence investigation report d. Initial Investigation report
73. It is a continuing state of good order.

a. Discipline c. Communication
b. Morale d. Loyalty
74. It is the alternative for jail confinement in modern penology

a. Parole c. Pardon
b. Probation d. Amnesty
75. Refers to a mental condition of individuals or groups regarding courage,

hope, zeal and confidence in the present principles and way of life.
a. Virtue c. Moral
b. Fortitude d. Positive Discipline
76. In determining whether a petitioner may be placed on probation the court

shall consider information relative to which of the following?
a. Character
b. Antecedents/environment
c. Mental/physical condition of the offender
d. All of these
77. For a convicted offender, probation is a form of _________.

a. Punishment c. Treatment
b. Enjoyment d. Incarceration
78. The law that suspends the sentence of minor offenders whose ages ranges
from (9) years to under (18) years and places them in rehabilitation centers.
a. PD 603 c. PD 968
b. PD 923 d. PD 1202
79. When shall probation order take effect?

a. Three days after issuance c. Upon its issuance
b. Three days prior to issuance d. Upon reporting to the probation officer
80. Mainly responsible for the implementation of a prisoners treatment

program?
a. RDC c. Classification Committee
b. Warden d. All of the above
258
81. Under Art. 8. Sec. 10, par (b) of the Philippine Constitution, pardoning
power is vested with the:
a. Chief executive c. Legislature
b. Judiciary d. Department of Justice
82. It refers to a disposition after which the defendant after conviction and
sentence is released, subject to the conditions imposed by the court.
a. Parole c. Pardon
b. Probation d. Amnesty
83. Regarded as the father of Philippine Probation.

a. Ramon Bagatsing Sr. c. Ferdinand E. Marcos
b. Teodulo C. Natividad d. Juan Ponce Enrile
84. Signed into law R.A. 968, an Act establishing Probation in the Philippines.
a. Ramon Bagatsing Sr. c. Ferdinand E. Marcos
b. Teodulo C. Natividad d. Juan Ponce Enrile
85. He was referred to as the father of English Probation.

a. Matthew Devenport Hill c. John Augustus
b. Edward Savage d. Alexander Rice
86. A Boston shoe maker who advocated in behalf of alcoholics and youthful
offenders and known as the father of probation.
a. Matthew Devenport Hill c. John Augustus
b. Edward Savage d. Alexander Rice
87. In the year 1887, this former Boston Chief of Police was appointed as the
first probation officer in the whole world.
a. Matthew Devenport Hill c. Alexander Rice
b. Edward Savage d. John Augustus
88. What particular law established probation in the Philippines for the first
time?
a. PD 968 c. Act 4221
b. RA 968 d. RA 4221
89. Formerly, pardon was applied to a member of the ________, who committed
crimes and occasionally to those convicted of offenses against the monarchy.
a. Rebellious family c. Mendicant family
b. Royal family d. Indigent family
90. Celebrated case which paved the way for the abolition of the first probation
law.
a. People Vs. Vera, 37 O.G. 164 c. Vera Vs. People, 376 OG. 164
b. People Vs. De Vera, 376 O.G. 16 d. De Vera Vs. People, 376 O.G. 164
91. Historic signing of PD 968 which transported Philippine Criminal Justice

system to the 20th century.
a. July 22, 1976 c. July 24, 1976
b. July 23, 1976 d. August 7, 1935
92. Within how many days after verdict must a petitioner file his application
for probation?
259
93. Maximum number of probationers under supervision of a probation aide?
a. 3 c. 7
b. 5 d. 9
94. Maximum period of probation for a person convicted to suffer prision

correctional.
95. It serves as the basis in granting probation for qualified petitioners.

a. Post Sentence investigation Report c. Admissions Summary
b. Pre Sentence Investigation Report d. Behavior Report
96. Minimum number of days given to probation officers in accomplishing

PSIR.
97. After receiving the PSIR, within how many days must a judge decide
whether to grant or deny probation?
98. It refers to a person placed under probation.

a. Petitioner c. Probation officer
b. Probationer d. Convict
99. It refers to a suspension of sentence after which the convict is released

upon serving the minimum sentence imposed by law and subject to his good
behavior and positive reaction to rehabilitation programs.
a. Probation c. Parole
b. Pardon d. Amnesty
100. A person placed under probation for the maximum period imposed by
law would have to report to his probation officer how many times per month?
a. Once c. More than twice
b. Twice d. All of the above
101. A probationer on medium supervision should report to his probation

officer how many times a month?
a. Once c. Thrice
b. Twice d. More than four times
102. Can a probationer pursue a prescribed secular study or vocational

training while on probation?
a. Yes c. Neither
b. No d. None of these
103. Refers to those who are confined in correctional facilities awaiting verdict
on their cases.
a. Probationers c. Parolees
b. Detention prisoners d. Accused
104. A method of helping the parolee by altering environmental conditions to

bring out satisfactory social adjustment.
a. Manipulative technique c. Guidance and Counseling Technique
b. Executive technique d. Casework technique
260
105. This states that incarceration should establish in the convicts the will to
lead law abiding and self-supporting lives after their release in prison.
a. United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for the treatment of prisoners.
b. Indeterminate sentence Law
c. Prison Law
d. Probation Law
106. It is regarded as the most important program that aide in the

rehabilitation of prisoners.
a. Recreational program c. Educational program
b. Religious program d. Employment of prisoners
107. Derived from a French word meaning word of honor.

a. Probation c. Pardon
b. Parole d. Amnesty
108. Probation proceeds on the theory that the best way to pursue its goal is
to orient the criminal sanction toward the ______________ sentencing.
a. Individual setting c. Prison setting
b. Community setting d. None of these
109. Its purpose it to bring update case history of the prisoner and verify
parole plan or work and residence.
a. Pre-parole investigation c. Admissions Summary
b. Reclassification d. Parole investigation
110. Its primary concern is the proper selection of prisoners to be released on

parole.
a. Pre-parole investigation c. Admissions Summary
b. Reclassification d. Parole investigation
261
ANSWER KEY
I. CRIMINAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PROCEDURE
Criminal Law Book I

1. D 31. C 61. D 91. C 121. C
2. C 32. A 62. A 92. B 122. C
3. C 33. A 63. B 93. D 123. B
4. A 34. C 64. A 94. D 124. A
5. C 35. B 65. C 95. D 125. B
6. D 36. A 66. A 96. C 126. D
7. B 37. B 67. A 97. D 127. A
8. C 38. A 68. B 98. A 128. B
9. B 39. B 69. C 99. B 129. B
10. D 40. B 70. A 100.D 130. B
11. A 41. B 71. D 101.A 131. D
12. A 42. B 72. D 102.D 132. C
13. D 43. A 73. A 103.A 133. C
14. D 44. B 74. C 104.B 134. D
15. B 45. A 75. B 105.B 135. D
16. B 46. D 76. C 106.D 136. C
17. D 47. A 77. A 107.D 137. D
18. B 48. D 78. B 108.B 138. A
19. A 49. D 79. A 109.B 139. C
20. D 50. D 80. D 110.A 140. A
21. A 51. A 81. C 111.B 141. C
22. B 52. C 82. B 112.B 142. D
23. A 53. A 83. D 113.C 143. C
24. A 54. C 84. C 114.A 144. D
25. C 55. D 85. C 115.B 145. D
26. B 56. A 86. C 116.A 146. D
27. C 57. D 87. C 117.A 147. C
28. A 58. C 88. D 118.A 148. A
29. D 59. D 89. D 119.A 149. C
30. D 60. A 90. A 120.D 150. D
Criminal Law Book II
1. A 31. B 61. C 91. B 121. D 151. C

2. B 32. A 62. D 92. A 122. A 152. B
3. A 33. B 63. D 93. D 123. A 153. A
4. D 34. D 64. D 94. B 124. A 154. D
5. A 35. C 65. C 95. C 125. A 155. D
6. C 36. A 66. C 96. B 126. B 156. C
7. A 37. B 67. B 97. A 127. C 157. B
8. C 38. C 68. B 98. A 128. D 158. B
9. B 39. D 69. A 99. B 129. C 159. A
10. D 40. B 70. C 100.C 130. D 160. A
11. C 41. B 71. B 101.A 131. A 161. D
12. D 42. C 72. A 102.C 132. B 162. C
13. C 43. A 73. C 103.C 133. B 163. B
14. C 44. C 74. D 104.A 134. A 164. D
15. D 45. A 75. B 105.B 135. B 165. D
16. D 46. D 76. A 106.D 136. A 166. A
17. D 47. B 77. D 107.B 137. A 167. B
262
18. A 48. A 78. C 108.D 138. D 168. C
19. B 49. A 79. A 109.B 139. D 169. D
20. C 50. C 80. B 110.C 140. C 170. B
21. B 51. B 81. C 111.C 141. D
22. A 52. B 82. A 112.D 142. D
23. D 53. B 83. C 113.C 143. A
24. A 54. B 84. B 114.C 144. A
25. B 55. B 85. B 115.D 145. D
26. B 56. B 86. A 116.C 146. D
27. A 57. D 87. A 117.C 147. C
28. A 58. C 88. D 118.A 148. A
29. A 59. C 89. C 119.B 149. B
30. B 60. C 90. D 120.C 150. A
Criminal Procedure
1. C 21. C 41. D 61. C 81. D 101.A 121.A

2. A 22. D 42. B 62. D 82. C 102.B 122.C
3. D 23. D 43. C 63. D 83. A 103.A 123.D
4. B 24. A 44. B 64. B 84. B 104.C 124.B
5. C 25. D 45. A 65. D 85. B 105.C 125.C
6. D 26. D 46. A 66. D 86. D 106.D 126.A
7. D 27. C 47. B 67. C 87. B 107.C 127.A
8. A 28. C 48. A 68. A 88. D 108.B 128.D
9. D 29. A 49. B 69. B 89. C 109.D 129.D
10. A 30. D 50. B 70. A 90. A 110.C 130.B
11. A 31. D 51. A 71. A 91. A 111.C
12. D 32. D 52. D 72. B 92. A 112.A
13. A 33. A 53. A 73. C 93. A 113.A
14. C 34. B 54. A 74. D 94. A 114.C
15. A 35. A 55. A 75. B 95. A 115.D
16. B 36. C 56. D 76. D 96. D 116.C
17. A 37. C 57. C 77. D 97. D 117.C
18. B 38. D 58. A 78. C 98. D 118.D
19. A 39. B 59. A 79. C 99. B 119.A
20. B 40. A 60. D 80. A 100. B 120.D
Evidence
1. C 21. D 41. B 61. D 81. B 101.C
2. C 22. A 42. D 62. D 82. C 102.B
3. B 23. D 43. C 63. A 83. D 103.D
4. B 24. B 44. C 64. D 84. D 104.A
5. A 25. A 45. A 65. A 85. C 105.A
6. A 26. B 46. D 66. D 86. D 106.D
7. B 27. B 47. C 67. B 87. B 107.A
8. B 28. D 48. B 68. B 88. C 108.A
9. D 29. B 49. D 69. A 89. C 109.C
10. D 30. D 50. B 70. A 90. D 110.D
11. A 31. D 51. B 71. C 91. C
12. B 32. A 52. B 72. D 92. D
13. A 33. D 53. B 73. D 93. D
14. B 34. D 54. C 74. A 94. D
15. C 35. D 55. A 75. A 95. D
16. A 36. B 56. B 76. B 96. D
17. D 37. D 57. C 77. C 97. D
18. A 38. B 58. D 78. B 98. C
19. D 39. D 59. A 79. C 99. D
263
20. A 40. D 60. D 80. C 100.C
II. LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINSTRATION
Police Organization and Administration

1. A 21. A 41. D 61. B 81. A 101.C 121.D
2. B 22. D 42. A 62. B 82. B 102.D 122.C
3. A 23. D 43. A 63. B 83. D 103.A 123.D
4. B 24. A 44. A 64. B 84. A 104.A 124.D
5. A 25. A 45. B 65. B 85. C 105.B 125.C
6. A 26. D 46. A 66. A 86. A 106.D 126.B
7. A 27. A 47. A 67. C 87. B 107.D 127.B
8. A 28. D 48. C 68. D 88. B 108.B 128.A
9. A 29. D 49. A 69. D 89. B 109.C 129.D
10. B 30. A 50. A 70. D 90. A 110.C 130.A
11. C 31. B 51. B 71. C 91. B 111.B
12. C 32. A 52. C 72. C 92. A 112.C
13. A 33. D 53. C 73. A 93. D 113.D
14. B 34. D 54. B 74. A 94. C 114.D
15. A 35. C 55. B 75. B 95. C 115.D
16. D 36. A 56. D 76. A 96. B 116.B
17. A 37. C 57. C 77. B 97. C 117.C
18. D 38. B 58. A 78. C 98. A 118.A
19. A 39. B 59. A 79. C 99. D 119.B
20. A 40. C 60. A 80. C 100. B 120.D
Industrial Security Management

1. A 16. B 31. A 46. D 61. B 76. C
2. B 17. A 32. B 47. C 62. B 77. A
3. C 18. C 33. A 48. D 63. C 78. A
4. B 19. B 34. B 49. A 64. D 79. B
5. A 20. C 35. A 50. C 65. C 80. B
6. B 21. C 36. B 51. B 66. A 81. C
7. B 22. B 37. B 52. C 67. B 82. B
8. C 23. D 38. A 53. D 68. C 83. A
9. A 24. A 39. C 54. C 69. B 84. A
10. A 25. B 40. D 55. A 70. A 85. A
11. B 26. A 41. A 56. B 71. D 86. A
12. C 27. C 42. A 57. A 72. A 87. B
13. B 28. C 43. A 58. D 73. D 88. B
14. A 29. D 44. C 59. A 74. B 89. A
15. A 30. A 45. B 60. B 75. B 90. D
Police Patrol and Operations

1. D 11. A 21. A 31. A 41. B 51. C
2. A 12. B 22. D 32. B 42. C 52..D
3. B 13. A 23. C 33. D 43. B 53. D
4. D 14. A 24. A 34. A 44. B 54. C
5. A 15. D 25. C 35. C 45. B 55. B
6. A 16. C 26. A 36. D 46. A 56. B
7. C 17. A 27. C 37. A 47. A 57. D
8. B 18. B 28. B 38. C 48. A 58. D
9. D 19. B 29. A 39. D 49. B 59. A
10. A 20. A 30. A 40. A 50. C 60. D
264
Intelligence and Secret Service
1. A 21. B 41. C 61. A 81. A

2. A 22. C 42. B 62. B 82. D
3. C 23. A 43. D 63. D 83. C
4. D 24. C 44. A 64. A 84. C
5. D 25. D 45. B 65. A 85. A
6. A 26. B 46. A 66. A 86. D
7. B 27. C 47. A 67. A 87. A
8. B 28. A 48. C 68. C 88. C
9. D 29. C 49. B 69. B 89. A
10. B 30. D 50. A 70. C 90. C
11. B 31. A 51. A 71. D 91. B
12. D 32. B 52. C 72. B 92. D
13. A 33. C 53. B 73. A 93. B
14. A 34. A 54. C 74. A 94. C
15. B 35. A 55. A 75. A 95. A
16. B 36. C 56. B 76. B 96. A
17. C 37. D 57. B 77. D 97. C
18. B 38. B 58. C 78. C 98. C
19. A 39. A 59. B 79. D 99. D
20. C 40. A 60. A 80. B 100.A
Police Operational Planning/ Records and Personnel Management

1. D 21. B 41. C 61. D 81. D 101. D
2. C 22. D 42. C 62. D 82. B 102. D
3. B 23. A 43. A 63. A 83. D 103. A
4. B 24. C 44. D 64. B 84. D 104. B
5. D 25. C 45. D 65. A 85. D 105. B
6. B 26. C 46. A 66. D 86. D 106. C
7. D 27. B 47. C 67. A 87. C 107. C
8. B 28. A 48. B 68. B 88. A 108. D
9. C 29. D 49. D 69. C 89. D 109. D
10. B 30. A 50. B 70. C 90. D 110. C
11. C 31. A 51. D 71. D 91. C
12. A 32. B 52. A 72. D 92. D
13. B 33. C 53. A 73. D 93. C
14. A 34. B 54. D 74. A 94. A
15. C 35. A 55. A 75. A 95. D
16. C 36. B 56. B 76. A 96. C
17. C 37. B 57. A 77. A 97. D
18. A 38. C 58. A 78. D 98. A
19. A 39. B 59. D 79. B 99. C
20. C 40. C 60. B 80. C 100. D
III. CRIMINALISTICS
Police Photography
1. C 14. A 27. C 40. B 53. D 66.D 79.B
2. B 15. A 28. B 41. D 54. D 67.A 80.A
3. C 16. D 29. A 42. B 55. D 68.A
265
4. A 17. B 30. A 43. A 56. B 69 D
5. A 18. C 31. D 44. D 57. B 70.C
6. A 19. B 32. B 45. C 58. B 71.D
7. B 20. A 33. D 46. B 59. B 72.A
8. A 21. D 34. B 47. C 60. B 73.A
9. B 22. A 35. B 48. A 61. A 74.C
10. B 23. B 36. C 49. A 62. B 75.C
11. B 24. B 37. A 50. C 63. B 76.A
12. C 25. D 38. C 51. D 64. C 77.B
13. C 26. A 39. A 52. D 65. D 78.A
Personal Identification (Dactyloscopy):

1. D 11. C 21. D 31. B 41. C 51. D 61. D
2. C 12. B 22. A 32. B 42. A 52. D 62. D
3. B 13. B 23. D 33. B 43. D 53. D 63. A
4. D 14. C 24. A 34. A 44. C 54. D 64. A
5. C 15. C 25. A 35. A 45. A 55. D 65. B
6. C 16. A 26. A 36. A 46. D 56. D 66. A
7. B 17. D 27. A 37. D 47. A 57. A 67. A
8. A 18. A 28. A 38. C 48. A 58. B 68. A
9. C 19. A 29. A 39. C 49. B 59. D 69. A
10. A 20. A 30. A 40. D 50. B 60. C 70. D
Forensic Chemistry:
1. B 21. B 41. B 61. C
2. D 22. C 42. C 62. B
3. A 23. B 43. B 63. A
4. C 24. C 44. D 64. D
5. C 25. A 45. D 65. C
6. B 26. A 46. B 66. B
7. C 27. C 47. A 67. C
8. B 28. C 48. A 68. B
9. C 29. A 49. A 69. B
10. B 30. A 50. B 70. D
11. A 31. B 51. D 71. A
12. C 32. A 52. A 72. A
13. B 33. A 53. C 73. B
14. C 34. A 54. D 74. C
15. B 35. A 55. B 75. B
16. B 36. A 56. A 76. D
17. A 37. B 57. A 77. B
18. D 38. B 58. C 78. B
19. B 39. A 59. D 79. B
20. A 40. B 60. B 80. C
Forensic Medicine:
1. B 21. A 41. B 61. C 81. B
2. C 22. A 42. D 62. A 82. B
3. C 23. A 43. D 63. C 83. D
4. A 24. A 44. A 64. C 84. C
5. D 25. B 45. B 65. C 85. C
6. C 26. A 46. D 66. B 86. A
7. C 27. C 47. A 67. B 87. D
266
8. A 28. C 48. B 68. C 88. D
9. B 29. A 49. D 69. A 89. A
10. C 30. A 50. B 70. D 90. D
11. B 31. A 51. D 71. A 91. B
12. B 32. A 52. B 72. D 92. A
13. C 33. A 53. C 73. B 93. A
14. A 34. D 54. A 74. D 94. A
15. A 35. A 55. B 75. A 95. B
16. A 36. D 56. A 76. A 96. A
17. C 37. B 57. C 77. A 97. C
18. B 38. D 58. C 78. B 98. C
19. C 39. B 59. A 79. D 99. B
20. B 40. A 60. A 80. D 100. D
Polygraphy:
1. B 11. B 21. A 31. B 41. A 51. B

2. A 12. A 22. C 32. A 42. A 52. C
3. D 13. B 23. B 33. A 43. B 53. C
4. A 14. A 24. B 34. C 44. B 54. B
5. D 15. A 25. A 35. D 45. C 55. A
6. B 16. C 26. A 36. A 46. A 56. D
7. C 17. A 27. C 37. C 47. B 57. B
8. A 18. D 28. C 38. B 48. C 58. C
9. D 19. C 29. A 39. A 49. B 59. B
10. B 20. B 30. D 40. B 50. C 60. B
Forensic Ballistics:
1. D 11. A 21. A 31. A 41. B 51. A 61.A
2. D 12. D 22. B 32. A 42. A 52. D 62.A
3. D 13. D 23. C 33. A 43. A 53. A 63.C
4. B 14. A 24. B 34. D 44. D 54. A 64.B
5. D 15. A 25. B 35. A 45. A 55. B 65.A
6. C 16. B 26. C 36. A 46. A 56. A 66.D
7. C 17. D 27. A 37. D 47. C 57. A 67.B
8. B 18. B 28. A 38. A 48. B 58. A 68.A
9. A 19. A 29. D 39. C 49. C 59. B 69.C
10. C 20. B 30. C 40. D 50. C 60. C 70.A
Questioned Documents:
1. C 14. D 27. A 40. C 53. C 66. C 79. D
2. B 15. A 28. C 41. A 54. C 67. A 80. C
3. B 16. A 29. D 42. D 55. B 68. A
4. C 17. D 30. C 43. D 56. A 69. A
5. D 18. A 31. A 44. C 57. C 70. C
6. D 19. C 32. A 45. A 58. C 71. A
7. D 20. D 33. B 46. B 59. D 72. C
8. B 21. A 34. A 47. A 60. A 73. B
9. C 22. B 35. B 48. A 61. A 74. A
10. C 23. C 36. D 49. B 62. B 75. A
11. A 24. B 37. C 50. A 63. D 76. B
12. B 25. A 38. A 51. A 64. D 77. A
13. A 26. B 39. D 52. D 65. B 78. A
267
IV. CRIME DETECTION, INVESTIGATION AND PRVENTION
Criminal and Special Crime Investigation:
1. D 21. C 41. A 61. A 81. D

2. B 22. D 42. B 62. A 82. D
3. A 23. C 43. B 63. B 83. A
4. B 24. A 44. C 64. C 84. C
5. D 25. A 45. D 65. A 85. D
6. C 26. C 46. B 66. A 86. C
7. A 27. A 47. D 67. C 87. A
8. D 28. C 48. B 68. C 88. D
9. A 29. A 49. A 69. C 89. A
10. A 30. C 50. D 70. B 90. C
11. B 31. A 51. D 71. B 91. C
12. C 32. D 52. D 72. B 92. D
13. C 33. C 53. D 73. A 93. B
14. D 34. B 54. B 74. A 94. C
15. A 35. D 55. C 75. A 95. D
16. B 36. C 56. C 76. A 96. C
17. C 37. A 57. C 77. A 97. C
18. A 38. A 58. D 78. D 98. D
19. C 39. A 59. A 79. A 99. B
20. D 40. C 60. D 80. C 100.C
Arson Investigation:
1. A 14. B 27. A 40. A 53. B 66. A 79. C

2. A 15. A 28. C 41. B 54. A 67. A 80. D
3. C 16. D 29. C 42. D 55. A 68. A
4. C 17. D 30. A 43. A 56. A 69. D
5. D 18. C 31. C 44. D 57. C 70. B
6. B 19. D 32. C 45. B 58. A 71. A
7. A 20. B 33. B 46. C 59. D 72. C
8. D 21. D 34. A 47. A 60. C 73. B
9. C 22. B 35. B 48. A 61. C 74. C
10. C 23. A 36. A 49. D 62. B 75. D
11. A 24. B 37. C 50. A 63. C 76. B
12. C 25. C 38. A 51. C 64. D 77. B
13. B 26. C 39. C 52. A 65. C 78. B
Vice Control:
1. C 21. A 41. D 61. B 81. D 101. D

2. D 22. B 42. C 62. A 82. A 102. B
3. A 23. A 43. A 63. A 83. A 103. D
4. C 24. B 44. B 64. C 84. C 104. D
5. C 25. A 45. A 65. A 85. A 105. D
6. D 26. A 46. B 66. B 86. D 106. D
7. B 27. D 47. B 67. A 87. D 107. B
8. B 28. A 48. A 68. D 88. A 108. B
9. C 29. A 49. B 69. B 89. A 109. C
10. B 30. C 50. D 70. B 90. C 110. D
268
11. B 31. C 51. C 71. A 91. B
12. B 32. D 52. D 72. D 92. A
13. A 33. B 53. D 73. B 93. C
14. A 34. A 54. B 74. A 94. D
15. B 35. D 55. A 75. A 95. D
16. A 36. A 56. B 76. C 96. B
17. D 37. A 57. A 77. A 97. D
18. B 38. D 58. C 78. C 98. D
19. C 39. A 59. B 79. A 99. B
20. D 40. C 60. C 80. A 100. D
Traffic Management and Accident Investigation:
1. D 14. B 27. A 40. C 53. C 66. D 79. B

2. D 15. B 28. A 41. B 54. A 67. D 80. C
3. D 16. C 29. A 42. B 55. B 68. A
4. D 17. C 30. B 43. B 56. B 69. B
5. D 18. C 31. A 44. D 57. C 70. C
6. A 19. C 32. D 45. C 58. B 71. C
7. A 20. C 33. A 46. B 59. B 72. B
8. A 21. D 34. C 47. C 60. A 73. D
9. A 22. A 35. B 48. D 61. A 74. B
10. A 23. D 36. C 49. C 62. D 75. A
11. B 24. D 37. D 50. A 63. C 76. C
12. B 25. C 38. D 51. D 64. B 77. C
13. B 26. A 39. B 52. A 65. D 78. A
Practice Court:
1. D 6. B 11. D 16. B 21. B

2. B 7. B 12. C 17. A 22. D
3. B 8. B 13. C 18. B 23. C
4. C 9. A 14. C 19. B 24. B
5. D 10. A 15. B 20. A 25. B
Police Report Writing:

1. D 9. B 17. A 25. D 33. C 41. C 49. A
2. C 10. B 18. C 26. A 34. A 42. B 50. C
3. C 11. C 19. A 27. B 35. C 43. A
4. B 12. B 20. D 28. A 36. B 44. B
5. A 13. C 21. D 29. A 37. B 45. C
6. B 14. D 22. C 30. A 38. B 46. B
7. C 15. B 23. A 31. C 39. A 47. A
8. D 16. C 24. A 32. A 40. B 48. B
V. CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY, ETHICS AND HUMAN RELATIONS
Criminal Sociology
1. A 21. D 41. B 61. A 81. C 101. C 121. A
2. B 22. A 42. C 62. A 82. A 102. A 122. B
269
3. C 23. B 43. B 63. B 83. B 103. D 123. A
4. B 24. B 44. A 64. C 84. B 104. A 124. B
5. A 25. A 45. D 65. C 85. D 105. C 125. D
6. A 26. A 46. B 66. A 86. B 106. C 126. C
7. B 27. A 47. A 67. D 87. B 107. B 127. B
8. C 28. B 48. B 68. B 88. C 108. A 128. C
9. D 29. B 49. C 69. A 89. A 109. D 129. A
10. A 30. C 50. B 70. D 90. A 110. B 130. B
11. C 31. A 51. B 71. D 91. A 111. B
12. A 32. D 52. B 72. C 92. B 112. A
13. A 33. B 53. C 73. B 93. B 113. D
14. A 34. C 54. D 74. D 94. C 114. B
15. D 35. D 55. A 75. C 95. C 115. B
16. A 36. D 56. A 76. A 96. C 116. D
17. D 37. A 57. B 77. B 97. D 117. D
18. C 38. D 58. D 78. A 98. A 118. D
19. B 39. B 59. C 79. A 99. B 119. D
20. C 40. C 60. B 80. C 100. A 120. C
Ethics
1. A 16. A 31. D 46. C 61. C 76. A
2. D 17. D 32. B 47. C 62. C 77. C
3. C 18. C 33. C 48. B 63. A 78. C
4. C 19. D 34. C 49. B 64. C 79. A
5. D 20. D 35. A 50. D 65. A 80. B
6. B 21. A 36. C 51. A 66. C 81. C
7. B 22. C 37. C 52. D 67. D 82. D
8. D 23. C 38. D 53. C 68. D 83. A
9. B 24. A 39. B 54. D 69. D 84. A
10. C 25. C 40. A 55. A 70. A 85. C
11. B 26. B 41. B 56. D 71. D 86. C
12. A 27. B 42. A 57. B 72. A 87. C
13. C 28. C 43. D 58. B 73. C 88. D
14. D 29. C 44. B 59. C 74. B 89. B
15. B 30. A 45. A 60. D 75. C 90. B
Juvenile Delinquency
1. D 11. B 21. B 31. B 41. C 51. B 61. D
2. D 12. B 22. A 32. A 42. B 52. B 62. B
3. D 13. D 23. B 33. B 43. C 53. A 63. B
4. D 14. C 24. A 34. A 44. D 54. D 64. B
5. D 15. C 25. B 35. C 45. A 55. D 65. B
6. A 16. A 26. B 36. B 46. A 56. B 66. B
7. A 17. B 27. C 37. B 47. A 57. A 67. B
8. A 18. C 28. C 38. D 48. D 58. D 68. D
9. A 19. C 29. A 39. C 49. C 59. B 69. B
10.A 20. C 30. A 40. B 50. B 60.A 70. A
Human Behavior and Crisis Management

1. A 13. A 25. B 37. A 49. B 61. B
2. B 14. C 26. A 38. B 50. A 62. B
3. B 15. B 27. D 39. A 51. C 63. B
4. D 16. B 28. C 40. D 52. A 64. B
270
5. D 17. D 29. B 41. B 53. C 65. A
6. B 18. D 30. D 42. C 54. C 66. B
7. D 19. A 31. D 43. A 55. B 67. D
8. C 20. D 32. B 44. A 56. B 68. B
9. B 21. B 33. A 45. B 57. B 69. B
10. D 22. A 34. A 46. A 58. B 70. D
11. A 23. C 35. A 47. D 59. A
12. C 24. D 36. B 48. A 60. B
Criminal Justice System
1. A 11. B 21. B 31. D 41. A 51. A

2. A 12. A 22. C 32. B 42. B 52. B
3. A 13. A 23. A 33. A 43. B 53. C
4. D 14. B 24. C 34. A 44. B 54. D
5. D 15. A 25. C 35. A 45. B 55. B
6. C 16. A 26. D 36. D 46. B 56. A
7. A 17. B 27. D 37. A 47. B 57. C
8. B 18. A 28. D 38. A 48. D 58. A
9. A 19. B 29. C 39. D 49. B 59. A
10. A 20. A 30. A 40. B 50. C 60. B
Seminar on Contemporary Police Problems
1. D 6. D 11. B 16. B 21. B 26. D 31. D

2. B 7. C 12. C 17. C 22. A 27. A 32. A
3. A 8. B 13. A 18. B 23. A 28. B 33. B
4. A 9. A 14. C 19. A 24. D 29. C 34. C
5. A 10. A 15. B 20. C 25. B 30. B 35. B
VI. CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION
Jail and Penal Management

1. D 21. A 41. D 61. D 81. D 101. B 121. C 141. B 161. A
2. A 22. A 42. C 62. A 82. D 102. B 122. A 142. D 162. B
3. B 23. B 43. D 63. D 83. D 103. C 123. B 143. A 163. D
4. D 24. B 44. B 64. A 84. A 104. D 124. D 144. B 164. A
5. C 25. A 45. C 65. B 85. B 105. A 125. A 145. B 165. B
6. A 26. B 46. C 66. A 86. C 106. A 126. A 146. A 166. C
7. A 27. C 47. B 67. A 87. A 107. C 127. B 147. B 167. A
8. D 28. D 48. A 68. B 88. A 108. A 128. D 148. C 168. B
9. A 29. A 49. D 69. B 89. A 109. D 129. C 149. C 169. B
10. B 30. D 50. A 70. B 90. A 110. A 130. B 150. D 170. B
11. B 31. C 51. A 71. A 91. B 111. B 131. C 151. B 171. C
12. C 32. C 52. A 72. C 92. D 112. B 132. B 152. A 172. B
13. C 33. D 53. A 73. C 93. A 113. D 133. B 153. B 173. B
14. C 34. A 54. D 74. A 94. B 114. A 134. A 154. C 174. D
15. D 35. C 55. A 75. A 95. C 115. A 135. B 155. A 175. B
16. A 36. B 56. A 76. B 96. C 116. C 136. C 156. D
17. C 37. A 57. B 77. B 97. A 117. C 137. D 157. D
271
18. A 38. A 58. A 78. D 98. B 118. A 138. C 158. B
19. A 39. C 59. A 79. A 99. A 119. A 139. A 159. D
20. B 40. A 60. C 80. D 100. B 120. D 140. D 160. C
Rehabilitation, Probation, and Parole
1. B 21. A 41. D 61. C 81. A 101. B

2. B 22. C 42. A 62. C 82. B 102. A
3. A 23. B 43. B 63. A 83. B 103. B
4. C 24. D 44. B 64. B 84. C 104. A
5. D 25. C 45. A 65. B 85. A 105. A
6. C 26. A 46. C 66. B 86. C 106. C
7. B 27. B 47. B 67. D 87. B 107. B
8. A 28. A 48. B 68. D 88. D 108. B
9. A 29. A 49. D 69. A 89. B 109. D
10. C 30. D 50. A 70. A 90. A 110. A
11. C 31. B 51. C 71. B 91. C
12. D 32. B 52. C 72. A 92. B
13. D 33. C 53. B 73. A 93. B
14. A 34. A 54. A 74. B 94. C
15. B 35. D 55. C 75. C 95. A
16. A 36. B 56. C 76. D 96. B
17. B 37. A 57. D 77. C 97. B
18. C 38. A 58. D 78. A 98. B
19. D 39. D 59. B 79. A 99. C
20. A 40. D 60. D 80. C 100. C
272

CRIMINAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PROCEDURE

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CRIMINAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PROCEDURE

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CRIMINAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PROCEDURE

Scope: Elements of the legal provisions and the extent of its

1. Which among the following is not a source of Philippine criminal law?

3. This deprives the accused of a crime some lawful protection to which

4. The constitution expressly prohibits the passage of a bill of attainder

6. It cannot be recovered as a matter of right; and is discretionary upon

7. Civil indemnity for death caused by crime.

9. In case of physical injuries it would consist in the payment of

13. In crimes against chastity this would be always aggravating.

14. Its basis is the greater perversity of the offender as manifested by

15. It means adequate to excite a person to commit a wrong and must

17. It refers to inaction, by which a person may be considered criminally

18. It indicates a deficiency of action.

19. It refers to deficiency of perception.

20. For an act to be considered to be done with Malice or dolo, which

21. Refers to that cause which in natural is a continuous sequence,

25. A inflicted slight physical injuries to B without intention to inflict

26. The basis of this circumstance affecting criminal liability is the

27. Under our laws, what is the age of full responsibility?

28. Age of absolute irresponsibility.

29. Which among the following may be considered as an alternative

30. X and Y stabbed Z, injuring the Z in the process, X and Y are

32. It refers to those penalties expressly imposed by the court in the

34. Crimes punishable by correctional penalties, except those punishable

38. Which among the foregoing is considered as the primary source of

39. Those punishable by arresto mayor penalties shall prescribe in how

47. An entire penalty enumerated in the graduated scale of penalties.

48. Refers generally to acts made criminal by special laws.

50. Which among the foregoing is not a requisite for Dolo?

52. Things which are wrongful in their nature.

53. Felonies punishable by death, reclusion perpetua and reclusion

54. Acts and omissions punishable by law.

57. It is a physical activity or deed, indicating the intention to commit a

58. Abberatio ictus refers to:

59. What must be considered in determining whether the crime

60. Refers to crimes consummated in one instant or by a single act.

61. Refers to the obligation or suffering the consequences of crime.

62. A quality in which an act may be ascribed to a person as the author

65. Infractions to the law punishable by arresto menor or a fine not

67. Exemption to the general rule in cases of light felonies.

68. It exists when two or more persons come to an agreement to commit

71. Equivalent to assault or at least threatened assault of an immediate

75. Refers to desired acts of a person to commit a crime.

76. Those circumstances which if attendant to the commission of the

77. An aggravating circumstance which generally apply to all crimes such

79. Boy a policeman persuades Allan to commit a felony, he arrested the

80. Refers to circumstances which if attendant in the commission of a

82. Refers to aggravating circumstance which applies only to particular

83. An aggravating circumstance which come in the commission of the

84. Refers to a building or structure exclusively used for rest or comfort.

90. It involves trickery and cunning on the part of the offender.

93. The following are exempt from criminal liability as accessories in

94. Capital punishment or maximum penalty imposed by law.

95. Refers to alevosia, or means and methods employed to insure its

96. It pertains to moral order, adding disgrace to the material injury

97. The following circumstances are always mitigated in terms of

98. Poly stabbing Army is considered as a:

102. It shall serve to deprive the offender rights of parental authority or

103. Personal liability to be suffered by the convict who has no property to

106. It refers to an act committed or omitted in violation of a public law

107. In cases wherein the commission of an offense is necessary in the

108. When did Act no. 3815 take effect?

109. Ignorantia Facti Excusat means: